This compilation was prepared on 1 January 2011 taking into account amendments up to Act No. 139 of 2010
Volume 2 includes: Table of Contents Sections 266B – 528 Schedule 1 Note 1 Table of Acts Act Notes Table of Amendments Notes 2 and 3 Table A
The text of any of those amendments not in force on that date is appended in the Notes section
The operation of amendments that have been incorporated may be affected by application provisions that are set out in the Notes section
Contents
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage i
Part 13—Species and communities i
Division 5—Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans 1
Subdivision AA—Approved conservation advice 1 266B Approved conservation advice for listed threatened species and listed threatened ecological communities ...................................1
Subdivision A—Recovery plans and threat abatement plans 2 267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...............................................2 268 Compliance with recovery plansand threat abatement plans............3 269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans...........................3 269AA Decision whether to have a recovery plan.........................................4 269A Making or adopting a recovery plan..................................................6 270 Content of recovery plans..................................................................8 270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan...........................10 270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan....................................12 271 Content of threat abatement plans ...................................................14 272 Eradication of non-native species....................................................15 273 Ensuring plans are in force..............................................................15 274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans..........................................16 275 Consultationon plans......................................................................17 276 Considerationof comments.............................................................18 277 Adoption of State plans ...................................................................18 278 Publication of plans.........................................................................18 279 Variation of plans by the Minister...................................................19 280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister...................................................................19 281 Commonwealth assistance...............................................................20 282 ScientificCommittee to advise on assistance..................................20 283 Plans may cover more than one species etc.....................................21 283A Revoking a plan...............................................................................21 284 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans ......................22
Subdivision B—Wildlife conservation plans 22 285 Wildlife conservation plans.............................................................22 286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation plans ...................23 287 Content of wildlife conservation plans............................................23 288 Eradication of non-native species....................................................24 289 ScientificCommittee to advise on scheduling of plans...................25 290 Consultationon plans......................................................................25
291 Considerationof comments.............................................................26 292 Adoption of State plans ...................................................................26 293 Publication, review and variation of plans.......................................26 294 Variation of plans by the Minister...................................................27 295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister...................................................................27 296 Commonwealth assistance...............................................................28 297 Plans may cover more than one species etc.....................................28 298 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans ......................29
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 29 299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect.............................29 300 Document may contain more than one plan ....................................29 300A State and Territory laws not affected...............................................29 300B Assistance from the Scientific Committee.......................................30
Division 6—Access to biological resources 31 301 Control of access to biological resources.........................................31
Division 6A—Control of non-native species 32 301A Regulations for control of non-native species..................................32
Division 7—Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries 33 302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries .......................33
Division 8—Miscellaneous 34 303 Regulations......................................................................................34 303A Exemptions from this Part...............................................................34 303AA Conditions relating to accreditation of plans, regimes and policies ............................................................................................35 303AB Amended policies, regimes or plans taken to be accredited ............36
Part 13A—International movement of wildlife specimens 37
Division 1—Introduction 37 303BA Objects of Part.................................................................................37 303BAA Certain indigenous rights notaffected.............................................37 303BB Simplified outline............................................................................38 303BC Definitions.......................................................................................38
Division 2—CITES species 41
Subdivision A—CITES species and CITES specimens 41 303CA Listing of CITES species.................................................................41 303CB Stricter domestic measures..............................................................42
Subdivision B—Offences and permit system 43 303CC Exports of CITES specimens...........................................................43 303CD Imports of CITES specimens...........................................................44 303CE Applications forpermits..................................................................45
303CF Further information .........................................................................46
303CG Minister may issue permits..............................................................46
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes................................................48
303CI Time limit for making permit decision............................................51
303CJ Duration of permits..........................................................................52
303CK Register of applications and decisions.............................................52
Subdivision C—Application of CITES 52 303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority.........................................................................52 303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions..................................................52 303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES...................53
Division 3—Exports of regulated native specimens 54
Subdivision A—Regulated native specimens 54 303DA Regulated native specimens.............................................................54 303DB Listing of exempt native specimens.................................................54 303DC Minister may amend list..................................................................55
Subdivision B—Offence and permit system 56 303DD Exports of regulated native specimens ............................................56 303DE Applications forpermits..................................................................57 303DF Further information .........................................................................58 303DG Minister may issue permits..............................................................58 303DH Time limit for making permit decision............................................61 303DI Duration of permits..........................................................................61 303DJ Register of applications and decisions.............................................61
Division 4—Imports of regulated live specimens 62
Subdivision A—Regulated live specimens 62 303EA Regulated live specimens ................................................................62 303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import...................................62 303EC Minister may amend list..................................................................63
Subdivision B—Assessments relating to the amendment of the list of specimens suitable for import 64 303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative ........................64 303EE Application for amendment of list...................................................65 303EF Requirement for assessments...........................................................66 303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment..............................66 303EH Requesting further information........................................................67 303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment.......................................67 303EJ Reviews...........................................................................................67
Subdivision C—Offence and permit system 68 303EK Imports of regulated live specimens................................................68
303EL Applications forpermits..................................................................68 303EM Further information .........................................................................68 303EN Minister may issue permits..............................................................69 303EO Time limit for making permit decision............................................70 303EP Duration of permits..........................................................................70 303EQ Register of applications and decisions.............................................70
Subdivision D—Marking of certain specimens for the purposes of
identification 71 303ER Object..............................................................................................71 303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies.........................................71 303ET Extended meaning of marking.........................................................71 303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of
specimens ........................................................................................72 303EV Offences ..........................................................................................73 303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits.....................74
Division 5—Concepts relating to permit criteria 75
Subdivision A—Non-commercial purpose exports and imports 75 303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports.......................................75 303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports.......................................75 303FC Export or import for the purposes of research .................................76 303FD Export or import for the purposes of education...............................77 303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition ..............................77 303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation.............78 303FG Export or importof household pets.................................................78 303FH Export or import of personal items..................................................80 303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition............80
Subdivision B—Commercial purpose exports and imports 80 303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports ..............................................80 303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding
program ...........................................................................................81 303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program ................81 303FLA Export from an approved cultivation program.................................82 303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program...............................82 303FN Approved wildlife trade operation...................................................82 303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan......................................84 303FP Accreditedwildlife trade management plan....................................86 303FQ Consultation with State and Territoryagencies...............................88 303FR Public consultation ..........................................................................88 303FRA Assessments ....................................................................................89 303FS Registerof declarations...................................................................89 303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations.................................90 303FU Approved commercial import program ...........................................91
Division 6—Miscellaneous 92 303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a
non-Part 13A permit is required......................................................92
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit...................................................94
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import
specimens ........................................................................................96 303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments...................................98 303GE Conditions of permits....................................................................100 303GF Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................101 303GG Authoritiesunder permits..............................................................102 303GH Transferof permits........................................................................103 303GI Suspension or cancellation ofpermits...........................................103 303GJ Review of decisions.......................................................................103 303GK Permit to be produced....................................................................104 303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced............................................105 303GM Fees ...............................................................................................106 303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens...................................106 303GO Regulations relating to welfare......................................................108 303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals ...........................................109 303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign
country...........................................................................................110 303GR Evidence........................................................................................110 303GS Evidence of examiner....................................................................111 303GT Protection of witness .....................................................................112 303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an
external Territory...........................................................................113 303GV Saving of other laws......................................................................113 303GW Part not to apply to certainspecimens...........................................113 303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional
inhabitants .....................................................................................115 303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported ..........................................117
Part 14—Conservation agreements 118 304 Object of this Part..........................................................................118 305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements .........................118 306 Content of conservation agreements..............................................122 306A Conservation agreement may include declaration that actions
do not need approval under Part 9.................................................125
307 Conservationagreements to be legally binding.............................125
307A Conservation agreements may deal with remediation or
mitigation measures.......................................................................125 308 Variation and termination of conservation agreements..................127 309 Publication of conservation agreements........................................128 310 List of conservation agreements....................................................129 311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws .....................................129
312 Minister must not give preference.................................................129
Part 15—Protected areas 130
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties 130
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 130 313 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................130
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on World Heritage listing 130 314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations ..........130
Subdivision C—Notice of submission of property for listing 131 315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc.......................................................................................131
Subdivision D—Plans for listed World Heritage properties in
Commonwealth areas 132 316 Making plans.................................................................................132 317 Notice of plans...............................................................................133 318 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................................133 319 Review of plans every 5 years.......................................................134
Subdivision E—Managing World Heritage properties in States
and self-governing Territories 134 320 Application....................................................................................134 321 Co-operating toprepareand implement plans...............................135 322 Commonwealth responsibilities.....................................................135
Subdivision F—Australian World Heritage management principles 135 323 Australian World Heritage management principles.......................135
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting World Heritage properties 136 324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties ........................................................................136
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places 137
Subdivision A—Preliminary 137 324A Simplified outline of this Division.................................................137
Subdivision B—The National Heritage List 138 324C The National Heritage List............................................................138 324D Meaning of National Heritage values ...........................................138
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
usual process 139 324E Simplified outline..........................................................................139 324F Definitions.....................................................................................140 324G Meaning of assessment period.......................................................140
324H Minister may determine heritage themes for an assessment period.............................................................................................141 324J Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period ...........141 324JA Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council .......142 324JB Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list ...............................................................................143 324JC Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list...........144 324JD Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list ...............................................................................145 324JE The finalised priority assessment list.............................................145 324JF Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............................146 324JG Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list....................................................146 324JH Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister..............147 324JI Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................149 324JJ Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List.................................................................................................150
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
emergency process 152 324JK Simplified outline..........................................................................152 324JL Minister may include place in National Heritage List if under
threat..............................................................................................153 324JM Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment .........154 324JN Publication of listing of place and inviting comments...................155 324JO Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give
assessment to Minister...................................................................155 324JP Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................156 324JQ Decision about place remaining in the National Heritage List ......156
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the National Heritage List 159 324JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment .................................................................159 324JS Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister...................................................................161 324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place ..............................................................................................162 324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the National Heritage List ...................................................................162 324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments .......................................................163 324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values
for a National Heritage place.........................................................164 324P National Heritage List must be publicly available.........................165 324Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............................165
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice ............................................................................................165
Subdivision C—Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas 167 324S Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas ....................................................................167 324T Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................................168 324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies...............................................................169 324V Multiple plans inthe same document............................................169 324W Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................................169
Subdivision D—Management of National Heritage places in States and self-governing Territories 170 324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities ....................................170
Subdivision E—The National Heritage management principles 171 324Y National Heritage management principles.....................................171
Subdivision F—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 172 324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council ..........................................................................................172 324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased ........172
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting National Heritage places 173 324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places.............................................................................................173
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List 174 324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List ................174
Division 2—Managing wetlands of international importance 175
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 175 325 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................175
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on Ramsar designation 176 326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation.............176
Subdivision C—Notice of designation of wetland 176 327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc. ..............176
Subdivision D—Plans for listed wetlands in Commonwealth areas 177 328 Making plans.................................................................................177 329 Notice of plans...............................................................................178 330 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................................179 331 Review of plans every 5 years.......................................................179
Subdivision E—Management of wetlands in States and self-governing Territories 179
332 Application....................................................................................179 333 Co-operating toprepareand implement plans...............................180 334 Commonwealth responsibilities.....................................................180
Subdivision F—Australian Ramsar management principles 180 335 Australian Ramsar management principles ...................................180
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting wetlands 181 336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands.........................................................................................181
Division 3—Managing Biosphere reserves 182 337 Definition of Biosphere reserve.....................................................182 338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves...........................182 339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves...........................182 340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles...................182 341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves.......183
Division 3A—Managing Commonwealth Heritage places 184
Subdivision A—Preliminary 184 341A Simplified outline of this Division.................................................184 341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction...........184
Subdivision B—The Commonwealth Heritage List 185 341C The Commonwealth Heritage List.................................................185 341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values.................................185
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth
Heritage List: usual process 186 341E Simplified outline..........................................................................186 341F Definitions.....................................................................................187 341G Meaning of assessment period.......................................................187 341H Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period ...........188 341J Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council .......188 341JA Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................190
341JB Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list...........191
341JC Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................191 341JD The finalised priority assessment list.............................................192 341JE Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............................192 341JF Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in
finalised priority assessment list....................................................193 341JG Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised
priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister..............194 341JH Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................196 341JI Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth
Heritage List..................................................................................196
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List: emergency process 199 341JJ Simplified outline..........................................................................199 341JK Minister may include place in Commonwealth Heritage List
if under threat................................................................................200 341JL Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment .........201 341JM Publication of listing of place and inviting comments...................201 341JN Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give
assessment to Minister...................................................................202
341JO Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................203
341JP Decision about place remaining in the Commonwealth
Heritage List..................................................................................203
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the Commonwealth Heritage List 206 341JQ Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment .................................................................206 341JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister...................................................................208 341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place ..............................................................................................208 341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from the Commonwealth Heritage List..................................................209 341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments .......................................................210 341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage
values for a Commonwealth Heritage place..................................211 341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publiclyavailable.............212 341Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............................212 341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and
advice ............................................................................................213
Subdivision C—Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places 214 341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places................214 341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage
places.............................................................................................216 341U Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................................216 341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies...............................................................217 341W Multiple plans inthe same document............................................217 341X Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................................217
Subdivision D—The Commonwealth Heritage management principles 218 341Y Commonwealth Heritagemanagement principles.........................218
Subdivision E—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 218
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council ..........................................................................................218 341ZA Heritage strategies.........................................................................219 341ZB Heritage assessments and registers................................................220 341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values..............................220 341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or leased.............................................................................................221
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places 222 341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places..............................................................................222
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List 222 341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List.................................................................................................222
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves 224
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 224 342 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................224
Subdivision B—Declaring and revoking Commonwealth reserves 224 343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................224 344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves...............................................225 345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve..................................................227 345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director................................227 346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve..........227 347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN
categories.......................................................................................228 348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles..........................228 350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves..................229 351 Report before making Proclamation..............................................230 352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when
Commonwealth reserve is revoked................................................231
Subdivision C—Activities in Commonwealth reserves 232 353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................232 354 Activities that may be carried on only under management
plan................................................................................................232 354A Offences relating to activities that may only be carried on
under management plan.................................................................234 355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves..............238 355A Offence relating to mining operations ...........................................240 356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................242 356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves.........................244
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management plan is not in operation..................................................................244 358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in Commonwealth reserves................................................................245 359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves continue to have effect...................................................................246 359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous persons...........................................................................................246 359B Director’s approval of actions and mining operations when a management plan isnot in operation.............................................247
Subdivision D—Complying with management plans for
Commonwealth reserves 249 361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................249 362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply
with management plan for Commonwealth reserve.......................249 363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director over implementation of plan..........................................................250 364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over implementation of plan..................................................................251
Subdivision E—Approving management plans for
Commonwealth reserves 252 365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................252 366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................253 367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve .......254 368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................256 369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in
planning process............................................................................259 370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves.......259 371 Approved management plans aredisallowable instruments..........261 372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for
Commonwealth reserves................................................................261 373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves ...........261
Subdivision F—Boards for Commonwealth reserves on
indigenous people’s land 262 374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................262 375 Application....................................................................................262 376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve.......................262 377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional
owners agree..................................................................................263 378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board ...........264 379 Appointment of Board members ...................................................265 379A Fit and proper person.....................................................................266 380 Terms and conditions ....................................................................266
381 Remuneration................................................................................266 382 Termination of appointments of Board members..........................267 383 Procedure of a Board.....................................................................269
Subdivision G—Special rules for some Commonwealth reserves in
the Northern Territory or Jervis Bay Territory 270
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................270
385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management
plan................................................................................................270 386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region?......................270 387 No mining operations inKakadu National Park............................271 388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu
region and Uluru region.................................................................271
389 Planning for townships..................................................................272
390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning
process...........................................................................................273 390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board..................275
Division 5—Conservation zones 277 390B Simplified outline of this Division.................................................277 390C Object of this Division...................................................................277 390D Proclamationof conservation zones..............................................277 390E Regulating activities generally ......................................................278 390F Charges for activities in conservation zones..................................280 390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division........................280 390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to
have effect.....................................................................................280 390J Revoking and altering conservation zones ....................................281
Chapter 5A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia 283
Part 15A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia 283 390K The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia ........................................................................................283 390L Inclusion of places in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia ...............................................................283 390M Removal of places from the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia or variation of statement of historic significance.......................................................................283 390N Inviting comments from other Ministers before taking action.......284 390P Minister may ask Australian Heritage Council for advice etc. ......284 390Q List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia to be publicly available..................................................................285 390R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice ............................................................................................285
Chapter 6—Administration 286
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions 286 391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions........................................................................................286 391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions..............................................288
Part 17—Enforcement 289
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors 289
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers 289 392 Appointment of wardens and rangers............................................289 393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise
powers etc. of wardens or rangers .................................................289 394 Wardens ex officio .........................................................................290 395 Identitycards.................................................................................290
Subdivision B—Inspectors 290 396 Appointment of inspectors.............................................................290 397 Inspectors ex officio.......................................................................291 398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be
inspectors.......................................................................................291 399 Identitycards.................................................................................292
Subdivision BA—Exercise of powers of authorised officers outside the territorial sea 293 399A Powers to be exercised consistently with UNCLOS......................293
Subdivision BB—Exercise of powers of authorised officers in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park 293 399B Certain powers to be exercised only by certain authorised officers...........................................................................................293
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 294 400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra
powers, functions and duties..........................................................294 401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers..............................294 402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers ..........................295
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises 297 403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers..............................297 404 Authorised officers to produce identification................................299 405 Access to premises ........................................................................300 406 Powers of authorised officers........................................................301 406A Searches under paragraph 406(1)(ba)............................................303 406AA Taking things into possession........................................................304 406B Thing taken into possession is not a thing seized ..........................305
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance 306 407 Monitoring powers ........................................................................306 407A Operation of electronic equipment at premises..............................307 407B Compensation for damage to electronic equipment.......................310 408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent................................310 409 Monitoring warrants......................................................................312 409A Monitoring warrants by telephone or other electronic means........313 409B Executing officer to bein possession of warrant...........................315 410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc.............315 411 Occupier entitled to be present during search................................316 412 Announcement before entry ..........................................................316 412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant..........317
Division 4—Search warrants 318 413 When search warrants can be issued..............................................318 414 Statements in warrants...................................................................319 415 Powers of magistrate .....................................................................321 416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means..........................321 417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant........................323 418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a
warrant...........................................................................................326 418A Executing officer to bein possession of warrant...........................326 419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc. ..............................326 420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant.................327 421 Use of equipment to examine or process things ............................327 422 Use of electronic equipment at premises.......................................328 423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment.......................330 424 Copies of seized things to beprovided..........................................331 425 Occupier entitled to be present during search................................331 426 Receipts for things seized under warrant.......................................332 427 Restrictions on personal searches..................................................332 428 When a thing is in the possession of a person................................332
Division 6—Arrest and related matters 333 430 Powers of arrest.............................................................................333 431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person...................333 432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person...........334 433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises.................334 433A Interaction of this Division with Schedule 1..................................334
Division 6A—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders 335 433B Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders........................................................................................335
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. 336 434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches...........................336 435 Announcement before entry ..........................................................336 436 Offence of making false statements in warrants............................336 437 Offences relating to telephone warrants ........................................336 438 Retention of things seized under Division 4 or 6...........................337 440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected...............338 441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected............................338 442 Persons to assist authorised officers ..............................................338
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc. 340 443 Power to search goods, baggage etc. .............................................340
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens 341 443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens........................................................................341
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses 343 444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address...........343
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc. 344
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A 344 444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A.........................................................................................344 444B Noticeabout seizure......................................................................344 444C Applications for return of specimen ..............................................345 444D Court action for return of specimen...............................................345 444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner.........................346 444G Retention of specimen...................................................................347 444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period .....................348
Subdivision AB—Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A) 349 445 Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)............................................................349 446 Retention of things seized under this Subdivision.........................350
Subdivision AC—Direction to deliver seizable items 352 447 Direction to deliver seizable items.................................................352
Subdivision B—Disposal of seized items 352 449 Immediate disposal of seized items...............................................352 449A Disposal of seized items if Secretary cannot locate or identify person entitled etc. ...........................................................354
Subdivision BA—Release of seized items to owner etc. 354 449BA Release of seizeditems to owner etc.............................................354
449BB How this Part applies in relation to things released conditionally..................................................................................355
Subdivision C—Forfeiture of seized items 356 450 Court-ordered forfeiture: order by court dealing with offence proceedings....................................................................................356 450A Court-orderedforfeiture: other situations......................................357 450B Forfeiture of seized items by consent etc.......................................357 451 Dealings in forfeited items ............................................................358 452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth ........................358
Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms or specimens that have been seized 359 453 Keeping of organisms or specimens retained under this Part ........359 454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms or specimens ......................................................................................359
Subdivision G—Rescuing things 360 455 Rescuing things .............................................................................360 456 Breaking or destroying things or documents to prevent seizure etc......................................................................................360
Subdivision H—Seizure of cages or containers 361 456AA Power to seize cages or containers containing seizable things ......361 456AB Retention of seized cage or container............................................361 456AC Retention of non-seizable things contained in seized cages or containers ......................................................................................362
Division 11—Powers of pursuit 364 457 Power to pursue persons etc. .........................................................364
Division 12—Environmental audits 365 458 Directed environmental audits.......................................................365 459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit .........................366 460 Nature of directed environmental audit .........................................366 461 Audit reports..................................................................................367 462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations .....................................................................................368
Division 13—Conservation orders 369
Subdivision A—Simplified outline 369 463 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................369
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders 369 464 Minister may make conservation orders........................................369 465 Duration of conservation orders ....................................................370 466 Reviews of conservation orders.....................................................370 467 Publication of conservation orders ................................................371 468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review .......................................................................372
469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on
review............................................................................................372
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders 373 470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence............................373 471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc......................................374 472 Contents of notices of advice.........................................................374 473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal...........................374 474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders........................375
Division 14—Injunctions 376 475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act........................................376 476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements...........378 477 Discharge of injunctions................................................................379 479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant .........379 480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the
Court..............................................................................................380
Division 14A—Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders 381 480A Remediation orders........................................................................381 480B Discharge of remediation orders....................................................382 480C Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the
Court..............................................................................................382
Division 14B—Minister’s power to make remediation determinations 383
Subdivision A—Making of remediation determinations 383 480D Minister may make remediation determination.............................383 480E Contents of a remediation determination.......................................383 480F Notifying owners and occupiers of land of proposed
remediation determination.............................................................384 480G Notifying that remediation determination has been made .............385 480H Duration of remediation determinations........................................385 480J Ministerial reconsideration of remediation determinations ...........385
Subdivision B—Federal Court may set aside remediation determination 386 480K Applying to Federal Court to have remediation determination set aside..................................................................386
Subdivision C—Complying with remediation determinations 387 480L Federal Court may order compliance with remediation determination.................................................................................387 480M Civil penalty for contravention of remediation determination.......387
Subdivision D—Variation or revocation of remediation determinations 388 480N Variation or revocation of remediation determination...................388
Division 15—Civil penalties 389
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty 389 481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for
contravening civil penalty provision..............................................389 482 What is a civil penalty provision?..................................................390 483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence...............390 484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision .............390 485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty ...................................................390
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal
proceedings 391 486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings ................................391 486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings.............................391 486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings ................................391 486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in
criminal proceedings .....................................................................391
Subdivision C—Enforceable undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions 392 486DA Acceptance of undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions.......................................................392 486DB Enforcement of undertakings.........................................................392
Division 15A—Notices to produce or attend 393 486E Application of Division.................................................................393 486F Minister may require person to provide information etc................393 486G Minister may require person to appear before Minister.................394 486H Persons to whom notices may not be given...................................394 486J Self-incrimination..........................................................................395
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions 396 487 Extended standing for judicialreview...........................................396 488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations................397
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information 398 489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit........................................................................................398 490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit................................................399 491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.......................................................................................399
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations 401 493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?..........................401 494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate..............401 495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate...........401 496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent
contravention? ...............................................................................403
Division 18A—Liability of landholders for other people’s actions 405 496A Who is a landholder?.....................................................................405 496B Civil penalties for landholders.......................................................405 496C Criminal liability of landholders....................................................405 496D Did a landholder take reasonable steps to prevent a contravention? ...............................................................................406
Division 19—Infringement notices 408 497 Infringement notices......................................................................408
Division 20—Publicising contraventions 409 498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations .....................................................................................409
Division 21—Immunity of officers 410 498A Immunity of officers and assistants...............................................410
Division 22—Conduct of directors, employees and agents 411 498B Conduct of directors, employees and agents..................................411
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage 414 499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage...........414 500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention ...................415 501 Other powers not affected..............................................................416
Part 19—Organisations 417
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee 417 502 Establishment................................................................................417 503 Functions of the Committee ..........................................................417
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee 418 504 Establishment................................................................................418 505 Functions of the Committee ..........................................................419
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee 420 505A Establishment................................................................................420 505B Functions of the Committee ..........................................................420
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees 421 506 Application....................................................................................421 507 Terms and conditions ....................................................................421 508 Remuneration................................................................................421 509 Termination of appointments of Committee members ..................422 510 Procedure of a Committee.............................................................423
Division 4—Advisory committees 424 511 Minister may establish advisory committees.................................424
512 Appointments................................................................................424 513 Members of advisory committees..................................................424 514 Committee procedure ....................................................................424
Division 5—Director of National Parks 426
Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers 426 514A Continuation..................................................................................426 514B Functions.......................................................................................426 514C Powers...........................................................................................427 514D Requirements relating to functions and powers.............................428
Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks 429 514E Constitution...................................................................................429 514F Appointment..................................................................................429 514G Acting appointments......................................................................430
Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment 430 514H Term of office................................................................................430 514J Remuneration ................................................................................430 514K Outside employment......................................................................431 514L Disclosure of interests ...................................................................431 514M Leave of absence ...........................................................................431 514N Resignation....................................................................................431 514P Termination...................................................................................431 514Q Other terms and conditions............................................................432
Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund 432 514R Australian National Parks Fund.....................................................432 514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund ................................432 514T Application of money....................................................................433
Subdivision E—Accountability 433 514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997......................................................................433 514V Extra matters tobe included in annual report................................434
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous 434 514W Exemption from taxation...............................................................434 514X Changes in office of Director ........................................................434
Part 20—Delegation 435 515 Delegation .....................................................................................435 515AA Delegation by Minister in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park...................................................................................435 515AB Delegation by Secretary in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park...................................................................................436
Part 20A—Publication of information on the internet 438 515A Publication of information on the internet.....................................438
Part 21—Reporting 439
Division 1—Annual reports 439 516 Annual report on operation of Act.................................................439 516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters.......................439
Division 2—State of the environment reports 441 516B State of the environment reports....................................................441
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous 442
Part 22—Miscellaneous 442 517 Determinations of species..............................................................442 517A Exemption for activities that might harm particular species introduced into particular areas .....................................................442 518 Non-compliance with time limits ..................................................444 519 Compensation for acquisition of property .....................................445 520 Regulations....................................................................................446 520A Statements about the application of the Act ..................................447 521 Fees and charges must not betaxes...............................................447 522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money............................................................................................447 522A Review of operation of Act ...........................................................448
Chapter 8—Definitions 449
Part 23—Definitions 449
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics 449
Subdivision A—Actions 449 523 Actions...........................................................................................449 524 Things that are not actions.............................................................449 524A Provision of grant funding is not an action....................................450
Subdivision B—Areas 450 525 Commonwealth areas ....................................................................450
Subdivision C—Entities 451 526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate....................................................451
Subdivision D—Criminal law 452 527 Convictions....................................................................................452
Subdivision E—Specimens 452 527A Specimens......................................................................................452 527B Breeding in captivity .....................................................................453 527C Artificial propagation ....................................................................453 527D Things represented to be CITES specimens ..................................454
Subdivision F—Impacts 455
527E Meaning of impact.........................................................................455
Division 2—General list of definitions
528 Definitions.....................................................................................456
Schedule 1—Provisions relating to detention of suspected
foreign offenders | 480 |
Part 1—Preliminary | 480 |
Division 1—Objects of this Schedule | 480 |
1 Main objects of this Schedule........................................................480
Division 2—Definitions 482 2 Definitions.....................................................................................482
Division 3—Appointment etc. of detention officers 483 3 Minister may appoint personsto be detention officers..................483 4 Detention officers subject to directions.........................................483 5 Detention officer etc. notliable to certain actions.........................483
Division 4—Approval of authorised officers and detention officers 484 6 The Secretary may approve authorised officers and detention officers...........................................................................................484 7 Persons who are authorised officers for purposes of the Migration Act 1958 are taken to be approved for this Schedule ........................................................................................484
Part 2—Detaining suspected foreign offenders 487
Division 1—Initial detention by an authorised officer 487 8 Power to detain..............................................................................487 9 Relationship with Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914.........................487
Division 2—Continued detention by a detention officer 488 10 Detention officer may detain person already detained by authorised officer...........................................................................488
Division 3—Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer 489 11 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer ............................................................................................489
Division 4—Moving detainees 490 12 Power to move detainees...............................................................490
Division 5—End of detention 491 13 End of detention ............................................................................491
Division 6—Offence of escaping from detention 492 14 Escape from detention...................................................................492
Part 3—Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors 493
Division 1—Searches of detainees 493 15 Searches of detainees.....................................................................493
Division 2—Screening of detainees 495 16 Power to conduct a screening procedure .......................................495
Division 3—Strip searches of detainees 496 17 Power to conduct a strip search.....................................................496 18 Rules for conducting a strip search................................................498
Division 4—Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees 501 19 Possession and retention of certain things obtained during a screening procedure or strip search ...............................................501 20 Approved officer may apply for a thing to be retained for a further period.................................................................................502 21 Magistrate may order that thingbe retained..................................502
Division 5—Screening detainees’ visitors 504 22 Powers concerning entry to premises where detainee is detained .........................................................................................504
Division 6—Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc. 506 23 Detainees held in State or Territory prisons or remand centres ...........................................................................................506
Part 4—Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc. 507 24 Detainee may have access to certain advice, facilitiesetc.............507
Part 5—Identifying detainees 508
Division 1—Preliminary 508 25 Definitions.....................................................................................508 26 Meaning of personal identifier ......................................................508 27 Limiting the types of identification tests that approved
officers may carry out....................................................................510
Division 2—Identification of detainees 511
Subdivision A—Provision of personal identifiers 511 28 Detaineesmustprovide personal identifiers..................................511 29 Approved officers must require and carry out identification
tests................................................................................................512 30 Information to be provided before carrying out identification tests................................................................................................513
Subdivision B—How identification tests are carried out
31 General rules for carrying out identification tests..........................513 32 Use of force in carrying out identification tests.............................514 33 Identification tests not to be carried out in cruel, inhuman or
degrading manner etc.....................................................................516 34 Approved officer may get help to carry out identification tests................................................................................................516 35 Identification tests to be carried out by approved officer of
same sex as non-citizen.................................................................516 36 Independent person to be present...................................................516 37 Recording of identification tests....................................................517 38 Retesting........................................................................................517
Subdivision C—Obligations relating to video recordings of
identification tests 520 39 Definitions.....................................................................................520 40 Accessing video recordings...........................................................520 41 Authorising access to video recordings .........................................521 42 Providing video recordings............................................................522 43 Unauthorised modification of video recordings.............................523 44 Unauthorised impairment of video recordings...............................523 45 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised
impairment etc...............................................................................523 46 Destroying video recordings..........................................................524
Division 3—Identification of minors and incapable persons 525 47 Minors...........................................................................................525 48 Incapable persons ..........................................................................525
Division 4—Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information 527
Subdivision A—Preliminary 527 49 Definitions.....................................................................................527 50 Application....................................................................................528
Subdivision B—Accessing identifying information 528 51 Accessing identifying information.................................................528 52 Authorising access to identifying information...............................528
Subdivision C—Disclosing identifying information 529 53 Disclosing identifying information................................................529 54 Authorising disclosure of identifying information to foreign
countries etc...................................................................................531
Subdivision D—Modifying and impairing identifying information 532 55 Unauthorised modification of identifyinginformation..................532 56 Unauthorised impairment of identifying information....................533
57 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc...............................................................................533 Subdivision E—Retaining identifying information 534 58 Identifying information may be indefinitely retained....................534
Part 6—Disclosure of detainees’ personal information 535 59 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information...............................535
Notes 537
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 266B
266B Approved conservation advice for listed threatened species and listed threatened ecological communities
Minister to ensure there is approved conservation advice
Changing approved conservation advice
(3) The Minister may, in writing, approve changes to approved conservation advice.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 267
Consultation with Scientific Committee
Publication requirements
Instruments of approval are not legislative instruments
(8) An instrument of approval under subsection (2) or (3) is not a legislative instrument.
267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 268
Recovery plans for listed threatened species and ecological communities and threat abatement plans for key threatening processes bind the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies.
The Minister need ensure that a recovery plan is in force for a listed threatened species or ecological community only if the Minister decides to have a recovery plan. The Minister must decide whether to have a recovery plan for the species or community within 90 days after it becomes listed. The Minister may, at any other time, decide whether to have such a plan.
The Minister need ensure a threat abatement plan is in force for a key threatening process only if the Minister decides that a plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way of abating the process. The Minister must consult before making such a decision.
A recovery plan or threat abatement plan can be made by the Minister alone or jointly with relevant States and Territories, or the Minister can adopt a State or Territory plan. There must be public consultation and advice from the Scientific Committee about the plan, regardless of how it is made or adopted.
268 Compliance with recovery plans and threat abatement plans
A Commonwealth agency must not take any action that contravenes a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan.
269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 269AA
269AA Decision whether to have a recovery plan
Minister has an initial obligation and then a discretion
Making the initial recovery plan decision
(3) In making the initial recovery plan decision, the Minister must have regard to the recommendation (the initial recommendation) made by the Scientific Committee as mentioned in paragraph 189(1B)(c) in relation to the species or community.
Making a subsequent recovery plan decision (unless subsection (5) applies)
(4) In making a subsequent recovery plan decision in relation to the species or community, other than a decision to which subsection (5) applies:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 269AA
Changing from a decision to have a recovery plan to a decision not to have a recovery plan—additional requirements
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 269A
(f) may also include any other information that the Minister considers appropriate.
(8) The regulations must provide for the following:
General publication requirements
(9) The Minister must publish the following:
reasons for it. The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Note: This subsection must be complied with, even if the Minister has already published notice of the proposed decision in accordance with subsections (5) and (7).
Decisions not legislative instruments
(10) An instrument making a decision under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
269A Making or adopting a recovery plan
Application
(1) This section applies only if the Minister’s most recent decision under section 269AA in relation to a listed threatened species (except one that is extinct or that is a conservation dependent species) or a listed threatened ecological community is to have a recovery plan for the species or community.
Note: Subsection 273(1) sets a deadline of 3 years from the decision for ensuring that a recovery plan is in force for the species or community. Subsection 273(2) allows that period to be extended.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 269A
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of:
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of a listed threatened species (except one that is extinct or is a conservation dependent species) or a listed threatened ecological community jointly with one or more of the States and self-governing Territories in which the species or community occurs, or with agencies of one or more of those States and Territories.
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 270.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) for a listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community, the Minister must:
(a) consult the appropriate Minister of each State and self-governing Territory in which the species or community occurs, and in which actions that the plan would provide for would occur, with a view to:
unless the species or community occurs only in a Commonwealth area; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) for a species or ecological community that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable, within the period of 3 years referred to in subsection 273(1), to make the plan under subsection (3) of this section with each State or Territory:
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a recovery plan a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2) (whether it was adopted with modifications or not).
270 Content of recovery plans
(1) A recovery plan must provide for the research and management actions necessary to stop the decline of, and support the recovery of, the listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community concerned so that its chances of long-term survival in nature are maximised.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270
(2) In particular, a recovery plan must (subject to subsection (2A)):
(2A) A recovery plan need only address the matters mentioned in paragraphs (2)(d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) to the extent to which it is practicable to do so.
(3) In making a recovery plan, regard must be had to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270A
270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan
Decision
(1) The Minister may at any time decide whether to have a threat abatement plan for a threatening process in the list of key threatening processes established under section 183. The Minister must do so:
Basis for decision
(2) The Minister must decide to have a threat abatement plan for the process if he or she believes that having and implementing a threat abatement plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way to abate the process. The Minister must decide not to have a threat abatement plan if he or she does not believe that.
Consultation before making a decision
(3) Before making a decision under this section, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270A
on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Consulting others
(4) Subsection (3) does not prevent the Minister from requesting any other person or body to give advice within a specified period on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Request may be made before listing
(5) A request for advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process may be made before or after the process is included in the list of key threatening processes established under section 183.
Time for giving advice
(6) The Minister must not make a decision whether to have a threat abatement plan for the process before the end of the period within which he or she has requested a person or body to give advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Considering views expressed in consultation
(7) When the Minister is making a decision under this section, he or she must consider the advice that a person or body gave on request within the period specified in the request.
Publishing decision and reasons
(8) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270B
Special rules for processes included in original list
(9) Subsections (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) do not apply in relation to a decision about a process included in the list under section 183 as first established.
270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan
Application
(1) This section applies only if the Minister’s most recent decision under section 270A in relation to a key threatening process is to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: Section 273 sets a deadline of 3 years from the decision for ensuring that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process.
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process.
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process, jointly with the States and self-governing Territories in which the process occurs or with agencies of those States and Territories.
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 271.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a threat abatement plan for the process under subsection (2) or (3), the Minister must:
(a) consult the appropriate Minister of each State and self-governing Territory in which the process occurs, with a view to:
(i) taking the views of each of those States and Territories into account in making the plan under subsection (2); or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270B
(ii) making the plan jointly under subsection (3); unless the process occurs only in a Commonwealth area; and
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) for a process that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable to make the plan:
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a threat abatement plan for the process a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2), whether it was adopted with modifications or not.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 271
271 Content of threat abatement plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 272
(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the matters that a threat abatement plan may include.
272 Eradication of non-native species
If:
habitat occurs; the recovery plan, or threat abatement plan, must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
273 Ensuring plans are in force
When a plan comes into force
(1A) A recovery plan or a threat abatement plan comes into force on the day on which it is made or adopted, or on a later day specified by the Minister in writing.
Deadline for recovery plan
Ensuring recovery plan is in force
(3) Once the first recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community is in force, the Minister must exercise his or her powers under this Subdivision to ensure that a recovery plan is in force for the species or community until
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 274
the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community.
Note: The Minister may revoke a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community if the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community. See section 283A.
Deadline for threat abatement plan
(4) A threat abatement plan for a key threatening process must be made and in force within 3 years of the decision under section 270A to have the plan.
Ensuring threat abatement plan is in force
(5) Once the first threat abatement plan for a key threatening process is in force, the Minister must exercise his or her powers under this Subdivision to ensure that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process until the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: The Minister may revoke a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process if the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process. See section 283A.
274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 275
(f) the efficient and effective use of the resources allocated to the conservation of species and ecological communities.
(3) In giving advice about a threat abatement plan, the Scientific Committee must take into account the following matters:
275 Consultation on plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 276
(3) The day specified must not be a day occurring within 3 months after the notice is published in the Gazette.
276 Consideration of comments
The Minister:
277 Adoption of State plans
278 Publication of plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 279
(c) specify the places where copies of the plan may be purchased.
279 Variation of plans by the Minister
280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 281
the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
281 Commonwealth assistance
282 Scientific Committee to advise on assistance
(1) The Scientific Committee is to advise the Minister on the conditions (if any) to which the giving of assistance under section 281 should be subject.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 283
283 Plans may cover more than one species etc.
283A Revoking a plan
(1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument:
(a) revoke a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community if the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 284
(b) revoke a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process if the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
(2) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any):
284 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under this Subdivision of each recovery plan and threat abatement plan during the year to which the report relates.
285 Wildlife conservation plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 286
wildlife conservation plan unless the species occurs only in a Commonwealth area.
286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation plans
A Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to act in accordance with a wildlife conservation plan.
287 Content of wildlife conservation plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 288
(3) In making a wildlife conservation plan, regard must be had to:
288 Eradication of non-native species
If:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 289
the wildlife conservation plan must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
289 Scientific Committee to advise on scheduling of plans
(1) The Minister may seek advice from the Scientific Committee on the need for wildlife conservation plans and the order in which they should be made.
(1A) The Scientific Committee may advise the Minister on its own initiative to make a wildlife conservation plan for a specified species described in subsection 285(1).
290 Consultation on plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 291
(c) specify:
(3) The day specified must not be a day occurring within 3 months after the notice is published in the Gazette.
291 Consideration of comments
The Minister:
292 Adoption of State plans
293 Publication, review and variation of plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 294
294 Variation of plans by the Minister
295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 296
the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
296 Commonwealth assistance
297 Plans may cover more than one species etc.
A wildlife conservation plan made or adopted under this Subdivision may deal with all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 298
(d) one or more conservation dependent species.
298 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under section 285 of each wildlife conservation plan during the year to which the report relates.
299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect
If:
conservation dependent species); the wildlife conservation plan ceases to have effect in relation to the species on and from the day on which the species becomes a listed threatened species as mentioned in paragraph (b).
300 Document may contain more than one plan
300A State and Territory laws not affected
Sections 269A, 270A, 270B, 273 and 285 do not exclude or limit the concurrent operation of a law of a State or self-governing Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 300B
300B Assistance from the Scientific Committee
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Access to biological resources Division 6
301 Control of access to biological resources
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 6A Control of non-native species
Section 301A
301A Regulations for control of non-native species
The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries Division 7
302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries
On behalf of the Commonwealth, the Minister may give financial assistance to the governments of foreign countries and organisations in foreign countries to help the recovery and conservation, in those countries, of species covered by international agreements to which Australia is a party.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 303
303 Regulations
303A Exemptions from this Part
(a) publish a copy of the notice and his or her reasons for granting the exemption in accordance with the regulations; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Miscellaneous Division 8
(b) give a copy of the notice to the person specified in the notice.
303AA Conditions relating to accreditation of plans, regimes and policies
In such a case, the instrument of accreditation is to specify the period, circumstances or condition.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 303AB
303AB Amended policies, regimes or plans taken to be accredited
(1) If:
the Minister may, by instrument in writing, determine that this subsection applies to the amendments.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
303BA Objects of Part
(1) The objects of this Part are as follows:
Note: CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species—see section 528.
(2) In order to achieve its objects, this Part includes special provisions to conserve the biodiversity of Australian native wildlife.
303BAA Certain indigenous rights not affected
To avoid doubt, nothing in this Part prevents an indigenous person from continuing in accordance with law the traditional use of an area for:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BB
303BB Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Part:
303BC Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
eligible listed threatened species means a listed threatened species other than a species in the conservation dependent category.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
engage in conduct means:
export means:
export from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in a Commonwealth marine area and then take out of that area to another country without bringing into Australia or into an external Territory.
import means:
import by way of introduction from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in the marine environment not under the jurisdiction of any country and then bring into Australia or into an external Territory without having been imported into any other country.
marine environment means the sea, and includes:
recipient means:
(a) in relation to a specimen that is exported—the person in the country to which the specimen is exported who is to have the care and custody of the specimen after the export; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BC
(b) in relation to a specimen that is imported into Australia or into an external Territory—the person in Australia or that Territory, as the case may be, who is to have the care and custody of the specimen after the import.
relevant CITES authority, in relation to a country, means:
sender, in relation to a specimen that is imported into Australia or an external Territory, means the person in the country from which the specimen is imported who exports it from that country to Australia or to that Territory, as the case may be.
take includes:
trade means trade within the ordinary meaning of that expression.
Note: See also section 528.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
303CA Listing of CITES species
Note: See section 4 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CB
Note: See also section 303CB.
303CB Stricter domestic measures
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, declare that the list referred to in section 303CA has effect as if it were modified as set out in the declaration.
Note: For variation and revocation, see subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(2) The Minister must not make a declaration under subsection (1) unless:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
(e) the modification has the effect of treating a specified specimen that is not included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES as if the specimen were included in Appendix II to CITES.
303CC Exports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised export—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Authorised export—CITES exemptions
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CD
Note 1: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CD Imports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised import—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Authorised import—CITES exemptions
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the import of the specimen is an import that, under the regulations, is taken to be an import of a personal or household effect.
Note: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
section 303CA—the quantity of the specimen does not exceed that limit; and
Note 1: Paragraph 2 of Article VII of CITES deals with a specimen that was acquired before the provisions of CITES applied to the specimen.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CE Applications for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CF
303CF Further information
303CG Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 6 months after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
the country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority and permission to export the specimen from that country has been given by a relevant CITES authority of that country; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes
(1) The following table sets out the conditions mentioned in paragraphs 303CG(3)(e) and (f):
Specific conditions | |||
---|---|---|---|
Item | Category of specimen | Action | Specific conditions |
1 | CITES I | Import | (a) the proposed import would be an import from an approved CITES-registered captive breeding program in accordance with section 303FK; or |
(b) the specimen is, or is derived from, a plant that was artificially propagated (section 527C). |
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions |
---|
Item Category of Action Specific conditions |
specimen |
2 CITES I Export (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a |
live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and |
(b) the country to which the specimen is proposed |
to be exported has a relevant CITES authority, |
and permission to import that specimen into |
that country has been given by a relevant |
CITES authority of that country; and |
(c) the proposed export would be an export from: |
(i) an approved CITES-registered captive |
breeding program in accordance with |
section 303FK; or |
(ii) an approved artificial propagation |
program in accordance with |
section 303FL. |
3 CITES II Import (a) for any specimen—the country from which the |
specimen is proposed to be imported has a |
relevant CITES authority and permission to |
export the specimen from that country has |
been given by a relevant CITES authority of |
that country; and |
(b) for a specimen that: |
(i) is specified by the Minister in a notice |
published in the Gazette to be a |
declared specimen; and |
(ii) is not, or is not derived from, an animal |
that was bred in captivity |
(section 527B); and |
(iii) is not, or is not derived from, a plant |
that was artificially propagated |
(section 527C); |
the proposed import of the specimen would be |
an import from an approved commercial |
import program in accordance with |
section 303FU. |
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
Specific conditions |
---|
Item Category of Action Specific conditions |
specimen |
4 CITES II Export (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a |
live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and |
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: |
(i) an export from an approved captive |
breeding program in accordance with |
section 303FK; or |
(ii) an export from an approved artificial |
propagation program in accordance |
with section 303FL; or |
(iia) an export from an approved |
cultivation program in accordance with |
section 303FLA; or |
(iii) an export in accordance with an |
approved wildlife trade operation |
(section 303FN); or |
(iv) an export in accordance with an |
approved wildlife trade management |
plan (section 303FO). |
5 CITES III Import The country from which the specimen is proposed |
to be imported has a relevant CITES authority, |
and permission to export the specimen from that |
country has been given by a relevant CITES |
authority of that country. |
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions | ||
---|---|---|
Item Category of | Action | Specific conditions |
specimen | ||
6 CITES III | Export | (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and | ||
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: | ||
(i) an export from an approved captive | ||
breeding program in accordance with | ||
section 303FK; or | ||
(ii) an export from an approved artificial | ||
propagation program in accordance | ||
with section 303FL; or | ||
(iia) an export from an approved | ||
cultivation program in accordance with | ||
section 303FLA; or | ||
(iii) an export in accordance with an | ||
approved wildlife trade operation | ||
(section 303FN); or | ||
(iv) an export in accordance with an | ||
approved wildlife trade management | ||
plan (section 303FO). |
(2) A notice made under subparagraph (b)(i) of item 3 in the table in subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
303CI Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303CE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CJ
303CJ Duration of permits
A permit under section 303CG:
303CK Register of applications and decisions
303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority
For the purposes of the application of CITES to Australia:
303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions
(1) Except so far as the contrary intention appears, an expression that:
particular meaning is assigned to it by, CITES); has, in the CITES provisions, the same meaning as it has in CITES.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the CITES provisions consist of:
303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DA
303DA Regulated native specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated native specimen is a specimen that:
303DB Listing of exempt native specimens
(a) contain the specimens referred to in Part I of Schedule 4 to the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982, as in force immediately before the commencement of this section; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
(b) reflect the restrictions and conditions that are applicable to the inclusion of those specimens in that Part of that Schedule.
(6) The list must not include a specimen that belongs to an eligible listed threatened species unless:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the export of the specimen will not:
(aa) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation advice for that species; and
(b) the inclusion of the specimen on the list is subject to a restriction or condition to the effect that:
(7) A copy of an instrument under subsection (1) is to be made available for inspection on the internet.
303DC Minister may amend list
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, amend the list referred to in section 303DB by:
(1A) In deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DD
(1B) Subsection (1A) does not apply to an amendment mentioned in paragraph (1)(e).
(1C) Subsection (1A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery.
(1D) In this section:
fishery has the same meaning as in section 303FN.
303DD Exports of regulated native specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303DG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Exemption—accredited wildlife trade management plan
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
reptile, a live native amphibian or a live native bird; and (ba) either:
Exemption—exchange of scientific specimens
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if the export of the specimen is an export that, in accordance with a determination made by the Minister under the regulations, is taken to be part of a registered, non-commercial exchange of scientific specimens between scientific organisations.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3) and (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303DE Applications for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DF
303DF Further information
303DG Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 3 years after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit authorising the export of a live native mammal, a live native reptile, a live native amphibian or a live native bird unless the Minister is satisfied that the proposed export would be an eligible non-commercial purpose export (within the meaning of section 303FA).
(3A) The Minister must not issue a permit authorising the export of a live terrestrial invertebrate, or a live freshwater fish, prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of paragraph 303DD(3)(ba) unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
(4) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
(4A) If the Minister is considering whether to issue a permit relating to a specimen that belongs to a particular eligible listed threatened species, the Minister must, in deciding whether to issue the permit, have regard to any approved conservation advice for the species.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DG
unless the Minister is satisfied that the specimen was lawfully imported (section 303GY).
Eligible listed threatened species
(7) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
(ba) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with section 303FLA; or
(c) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved aquaculture program in accordance with section 303FM;
and the export of the specimen will not adversely affect the conservation status of the species concerned.
Note: See also subsection (3).
(8) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
Section has effect subject to section 303GA
(9) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
303DH Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303DE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303DI Duration of permits
A permit under section 303DG:
303DJ Register of applications and decisions
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EA
303EA Regulated live specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated live specimen is a specimen that:
303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
(11A) Part 2 of the list is taken to include a live plant that:
(12) A copy of an instrument under subsection (1) is to be made available for inspection on the internet.
303EC Minister may amend list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303ED
303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative
The report must be prepared in accordance with section 303EF and be given to the Minister.
(3) This subsection applies if:
(a) Biosecurity Australia has prepared a report (whether before or after the amendment was proposed) on the potential
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
impacts on the environment if the specimen were to be imported; and
(4) A determination made under paragraph (3)(d) is not a legislative instrument.
303EE Application for amendment of list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EF
303EF Requirement for assessments
303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment
(1) If the Minister receives a report under section 303ED or 303EE in relation to a proposed amendment, the Minister must decide whether or not to make the proposed amendment within:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
after the first business day after the day on which the report was received.
Notice of extension of time
(2) If the Minister specifies a longer period for the purposes of subsection (1), he or she must:
303EH Requesting further information
(1) If:
the Minister may request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, information relevant to making the decision.
(2) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment
If section 303EE applies and the Minister refuses to make the proposed amendment, the Minister must give the applicant notice of the refusal.
303EJ Reviews
If, following consideration of a relevant report under section 303ED or 303EE, the Minister has made a decision to include, or refusing to include, an item in the list referred to in section 303EB, the Minister may review that decision at any time during the period of 5 years after the decision was made.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EK
303EK Imports of regulated live specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
Exemption—testing permit
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303GD and is in force.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2) and (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303EL Applications for permits
303EM Further information
(1) The Minister may, within 40 business days after the application is made, request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, further information for the purpose of enabling the Minister to deal with the application.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
(2) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
303EN Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 3 years after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EO
(4) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303EO Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303EL, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303EP Duration of permits
A permit under section 303EN:
303EQ Register of applications and decisions
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
303ER Object
The object of this Subdivision is:
wild fauna and flora of Australia and of other countries; by requiring the marking of certain live specimens for the purposes of identification.
Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies
This Subdivision applies to a regulated live specimen if:
303ET Extended meaning of marking
A reference in this Subdivision to the marking of a specimen includes a reference to the following:
(iii) the placement (whether by piercing or otherwise) of a tag or ring on any part of the animal; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EU
(iv) the marking or labelling of a container within which the animal is kept.
303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of specimens
Determinations
(1) The Secretary may make a written determination about the marking of specified kinds of specimens for the purposes of identification.
Matters that may be covered by determination
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a determination by the Secretary under that subsection may:
Marking of animals not to involve undue pain etc.
(3) In the case of a live animal, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
Marking of plants not to involve undue risk of death
(4) In the case of a live plant, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves undue risk of the death of the plant.
Disallowable instrument
(5) A determination under subsection (1) is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
303EV Offences
Owner to ensure specimens marked etc.
(1) If a determination under section 303EU applies to a specimen, the owner of the specimen must comply with the determination.
Person not to remove or interfere with mark etc.
(2) A person contravenes this subsection if:
Offence
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) In subsections (1) and (2), strict liability applies to the circumstance that a determination was made under section 303EU.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EW
303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits
This Subdivision does not limit section 303GE (which deals with conditions of permits).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose export if, and only if:
303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports
For the purposes of this Part, the import of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose import if, and only if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FC
303FC Export or import for the purposes of research
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FD Export or import for the purposes of education
303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition
exhibition includes a zoo or menagerie.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FF
303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation
303FG Export or import of household pets
Export of live native animals
(1) The export of a live native animal (other than a CITES specimen) is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
Export of live CITES specimens
(2) The export of a CITES specimen is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Import of live animals
(3) The import of a live animal is an import of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Listing of native household pet animals
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FH
303FH Export or import of personal items
303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition
303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible commercial purpose export if, and only if:
(a) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved captive breeding program in accordance with section 303FK; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(b) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved artificial propagation program in accordance with section 303FL; or
(ba) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with section 303FLA; or
Note: See also subsection 303DD(3), which deals with accredited wildlife trade management plans.
303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding program
303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved artificial propagation program in accordance with this section if the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FLA
specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved artificial propagation program.
303FLA Export from an approved cultivation program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved cultivation program.
303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved aquaculture program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved aquaculture program.
303FN Approved wildlife trade operation
(ba) the operation will not be likely to threaten any relevant ecosystem including (but not limited to) any habitat or biodiversity; and
(c) if the operation relates to the taking of live specimens that belong to a taxon specified in the regulations—the conditions
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
that, under the regulations, are applicable to the welfare of the specimens are likely to be complied with; and
(d) such other conditions (if any) as are specified in the regulations have been, or are likely to be, satisfied.
(a) the operation is an operation that, under the regulations, is taken to be a market-testing operation; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FO
(10A) In deciding whether to declare that a commercial fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
(10B) Subsection (10A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to declare that a fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section.
(11) In this section:
fish includes all species of bony fish, sharks, rays, crustaceans, molluscs and other marine organisms, but does not include marine mammals or marine reptiles.
fishery means a class of activities by way of fishing, including
activities identified by reference to all or any of the following:
303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan
(1) The export of a specimen is an export in accordance with an approved wildlife trade management plan if the specimen is, or is derived from, a specimen that was taken in accordance with a plan
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
declared by a declaration in force under subsection (2) to be an approved wildlife trade management plan.
(iii) any relevant ecosystem (for example, impacts on habitat
or biodiversity); are ecologically sustainable; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FP
(iii) to respond to changes in the environmental impact of the activities covered by the plan; and
303FP Accredited wildlife trade management plan
(1) The export of a specimen is an export in accordance with an accredited wildlife trade management plan if the specimen is, or is derived from, a specimen that was taken in accordance with a plan declared by a declaration in force under subsection (2) to be an accredited wildlife trade management plan.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FQ
303FQ Consultation with State and Territory agencies
Before making a declaration under section 303FO or 303FP, the Minister must consult a relevant agency of each State and self-governing Territory affected by the declaration.
303FR Public consultation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FRA Assessments
(1) The regulations may prescribe an assessment process that is to be used for the purposes of sections 303FN, 303FO and 303FP to assess the potential impacts on the environment of:
where the operation is, or the activities are, likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
(2) If regulations made for the purposes of subsection (1) apply to a wildlife trade operation or to a plan, the Minister must not declare:
been followed in relation to the assessment of the operation or plan, as the case may be.
modifications includes additions, omissions and substitutions.
wildlife trade operation has the same meaning as in subsection 303FN(10), but does not include an operation mentioned in paragraph 303FN(10)(d).
303FS Register of declarations
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FT
303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations
In such a case, the instrument of declaration is to specify the period, circumstances or condition.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FU Approved commercial import program
The import of a specimen is an import from an approved commercial import program in accordance with this section if the specimen is sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved commercial import program.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GA
303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
(1) This section applies if:
(iii) the proposed action is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required; or
(iv) the proposed action is related to an action (the related action) that is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
Deferral of decision
(2) The Minister must neither issue, nor refuse to issue, the first permit before whichever is the latest of the following days:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Refusal of permit
Action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
(7) For the purposes of this section, an action that a person proposes to take is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required if the taking of the action by the person without a non-Part 13A permit would be prohibited by this Act or the regulations if it were assumed that this Part had not been enacted.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GB
(8) For the purposes of this section, a non-Part 13A permit is a permit issued under this Act (other than this Part) or the regulations.
Related action
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit
(1) If:
(iii) the export or import of the specimen, as the case may
be, would not adversely affect biodiversity; the Minister may issue a permit to the person.
(1A) The Minister must not issue a permit under this section unless the grant of that permit would not be contrary to CITES.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(2) A permit under this section authorises the holder of the permit to take the action or actions specified in the permit, in the permitted period, without breaching section 303CC, 303CD, 303DD or 303EK.
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than:
Duration of permit
(3) A permit under this section:
Further information
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GC
Public consultation
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import specimens
(3A) For the purpose of subsection (3), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 12 months after that date.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(i) the permitted period (within the meaning of subsection (3A));
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GD
(ii) each period for which one or more conditions of the permit are expressed to apply.
303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments
Applications for permits
Further information
Minister may issue permits
(6A) For the purpose of subsection (6), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 6 months after that date.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Duration of permit
(9) A permit under this section:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GE
Investigations
(10) A reference in this section to tests on the specimen includes a reference to investigations relating to the specimen.
303GE Conditions of permits
(5A) Without limiting subsection (5), a condition of a permit may be expressed to apply for a period that will not end until after the export or import of a specimen under the permit has occurred, including for example:
Note: Conditions may, for example, relate to how a specimen, and its progeny, are kept or dealt with during their lifetimes.
(6) If a person is given an authority under section 303GG by the holder of a permit, subsections (5) and (5A) apply to the person in a corresponding way to the way in which they apply to the holder of the permit.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(7) Subsections (4), (5), (5A) and (6) are to be disregarded in determining the meaning of a provision of this Act (other than a provision of this Part) that relates to conditions of permits issued otherwise than under this Part.
303GF Contravening conditions of a permit
Penalty: 300 penalty units.
(3) The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence if:
(iii) the release from captivity of a live animal; or
Penalty: 600 penalty units.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GG
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have released an animal from captivity if:
(4A) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have allowed a plant to escape if:
(5) In subsections (2) and (3), strict liability applies to the circumstance that the person was given an authority under section 303GG.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
303GG Authorities under permits
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GH Transfer of permits
303GI Suspension or cancellation of permits
303GJ Review of decisions
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GK
permit means a permit under this Part.
303GK Permit to be produced
Export permit
Import permit
(3) For the purposes of this Part, if the holder of a permit to import a specimen imports that specimen, he or she is not to be taken to
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
have imported that specimen in accordance with that permit unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the permit, or caused the permit to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
Authorities under section 303GG
(4) If a person is given an authority under section 303GG by the holder of a permit, this section applies to the person in a corresponding way to the way in which it applies to the holder of the permit.
303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced
Export certificate
Import certificate
(3) If a person imports a specimen and wishes to rely on a certificate referred to in paragraph 303CD(6)(b), he or she is not entitled to rely on the certificate unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the certificate, or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GM
caused the certificate to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
303GM Fees
303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens
Object
(1) The object of this section is:
by prohibiting the possession of illegally imported specimens and the progeny of such specimens.
Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
Possession of CITES specimens and unlisted regulated live specimens
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
referred to in section 303EB; and the person is reckless as to that fact; and
(c) the specimen does not belong to a native species.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Note 1: | For lawfully imported, see section 303GY. |
Note 2: | The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in |
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code). |
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(5) Subsection (2) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Possession of listed regulated live specimens
(6) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GO
Unlawfully imported
(8) For the purposes of this section, a specimen is unlawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported, but was not lawfully imported (section 303GY).
303GO Regulations relating to welfare
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(4) This section does not limit section 303GE.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GQ
303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign country
(1) A person must not intentionally import a specimen if the person knows that:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years.
(2) A prosecution must not be instituted for an offence against this section unless a relevant CITES authority of the foreign country has requested:
303GR Evidence
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GS Evidence of examiner
(iii) measures taken to secure any retained quantity of the
substance, matter, specimen or thing after analysis; is admissible in any proceeding for an offence against this Part as prima facie evidence of the matters in the certificate and the correctness of the results of the analysis.
(a) the person charged with the offence; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GT
(b) a solicitor who has appeared for the person in those
proceedings; has, at least 14 days before the certificate is sought to be admitted, been given a copy of the certificate together with reasonable notice of the intention to produce the certificate as evidence in the proceedings.
303GT Protection of witness
(a) that was made or received by the authorised officer in confidence in his or her capacity as an authorised officer; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(b) that contains information received by the authorised officer in confidence.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) are to be disregarded in determining the compellability of witnesses in proceedings for an offence against a provision of this Act other than this Part.
303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory
The regulations may provide for forms to be completed, or declarations to be made, in relation to specimens by persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory.
303GV Saving of other laws
303GW Part not to apply to certain specimens
Transhipment
(1) For the purposes of this Part, if a specimen is brought into Australia from a country:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GW
Emergency
(5) For the purposes of this Part, if:
(a) the Minister, the Director of Animal and Plant Quarantine, a prescribed person or a prescribed organisation is satisfied that, in order to meet an emergency involving danger to the life or health of a human or an animal, it is necessary or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
desirable that a specimen that could be used in treating that person or animal should be sent out of, or brought into, Australia or an external Territory; and
(b) that specimen is sent out of, or brought into, Australia or that
Territory, as the case requires, to meet that emergency; that specimen is taken not to have been exported or imported, as the case may be.
Quarantine
(6) Subject to subsections (1), (2) and (5), if, in accordance with the Quarantine Act 1908 or a law of an external Territory relating to quarantine, a person exercising powers under that Act or law imports a specimen that is subject to quarantine, then, for the purposes of this Part, that specimen is taken to have been imported by:
but this subsection does not affect the commission of any offence committed before the importation of that specimen.
Definitions
(7) In this section:
aircraft’s stores and ship’s stores have the same meanings respectively as they have in Part VII of the Customs Act 1901.
303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional inhabitants
(1) In this section:
area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone means an area in respect of which a notice is in force under subsection (2).
Australian place means a place in Australia that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
Papua New Guinea place means a place in Papua New Guinea that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GX
prescribed specimen means a specimen of a kind specified in a notice in force under subsection (3).
Protected Zone means the zone established under Article 10 of the Torres Strait Treaty, being the area bounded by the line described in Annex 9 to that treaty.
Torres Strait Treaty means the Treaty between Australia and the Independent State of Papua New Guinea that was signed at Sydney on 18 December 1978.
traditional activities has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Treaty.
traditional inhabitants has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(5) If:
the prescribed specimen is taken to have been imported into Australia upon being brought to the place referred to in paragraph (b).
303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported
For the purposes of this Part, a specimen is lawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported and:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 304
304 Object of this Part
Note: Conservation agreements cannot cover all or part of a Commonwealth reserve (see subsection 305(4)).
305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements
(1) The Minister may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, enter into an agreement (a conservation agreement) with a person for the protection and conservation of all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 305
Note: Conservation agreements cannot cover all or part of a Commonwealth reserve (see subsection 305(4)).
(1A) The protection and conservation of the matters in subsection (1) include all or any of the following:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 305
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place; or
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land.
Note: When the Minister is considering entering into a conservation agreement, the Minister must take into account any responsibilities of other Commonwealth Ministers that may be affected by the agreement.
(2) However, the Minister must not enter into a conservation agreement unless satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 305
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), in deciding whether a proposed agreement will result in a net benefit to the conservation as mentioned in paragraph (2)(a), (b), (c), (e) or (f), the Minister must have regard to the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
(3A) If:
threatened species or listed threatened ecological community; the Minister must, in deciding whether to enter into the agreement, have regard to any approved conservation advice for the species or community.
(a) an indigenous person;
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 306
indigenous persons. This does not limit subsection (1).
(6) The Minister must take account of the following when entering into a conservation agreement that is wholly or partly for the protection and conservation of biodiversity as described in subsection (5):
306 Content of conservation agreements
(1) Without limiting section 305, a conservation agreement may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 306
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place; or
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land;
(2) Without limiting section 305 or subsection (1) of this section, a conservation agreement entered into with the owner of a place may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
(a) requiring the owner to carry out specified activities, or to do specified things, that promote the conservation of all or any of the following:
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place;
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 306
(vi) the environment, in respect of the impact of a nuclear action;
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area;
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 306A
306A Conservation agreement may include declaration that actions do not need approval under Part 9
307 Conservation agreements to be legally binding
A conservation agreement is legally binding on:
307A Conservation agreements may deal with remediation or mitigation measures
When this section applies
(1) This section applies if the Minister considers that an action taken by a person after the commencement of this section contravened, or may have contravened, a provision of Part 3.
Conservation agreements may provide for measures to repair or mitigate damage
(2) The Minister may enter into a conservation agreement with the person that provides for the protection and conservation of a matter referred to in section 305 by providing for the taking of measures to repair or mitigate damage to the matter protected by the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 307A
provision of Part 3 (whether or not the damage may or will be, or has been, caused by the action).
Federal Court may order compliance with remediation provision
Civil penalty for contravention of remediation provision
This section does not limit sections 305, 306 and 307
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 308
308 Variation and termination of conservation agreements
Note: See Parts 17 and 18 for remedies for breach of conservation agreements.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 309
309 Publication of conservation agreements
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 310
310 List of conservation agreements
The Minister must:
311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws
312 Minister must not give preference
The Minister must not, in exercising powers on behalf of the Commonwealth under this Part, give preference to one State or any part thereof within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 313
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 313 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may submit a property for inclusion in the World Heritage List only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing properties on the World Heritage List that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other properties on the World Heritage List, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to World Heritage properties in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared World Heritage properties.
Note: Section 12 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on the world heritage values of a declared World Heritage property, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations
(1) The Commonwealth may submit to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List a property containing an
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
area owned or occupied by another person only if the Minister is satisfied that the Commonwealth has used its best endeavours to reach agreement with the other person on:
315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 316
(f) all or part of a property is removed from the World Heritage List.
316 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the property:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian World Heritage management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a property may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
317 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 316, in accordance with the regulations.
318 Commonwealth compliance with plans
(1) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency must not:
(a) contravene a plan made under section 316; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 319
(b) authorise another person to do, or omit to do, anything that, if it were done or omitted to be done by the Commonwealth or the Commonwealth agency (as appropriate), would contravene such a plan.
(2) If there is no plan in force under section 316 for a particular property described in subsection (1) of that section, the Commonwealth and each Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to ensure that its acts (if any) relating to the property are not inconsistent with the Australian World Heritage management principles.
319 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
320 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a property that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
321 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to so much of a property as is in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: A zoning plan must be prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 for areas that are part of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In preparing a zoning plan, regard must be had to the Australian World Heritage management principles.
322 Commonwealth responsibilities
323 Australian World Heritage management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for the management of natural heritage and cultural heritage. The principles prescribed are the Australian World Heritage management principles.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 324
cultural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
natural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places Subdivision A—Preliminary 324A Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the National Heritage List if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s National Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the National Heritage List.
The Minister must make plans to protect and manage the National Heritage values of National Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement plans for managing other National Heritage places, in co-operation with the States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to National Heritage places in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of National Heritage places.
Note: Section 15B prohibits an action that has a significant
impact on the National Heritage values of a National
Heritage place, unless the person taking the action has
the approval of the Minister or certain other
requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324C
324C The National Heritage List
324D Meaning of National Heritage values
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of places.
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
(a) natural heritage values of places;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324E Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the usual process for the inclusion of places in the National Heritage List.
The usual process involves an annual cycle that revolves around 12-month periods known as assessment periods. The Minister determines the start of the first assessment period (see section 324G).
The usual process involves the following steps for each assessment period:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324F
The steps mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d) will generally be completed before the start of the assessment period.
324F Definitions
In this Subdivision:
assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324G(1).
eligible for assessment consideration, in relation to an assessment period, has the meaning given by subsection 324JB(3).
finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324JE(4).
proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324JB(1).
324G Meaning of assessment period
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(3) A determination under paragraph (1)(a) is a legislative instrument, but neither section 42 nor Part 6 of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003 applies to the determination.
324H Minister may determine heritage themes for an assessment period
324J Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JA
(f) may also include:
(3) The regulations must provide for the following:
324JA Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council
Nominations in relation to first assessment period
Nominations in relation to later assessment periods
(3) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date (the current cut-off date) specified in the notice under subsection 324J(1) for an assessment period (other than the first), the Minister must give the
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Australian Heritage Council the nominations that were received by the Minister in the period:
other than any such nominations that the Minister rejects under subsection (4).
Minister may reject nominations
Definition
(6) In this section:
nomination means a nomination of a place for inclusion in the National Heritage List.
324JB Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JC
324JC Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list
(1) The proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period is to include, for each place in the list:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(2) The assessment completion time for a place must be either:
324JD Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list
324JE The finalised priority assessment list
(a) including a place in the list (and also including the matters referred to in subsection 324JC(1));
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JF
324JF Publication of finalised priority assessment list
324JG Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list
(a) must be published in accordance with the regulations referred to in paragraph (4)(a); and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(4) The regulations must provide for the following:
324JH Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister
(1) In relation to each place included in the finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period, the Australian Heritage Council must (by the time required by section 324JI):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JH
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
the Australian Heritage Council may satisfy the requirements of subsection (5) in relation to those Indigenous persons by giving the information referred to in paragraphs (5)(b) and (c) to that body or those bodies.
324JI Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JJ
324JJ Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List
Minister to decide whether or not to include place
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 324JH whether a place (the assessed place) meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
Note: The Minister may include a place in the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values (see subsection 324C(2)).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the assessed place:
Additional requirements if Minister decides to include place
(6) If the Minister includes the assessed place, or a part of the assessed place (the listed part of the assessed place), in the National Heritage List, he or she must, within a reasonable time:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection 324J(1)—advise the person that the assessed place, or the
listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the National Heritage List; and
(7) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in subparagraph (6)(a)(i), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (6)(a) in relation to those
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JK
persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
Additional requirements if Minister decides not to include place
(8) If the Minister decides not to include the assessed place in the National Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the decision:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection
324J(1)—advise the person of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision.
Note: Subsection (8) applies in a case where the Minister decides that none of the assessed place is to be included in the National Heritage List.
324JK Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the emergency process for the inclusion of places in the National Heritage List.
The emergency process involves the following steps:
(a) the Minister may include a place in the National Heritage List if it is under threat (see section 324JN( �
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324JL Minister may include place in National Heritage List if under threat
(1) If the Minister believes that:
in the National Heritage List the place and the National Heritage values the Minister believes the place has or may have.
(2) If:
that process ceases to apply to the place when it is included in the List under subsection (1).
Note: Subsection (2) does not prevent the process in Subdivision BA again starting to apply to the place if (for example) the place ceases to be
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JM
listed because of subsection 324JQ(1) or (4) and a person subsequently nominates the place under that Subdivision.
324JM Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment
Note: When specifying an assessment completion time, the 12-month period referred to in subsection 324JQ(1) should be considered.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324JN Publication of listing of place and inviting comments
324JO Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give assessment to Minister
(1) Section 324JH applies in relation to a request under subsection 324JM(1) as if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JP
(2) A reference in another provision of this Act to section 324JH, or to a provision of that section, includes a reference to that section or provision as it applies because of this section.
324JP Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
324JQ Decision about place remaining in the National Heritage List
Minister to decide whether place should remain listed
(1) Within 12 months after the inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List under section 324JL, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette, subject to subsections (2) and (3):
(a) do one of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(iii) remove from the National Heritage List the place and its National Heritage values; and
(b) if the place is not removed from the National Heritage List under subparagraph (a)(iii)—do all or any of the following:
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified National Heritage values that were included in the List under section 324JL for the place.
Listing lapses automatically if action not taken within 12 months of listing
(4) If the Minister does not take action under subsection (1) within the period referred to in that subsection, the place, and its listed National Heritage values, are automatically removed from the National Heritage List, by force of this subsection, at the end of that period.
Note: This subsection applies even if the Minister is prevented from taking action under subsection (1) because of subsection (2).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JQ
Matters to be considered
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the place:
Disapplying section 324L
(6) Section 324L does not apply to:
Minister to publish copy or summary of subsection (1) notice
(7) The Minister must publish a copy or summary of the instrument referred to in subsection (1). The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Additional requirements if place etc. is removed under subsection (1)
(8) If, under subsection (1), the Minister removes from the National Heritage List the place or a National Heritage value of the place, or alters the boundary of the place described in the List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal or alteration:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 324JL(3).
Requirements if place is removed under subsection (4)
(9) If, under subsection (4), the place, and its listed National Heritage values, are removed from the National Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 324JL(3).
Alternative methods of notifying owners and occupiers
(10) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in paragraph (8)(b) or (9)(b), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of that paragraph in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
324JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Australian Heritage Council undertakes an assessment of a place under Subdivision BA or Subdivision BB; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JR
(b) before giving the assessment to the Minister, the Council becomes aware that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
the Australian Heritage Council must take that assessment into account in finalising the assessment of the place that the Council gives the Minister.
324JS Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324K
324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the National Heritage List
(1) The Minister may remove all or part of a place from the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that:
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the National Heritage List under subsection 324JQ(1).
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 324M).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(4) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
of paragraph (1)(b) or (2)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the National Heritage List under section 324L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s National Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
20 business days, on the proposed removal. The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324N
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values for a National Heritage place
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324P National Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the National Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 324Q.
324Q Certain information may be kept confidential
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(1) A member of the Australian Heritage Council has a duty not to disclose the following to a person other than the Minister, an employee in the Department whose duties relate to the Council or another member of the Council:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324R
(2) However:
(2A) This section does not prevent the Australian Heritage Council from informing a person, or having discussions with a person, about the consequences that result or may result from:
(2B) Subsection (1) does not apply to a disclosure of particular information if:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
(a) an assessment under section 324JH whether a place meets the National Heritage criteria; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(b) advice under section 324M concerning a place;
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
324S Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas
(1) The Minister must make a written plan to protect and manage the National Heritage values of each National Heritage place that is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the first time the place satisfies both of the following paragraphs:
Note: However, section 324T precludes the Minister from making plans for managing certain places.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324T
(c) revokes and replaces such a plan.
324T Restriction on ability to make plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
324V Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a National Heritage place may be in the same document as:
324W Review of plans at least every 5 years
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324X
324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities
(2A) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to so much of a place as is in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: A zoning plan must be prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 for areas that are part of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In preparing a zoning plan, regard must be had to the National Heritage management principles.
(3) The Commonwealth, and each Commonwealth agency, must take all reasonable steps to ensure it exercises its powers and performs its functions in relation to the place in a way that is not inconsistent with:
(a) the National Heritage management principles; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(b) the plan for managing the place, if one has been prepared under subsection (2).
324Y National Heritage management principles
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324Z
324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a National Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
The information must include written reasons why paragraph (a) applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324ZC
324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division
325 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may designate a wetland for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to declared Ramsar wetlands in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared Ramsar wetlands.
Note: Section 16 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on an internationally important wetland, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 326
326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation
327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
328 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a wetland that is included in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the wetland:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 329
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian Ramsar management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a wetland may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
329 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 328, in accordance with the regulations.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
330 Commonwealth compliance with plans
331 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
332 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a wetland that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 333
333 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
334 Commonwealth responsibilities
335 Australian Ramsar management principles
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3 Managing Biosphere reserves
Section 337
337 Definition of Biosphere reserve
A Biosphere reserve is an area designated for inclusion in the World Network of Biosphere Reserves by the International Co-ordinating Council of the Man and the Biosphere program of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves
339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves
The Commonwealth and each Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to ensure that it exercises its powers and performs its functions in relation to a Biosphere reserve in a way that is not inconsistent with:
340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for the management of Biosphere reserves. The principles prescribed are the Australian Biosphere reserve management principles.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Biosphere reserves Division 3
(2) Before the Governor-General makes regulations prescribing principles, the Minister must be satisfied that the principles to be prescribed are consistent with the Statutory Framework of the World Network of Biosphere Reserves established under the Man and the Biosphere program of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341A
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List if the place is in a Commonwealth area, or is owned or leased by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency outside the Australian jurisdiction, and the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more Commonwealth Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Commonwealth agencies must make plans to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of Commonwealth Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
Commonwealth agencies also have other obligations.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of Commonwealth Heritage places.
341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction
This Division extends to places, acts and omissions outside the
Australian jurisdiction, except so far as the contrary intention
appears.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341C The Commonwealth Heritage List
341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341E
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of places.
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
341E Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the usual process for the inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
The usual process involves an annual cycle that revolves around 12-month periods known as assessment periods. The Minister determines the start of the first assessment period (see section 341G).
The usual process involves the following steps for each assessment period:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
The steps mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) will generally be completed before the start of the assessment period.
341F Definitions
In this Subdivision:
assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341G(1).
eligible for assessment consideration, in relation to an assessment period, has the meaning given by subsection 341JA(3).
finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341JD(4).
proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341JA(1).
341G Meaning of assessment period
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341H
(3) A determination under paragraph (1)(a) is a legislative instrument, but neither section 42 nor Part 6 of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003 applies to the determination.
341H Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period
(1) Before the start of each assessment period, the Minister must publish a notice inviting people to nominate places for inclusion in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Note: For which places can be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List, see subsection 341C(2).
341J Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council
Nominations in relation to first assessment period
(1) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date specified in the notice under subsection 341H(1) for the first assessment period, the
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Minister must give the Australian Heritage Council the nominations that the Minister:
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a nomination of a place if the Minister had, before the commencement of this section, included the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341F (as in force before the commencement of this section).
Nominations in relation to later assessment periods
(3) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date (the current cut-off date) specified in the notice under subsection 341H(1) for an assessment period (other than the first), the Minister must give the Australian Heritage Council the nominations that were received by the Minister in the period:
other than any such nominations that the Minister has rejected under subsection (4).
Minister may reject nominations
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JA
Definition
(6) In this section:
nomination means a nomination of a place for inclusion in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
341JA Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341JB Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list
341JC Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list
(1) When the Australian Heritage Council gives the Minister the priority assessment list for an assessment period, the Council must also give the Minister a statement setting out such information as the Council considers appropriate relating to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JD
(2) The statement must also identify, as places nominated by the Australian Heritage Council:
341JD The finalised priority assessment list
341JE Publication of finalised priority assessment list
(1) The Australian Heritage Council must publish the finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period on the internet.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) The Australian Heritage Council must also publish the finalised priority assessment list in accordance with any requirements of the regulations.
341JF Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JG
(4) The regulations must provide for the following:
341JG Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JH
the Australian Heritage Council may satisfy the requirements of subsection (5) in relation to those Indigenous persons by giving the information referred to in paragraphs (5)(b) and (c) to that body or those bodies.
341JH Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
341JI Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List
Minister to decide whether or not to include place
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 341JG whether a place (the assessed place) meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
(a) by instrument published in the Gazette, include in the Commonwealth Heritage List:
(i) the assessed place or a part of the assessed place; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) the Commonwealth Heritage values of the assessed place, or that part of the assessed place, that are specified in the instrument; or
(b) in writing, decide not to include the assessed place in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Note: The Minister may include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more Commonwealth Heritage values (see subsection 341C(2)).
Additional requirements if Minister decides to include place
(6) If the Minister includes the assessed place, or a part of the assessed place (the listed part of the assessed place), in the Commonwealth Heritage List, he or she must, within a reasonable time:
(a) take all practicable steps to:
(i) identify each person who is an owner or occupier of all or part of the assessed place; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JI
(ii) advise each person identified that the assessed place, or the listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List; and
(b) if the assessed place:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection 341H(1)—advise the person that the assessed place, or the
listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List; and
Additional requirements if Minister decides not to include place
(9) If the Minister decides not to include the assessed place in the Commonwealth Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the decision:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
by a person in response to a notice under subsection 341H(1)—advise the person of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision.
Note: Subsection (9) applies in a case where the Minister decides that none of the assessed place is to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
341JJ Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the emergency process for the inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
The emergency process involves the following steps:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JK
341JK Minister may include place in Commonwealth Heritage List if under threat
(1) If the Minister believes:
Commonwealth Heritage values the Minister believes the place has or may have.
Note: For which places can be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List, see subsection 341C(2).
(2) If:
that process ceases to apply to the place when it is included in the List under subsection (1).
Note: Subsection (2) does not prevent the process in Subdivision BA again starting to apply to the place if (for example) the place ceases to be listed because of subsection 341JP(1) or (4) and a person subsequently nominates the place under that Subdivision.
(3) If the place is included in the Commonwealth Heritage List under subsection (1), the Minister must:
(i) identify each person who is an owner or occupier of all or part of the place; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) advise each person identified that the place has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in subparagraph (3)(b)(i), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (3)(b) in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
341JL Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment
Note: When specifying an assessment completion time, the 12-month period referred to in subsection 341JP(1) should be considered.
341JM Publication of listing of place and inviting comments
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JN
Commonwealth Heritage values that have been included in the List in relation to the place;
(iii) the date on which the place was so included; and
(3) The regulations may provide for either or both of the following:
341JN Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give assessment to Minister
(1) Section 341JG applies in relation to a request under subsection 341JL(1) as if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) A reference in another provision of this Act to section 341JG, or to a provision of that section, includes a reference to that section or provision as it applies because of this section.
341JO Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
341JP Decision about place remaining in the Commonwealth Heritage List
Minister to decide whether place should remain listed
(1) Within 12 months after the inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341JK, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette, subject to subsections (2) and (3):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JP
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified Commonwealth Heritage values that were included in the List under section 341JK for the place.
Listing lapses automatically if action not taken within 12 months of listing
(4) If the Minister does not take action under subsection (1) within the period referred to in that subsection, the place, and its listed Commonwealth Heritage values, are automatically removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List, by force of this subsection, at the end of that period.
Note: This subsection applies even if the Minister is prevented from taking action under subsection (1) because of subsection (2).
Matters to be considered
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the place:
(a) the Minister must have regard to:
(i) the Australian Heritage Council’s assessment whether the place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) the comments (if any), a copy of which were given to the Minister under subsection 341JG(1) with the assessment; and
(b) the Minister may seek, and have regard to, information or advice from any source.
Disapplying section 341L
(6) Section 341L does not apply to:
Minister to publish copy or summary of subsection (1) notice
(7) The Minister must publish a copy or summary of the instrument referred to in subsection (1). The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Additional requirements if place etc. is removed under subsection (1)
(8) If, under subsection (1), the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List the place or a Commonwealth Heritage value of the place, or alters the boundary of the place described in the List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal or alteration:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 341JK(3).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JQ
Requirements if place is removed under subsection (4)
(9) If, under subsection (4), the place, and its listed Commonwealth Heritage values, are removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 341JK(3).
Alternative methods of notifying owners and occupiers
(10) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in paragraph (8)(b) or (9)(b), the Council may satisfy the requirements of that paragraph in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
341JQ Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment
(1) This section applies if:
(i) the Scientific Committee is undertaking, or has undertaken, an assessment under Division 1 of Part 13; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) there is a matter that is relevant to both the assessment referred to in paragraph (a) and the assessment referred to in subparagraph (i).
assessment; the Australian Heritage Council must take that assessment into account in finalising the assessment of the place that the Council gives the Minister.
(7) If, under section 194S or 194T, the Scientific Committee gives the Australian Heritage Council a proposed assessment, or an assessment, that deals with a particular matter because the Council is undertaking an assessment that deals with that matter, a member
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JR
of the Council may discuss that matter with a member of the Scientific Committee.
(8) Subsection (2), paragraph (4)(a) and subsections (5) and (7) have effect despite section 341R.
341JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister
341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(3) This section does not affect the validity of the act so far as that depends on something other than the act being done in relation to the place.
341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from the Commonwealth Heritage List
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List under subsection 341JP(1).
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 341M).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341M
(5) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
because of subsection (1) or paragraph (2)(b) or (3)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s Commonwealth Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
(6) However, the time limit in subsection (5) does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage values for a Commonwealth Heritage place
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341P
(3) In this section:
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the Commonwealth Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 341Q.
341Q Certain information may be kept confidential
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(2A) This section does not prevent the Australian Heritage Council from informing a person, or having discussions with a person, about the consequences that result or may result from:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341S
(2B) Subsection (1) does not apply to a disclosure of particular information if:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency must make a written plan to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place it owns or controls. The agency must do so within the period mentioned either:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Note: However, a Commonwealth agency must not make plans for managing certain places (see section 341U).
Note: Subdivision E imposes other obligations on Commonwealth agencies.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341T
341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency that makes a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may ask the Minister to endorse the plan. If the Commonwealth agency does so, it must give the Minister a copy of the plan.
(1A) The Minister must decide within 60 business days of being given the copy of the plan whether or not to endorse the plan.
(1B) Within 10 business days of making the decision, the Minister must inform the Commonwealth agency in writing of the decision and publish on the internet a notice of the decision.
341U Restriction on ability to make plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
341W Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may be in the same document as:
341X Review of plans at least every 5 years
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341Y
341Y Commonwealth Heritage management principles
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
A Commonwealth agency that owns or controls a place that has, or might have, one or more Commonwealth Heritage values must take all reasonable steps to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council in the identification, assessment and monitoring of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341ZA Heritage strategies
(1) If a Commonwealth agency owns or controls one or more places, the agency must:
as soon as practicable and in any event within 2 years after the later of:
Note: The heritage strategy will apply to every place the agency owns or controls.
(1A) Before making a heritage strategy, the Commonwealth agency must consult the Australian Heritage Council and take into account any advice the agency receives from the Council.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZB
(6) The agency must give the Minister a written report of the review. The report must address the matters prescribed by the regulations (if any).
341ZB Heritage assessments and registers
341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values
A Commonwealth agency must not take an action that has, will have or is likely to have an adverse impact on the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place or the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place, unless:
(a) there is no feasible and prudent alternative to taking the action; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(b) all measures that can reasonably be taken to mitigate the impact of the action on those values are taken.
341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a Commonwealth Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
(4) If the Minister is informed of a matter in paragraph (3)(a) or that the Commonwealth agency is satisfied that it is unreasonable or impracticable to include such a covenant in the contract, the Minister must:
(a) take all reasonable measures to enter into a conservation agreement with the prospective buyer or lessee for the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZG
protection and conservation of the Commonwealth Heritage values of the place; or
(b) advise the agency about measures to ensure the ongoing protection of the Commonwealth Heritage values of the place.
341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places
341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List
(1) At least once in every 5 year period after the Commonwealth Heritage List is established, the Minister must ensure that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) The report must include details of:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 342
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 342 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
Commonwealth reserves can be declared over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category, that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Some activities can be undertaken in a reserve only if a management plan provides for them. Commonwealth agencies must comply with a management plan. Regulations can be made to control a wide range of activities in reserves.
The Minister may approve a management plan prepared by the Director and any Board for a reserve.
In agreement with indigenous people, the Minister can set up a Board for a reserve including land leased from indigenous people.
343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
The Governor-General can proclaim Commonwealth reserves over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Proclamations can be made to alter and revoke reserves.
The Director must consult publicly before some Proclamations are made.
344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves
Declaring a Commonwealth reserve
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, declare as a Commonwealth reserve:
(a) an area of land:
(iii) that is held under lease by the Commonwealth or the Director in a Territory; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 344
Note 1: Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations.
Note 2: A reference to Australia generally includes its coastal sea. See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Limits on acquiring land for reservation
(2) If land:
the Commonwealth must not acquire the land for the purposes of declaring it a Commonwealth reserve, without the consent of the State or Territory.
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park
(3) Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park is the Commonwealth reserve (as it exists from time to time) to which the name Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park was given by Proclamation continued in force by the Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve
land includes subsoil of land and any body of water (whether flowing or not) except the sea.
seabed includes:
345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director
346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve
Content of Proclamation
(1) The Proclamation declaring an area to be a Commonwealth reserve must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 347
(e) assign the reserve to a category (an IUCN category) prescribed in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
Assigning different zones of a reserve to different IUCN categories
(2) A Proclamation may also divide a reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category.
Assigning leasehold land to IUCN categories
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve or zone including land or seabed held by the Commonwealth or the Director under lease to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied that the category to which it is proposed to assign the reserve or zone is consistent with the terms of the lease.
347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN categories
Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve, or a zone within a Commonwealth reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied:
348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for each IUCN category. The principles prescribed for an IUCN category are the Australian IUCN reserve management principles for the category.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(2) The principles prescribed for an IUCN category must identify the purpose or purposes for which a Commonwealth reserve, or zone of a Commonwealth reserve, assigned to the category is primarily to be managed.
350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves
(1) The Governor-General may revoke or amend a Proclamation under this Subdivision by another Proclamation.
Note: Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 351
Note: Section 22 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 defines estate.
351 Report before making Proclamation
Minister must consider report before Proclamation made
(1) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under this Subdivision, the Minister must consider a report prepared by the Director on the matter to be dealt with by the Proclamation.
Procedure for preparing report
(2) In preparing a report, the Director must:
Content of notice inviting comments
(3) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to declare a Commonwealth reserve must include a statement of:
(a) the proposed name of the reserve; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Content of notice relating to revocation of Commonwealth reserve
(4) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to cause any land, sea or seabed to cease to be part of a Commonwealth reserve must state the boundaries of that land, sea or seabed.
Time for comment
(5) The day specified in the notice as the day by which any comments must be sent must be at least 60 days after the last day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or in accordance with any regulations.
When this section does not apply
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a Proclamation that:
352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when Commonwealth reserve is revoked
(1) This section applies in relation to land or seabed that ceases to be included in a Commonwealth reserve because of a Proclamation made under section 350, except a Proclamation that causes the land or seabed:
(a) to cease to be included in one Commonwealth reserve; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 353
(b) to be included in another Commonwealth reserve.
353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Many works cannot be carried out in a Commonwealth reserve unless permitted by a management plan.
If there is not a management plan in force for a reserve, it must be managed in a way appropriate for the category it has been assigned to by a Proclamation or an earlier management plan.
Regulations can be made to control activities in reserves.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a reserve can continue to exercise those rights in the reserve.
354 Activities that may be carried on only under management plan
(1) A person must not do one of the following acts in a Commonwealth reserve except in accordance with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Civil penalty:
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action taken in the course of carrying on mining operations.
Note: Mining operations are covered by sections 355, 355A and 387.
Note: Section 385 sets out what the Director may do in a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory when there is not a management plan in operation for the reserve.
(3A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action that is covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(1). For this purpose, an action is covered by such an approval if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 354A
(4) This section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, but:
354A Offences relating to activities that may only be carried on under management plan
Causing death etc to native species or damage to heritage
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2) Strict liability applies:
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Erection of buildings etc.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(4) Strict liability applies to paragraph (3)(b). Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions taken for commercial purposes
(5) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Exception for actions in accordance with a management plan
(8) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action if the action is in accordance with a management plan in operation for the Commonwealth reserve in which the action is taken.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 354A
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for mining operations
(9) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action if the action is taken in the course of carrying on mining operations.
Note 1: Mining operations are covered by sections 355, 355A and 387.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for certain actions taken by the Director—actions in places other than Kakadu, Uluru or Jervis Bay
(10) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken by the Director if:
(iii) controlling authorised scientific research; or
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for certain actions taken by the Director—conduct in Kakadu, Uluru or Jervis Bay
(11) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken by the Director in accordance with section 385.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Exception for prior usage rights
(12) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by a usage right, or a right arising out of a usage right, to which section 359 applies.
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for prior traditional use
(13) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by section 359A.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for actions approved under section 359B
(14) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(1). For this purpose, an action is covered by such an approval if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Actions in the Antarctic
(15) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken in the Antarctic if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 355
(16) The exceptions in subsections (8), (10) and (12) of this section do not apply in relation to an action taken in the Antarctic if taking the action is an element of an offence under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980.
Note: Although the exception in subsection (9) can still apply, mining operations in the Antarctic are prohibited in any case under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980. The exceptions in subsections (11) and (13) cannot apply to actions taken in the Antarctic.
Sentencing restriction for offences in the exclusive economic zone
(17) A court must not impose a sentence of imprisonment on a person for an offence under subsection (1) or (5) if:
Section has effect despite other laws
(18) Except as provided in this section, this section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves
(1) A person must not carry on mining operations in a Commonwealth reserve except in accordance with a management plan in operation for the reserve.
Civil penalty:
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the Kakadu National Park or the Antarctic.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Note: Section 387 generally prohibits mining operations in the Kakadu National Park. Sections 19A and 19B of the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 prohibit mining activities in the Antarctic.
(3A) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(2). For this purpose, mining operations are covered by such an approval if:
(a) section 359 (about interests and rights existing before a Commonwealth reserve); and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 355A
(b) section 359A (about traditional use of an area in a reserve);
but has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
355A Offence relating to mining operations
Offence of carrying on mining operations
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent the doing of anything for the purposes of building or construction, or the supply of water, in a Commonwealth reserve unless the purposes are connected with, or incidental to, mining operations.
Exception for mining operations carried on in accordance with a management plan
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the carrying on of mining operations in accordance with a management plan in operation for the Commonwealth reserve in which the operations are carried on.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception in relation to Kakadu National Park and the Antarctic
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the carrying on of mining operations in the Kakadu National Park or in the Antarctic.
Note 1: Section 387 generally prohibits mining operations in the Kakadu National Park. Sections 19A and 19B of the Antarctic Treaty
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(Environment Protection) Act 1980 prohibit mining activities in the Antarctic.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for prior usage rights
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by a usage right, or a right arising out of a usage right, to which section 359 applies.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for prior traditional use
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action that is covered by section 359A.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for mining operations approved under section 359B
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(2). For this purpose, mining operations are covered by such an approval if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Section has effect despite other laws
(9) Except as provided in this section, this section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 356
356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth reserves
(1) The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
contravention of a provision of the regulations relating to the parking or stopping of vehicles in a Commonwealth reserve is, except as provided otherwise, taken to commit an offence against the provision; and
(2) A provision of the regulations regulating or prohibiting the flying of aircraft over a Commonwealth reserve does not have any effect so far as it is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth. For this purpose, a provision is not inconsistent with such a law if it can be complied with without contravention of the law.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 356A
(3) A law of a Territory has effect so far as it is not inconsistent with a provision of the regulations having effect in that Territory. For this purpose, such a law is not inconsistent with the provision so far as it can operate concurrently with the provision.
356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for:
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management plan is not in operation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(3) If:
category for the reserve; disregard the IUCN category to which the reserve has been assigned for the purposes of the application of this section in relation to the zone.
358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in Commonwealth reserves
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 359
359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves continue to have effect
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous persons
(1) This Division and regulations made for the purposes of this Division do not prevent an indigenous person from continuing in
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
accordance with law the traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve for:
(2) However, regulations made for the purposes of this Division do affect an indigenous person’s traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve if they:
359B Director’s approval of actions and mining operations when a management plan is not in operation
Approval of actions (other than mining operations)
(1) The Director may, in writing, approve the taking of a specified action or a specified class of actions, by a specified person or a specified class of persons, in a specified area that is or is part of a Commonwealth reserve, if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 359B
class of actions, in the area without contravening section 354 or 354A; and
(iii) the action or class of actions is not mining operations.
Note 1: In exercising the power to give approvals, the Director must comply with section 357.
Note 2: If an action taken without approval would not contravene section 354 or 354A, the action does not need approval under this subsection.
Approval of mining operations
(2) The Director may, in writing, approve the carrying on of specified mining operations, or a specified class of mining operations, by a specified person or a specified class of persons, in a specified area that is or is part of a Commonwealth reserve, if:
Note 1: In exercising the power to give approvals, the Director must comply with section 357.
Note 2: If an action taken without approval would not contravene section 355 or 355A, the action does not need approval under this subsection.
Limits on approvals in relation to the Kakadu National Park and the Antarctic
(3) The Director must not approve:
Approvals may be subject to conditions
(4) An approval given under subsection (1) or (2) may be expressed to be subject to specified conditions.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
When approvals come into force
(5) An approval given under subsection (1) or (2) comes into force on the day the Director gives the approval, or on a later day specified in the approval.
Variation and revocation of approvals
361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Director must manage a Commonwealth reserve to give effect to a management plan for the reserve. If indigenous people think the Director is not doing this for a reserve including their land, they can take the matter up with the Minister.
Commonwealth agencies must act so as not to contravene a management plan.
362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply with management plan for Commonwealth reserve
(1) The Director must exercise the Director’s powers and perform the Director’s functions to give effect to a management plan that is in operation for a Commonwealth reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 363
363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director over implementation of plan
Minister to resolve disagreement
(1) If the Chair or Chairperson of a land council for indigenous people’s land in a jointly managed reserve and the Director disagree about whether the Director is exercising the Director’s powers and performing the Director’s functions consistently with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
What is a land council?
(2) The land council for indigenous people’s land in a Commonwealth reserve is:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(c) if the land is elsewhere—a body corporate that:
(iii) consists of indigenous persons who either live in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate or are registered as traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate.
What is indigenous people’s land?
(3) Land is indigenous people’s land if:
Who is an indigenous person?
(4) A person is an indigenous person if he or she is:
What is a jointly managed reserve?
(5) A Commonwealth reserve is a jointly managed reserve if:
364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over implementation of plan
(1) The Director must inform the Minister if the Director believes that:
(a) a decision of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve is likely to be substantially detrimental to the good management of the reserve; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 365
(b) a decision of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve is contrary to a management plan in operation for the reserve.
365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister may approve a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve prepared by the Director and any Board for the reserve. Before the Minister approves a plan, he or she may modify it.
Before the Director gives a plan to the Minister for approval, there are 2 opportunities for the public and others with an interest in the reserve to comment.
The Minister can resolve any disagreements between the Director and a Board for a reserve over preparation of a plan for the reserve.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves without Boards
(1) The Director must prepare management plans for each Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves without Boards
(2) The Director may prepare a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board:
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves with Boards
(3) A Board for a Commonwealth reserve must prepare management plans for the reserve in conjunction with the Director, to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves with Boards
(4) The Board for a Commonwealth reserve may prepare a management plan for the reserve in conjunction with the Director:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 367
367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve
Mandatory content
(1) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve must provide for the protection and conservation of the reserve. In particular, the plan must:
(i) not be inconsistent with the Commonwealth Heritage management principles; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(ii) address the matters prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of paragraph 341S(4)(a).
Plan may assign different zones to different IUCN categories
(2) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may divide the reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category (whether or not a Proclamation has assigned the reserve or each zone of the reserve to that IUCN category). The category to which a zone is assigned may differ from the category to which the reserve is assigned.
Consistency with Australian IUCN reserve management principles
(3) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to the reserve or a particular zone of the reserve must not be inconsistent with the Australian IUCN reserve management principles for the IUCN category to which the reserve or zone is assigned by the plan.
If zone is in different category from reserve
Plans for proposed extension of reserve
(6) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may include provisions relating to an area that is proposed to be included in the reserve, but they do not have effect until the area is included in the reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 368
368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Overview of process
(1) Before the Director gives the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval:
Notice inviting comments on proposal to prepare draft
(2) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
(iii) if the reserve is in a State or self-governing Territory— the agency (if any) of the State or Territory that is responsible for managing national parks established in the State or Territory under a law of the State or Territory; and
(iv) if the Minister has established under Division 4 of Part 19 an advisory committee with functions relating to the reserve—the committee; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(v) if the Director holds any land or seabed in the reserve under lease—anyone the Director is obliged under the lease to consult about management of the land or seabed; and
Considerations in preparing a management plan
(3) In preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve, the Director and the Board (if any) for the reserve must take account of:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 368
Who are the traditional owners of indigenous people’s land?
(4) The traditional owners of indigenous people’s land are:
Notice inviting comment on draft
(5) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in planning process
370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Giving management plan to Minister for approval
(1) The Director must give the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval, but only if the Board (if any) for the reserve agrees. The Director must do so as soon as
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 370
practicable after considering under paragraph 368(1)(e) the comments (if any) on a draft of the management plan.
Things to be given to Minister with management plan
(2) When the Director gives the plan to the Minister, the Director must also give the Minister:
Minister’s decision
(3) Within 60 days of the Director giving the plan, the Minister:
Note: There are some extra rules about giving back to the Director a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory. See section 390.
Procedure if Minister gives plan back
(4) If the Minister gives the plan back to the Director with suggestions:
Minister’s decision on re-submitted plan
(5) As soon as practicable after the Director has given the Minister a version of the plan under subsection (4), the Minister:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Considerations for Minister assigning reserve to IUCN category
(6) When approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve to assign the reserve, or a zone of a reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied of the matters specified in section 347 that he or she would have to be satisfied of before the Governor-General could make a Proclamation to assign the reserve or zone to that IUCN category.
371 Approved management plans are disallowable instruments
(1) A management plan approved for a Commonwealth reserve by the Minister is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note: Section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides for the commencement, tabling and disallowance of disallowable instruments.
372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may amend or revoke and replace an earlier management plan for the reserve.
373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve ceases to have effect 10 years after it took effect (unless it has already been revoked).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 374
374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister must establish a Board for a Commonwealth reserve that is wholly or partly on indigenous people’s land, if the land council for that land (or traditional owners) and the Minister agree that there should be a Board for the reserve.
The Board’s role is to make decisions and plans for management of the reserve, in conjunction with the Director.
A majority of Board members must be indigenous people nominated by traditional owners if the reserve is wholly or mostly on indigenous people’s land.
375 Application
This Subdivision provides for Boards for Commonwealth reserves that consist of, or include, indigenous people’s land held under lease by the Director.
376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional owners agree
Note: The notice may specify different qualifications for different positions. See subsection 33(3A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note: By agreement between the Minister and the land council or traditional owners, more than one member of a Board may be a person nominated by the State or Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 378
378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board
Revoking and amending notice establishing Board
(1) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette:
(iii) decrease the number of positions of member of the Board and specify which positions are abolished; or
(iv) change the qualifications for appointment to a position of member of the Board.
Note: The Minister may exercise the power of amendment from time to time. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Limits on changing composition of Board
(2) Paragraph (1)(b) has effect subject to subsections 377(4) and (5).
Note 1: Subsection 377(4) requires a majority of the members of the Board of a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease to be indigenous persons nominated by the traditional owners of the land.
Note 2: Subsection 377(5) requires at least one member of a Board for a reserve in a State or self-governing Territory to be a nominee of the State or Territory.
Prerequisite to revoking or amending notice
(3) The Minister may revoke or amend a notice under section 377 relating to a Commonwealth reserve only if the Minister agrees on the revocation or amendment with:
(a) the land council for indigenous people’s land in the reserve, if the Board for the reserve was established with the agreement of the land council; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(b) the traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in the reserve, if the Board for the reserve was established with the agreement of the traditional owners.
Board’s identity not affected by name change
(4) If the Minister amends a notice published under section 377 so as to alter a Board’s name or constitution, section 25B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 applies in relation to the alteration as if it had been made by an Act.
Note: This ensures that the Board’s identity and functions are not affected by the alteration, and that certain references to the Board under its old name are treated as references to the Board under its new name.
379 Appointment of Board members
Appointment of persons
(1) The Minister may, in writing, appoint a person on a part-time basis to a position of member of a Board if:
Note: Subsection (1) is subject to section 390A, which deals with the appointment of a Northern Territory nominee as a member of the Board for a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease in the Territory.
Replacement appointments
(2) As soon as practicable after a position of member of a Board becomes vacant, the Minister must appoint a person to the position under subsection (1).
Validity of appointments
(3) A deficiency or irregularity relating to the nomination, selection or appointment of a member of a Board does not invalidate the member’s appointment.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 379A
379A Fit and proper person
In determining for the purposes of this Subdivision whether a person is a fit and proper person to be a member of a Board, the Minister may have regard to the matters specified in regulations made for the purposes of this section. The Minister may also have regard to any other matter the Minister considers appropriate.
Note: The question whether a person is a fit and proper person is relevant to subsection 379(1) (which is about appointments to Boards), and subsection 382(1A) (which is about termination of appointments).
380 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Board holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 382 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Avoiding doubt—future terms of office
(1A) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent a person from being appointed as a member of a Board again. This subsection does not affect the operation of subsection 33(4A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 in relation to this Act.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Board may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Board holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
381 Remuneration
(1) A member of a Board is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the member is to be paid the remuneration that is prescribed.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
382 Termination of appointments of Board members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Board is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination if person is not fit and proper
(1A) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the Minister is satisfied that the member is not a fit and proper person to be a member of the Board. For this purpose, in having regard to matters as mentioned in section 379A, the Minister may consider things that happened either before or after the member’s appointment.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Board meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 382
Termination for conduct inimical to Board
(4A) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for a reserve if the Minister is satisfied that the person has acted in a way that is not in the interest of the Board as a whole. However, the Minister may not terminate under this subsection the appointment of a member nominated by traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in the reserve.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination on request by nominator
(6) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(7) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of the Board if the member:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
383 Procedure of a Board
persons nominated by the traditional owners of the indigenous people’s land for appointment as members.
(5) Subsection (4) has effect despite subsections (1), (2) and (3).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 384
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Special rules apply to Commonwealth reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory, affecting the activities that can be carried on in those reserves.
Special procedures apply to planning for management of reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory. These provide for extra involvement of indigenous people in the planning process.
385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management plan
When a management plan is not in operation for a particular Commonwealth reserve wholly or partly in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory, the Director may perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in and in relation to a part of the reserve in the region, subject to any directions of the Minister.
386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region?
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
387 No mining operations in Kakadu National Park
388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu region and Uluru region
(1) A person may develop a township in a part of a Commonwealth reserve, but only if:
(iii) a town plan prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 389
389 Planning for townships
Management plan provisions
(1) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to a township must include provisions for and in relation to:
Town plan provisions
(2) A town plan must make detailed provision relating to the proposed construction or development of the township, including, in particular, the provision (if any) to be made for:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(iii) any lease or sub-lease from the Director of land on which the township is to be established or developed.
Town plans may adopt, apply or incorporate other instruments
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a town plan may apply, adopt or incorporate, with or without modification:
Town plans must not be inconsistent with other instruments
(4) A town plan must never be inconsistent with:
Revocation and variation of town plans
(5) A town plan may be revoked or amended in the manner provided by the regulations.
Note: Town plans are to be prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations. See subparagraph 388(1)(b)(iii).
390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning process
(1) This section sets out some extra rules about the process of preparing management plans for a Commonwealth reserve wholly or partly within the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(a) must also consider:
Minister under subsection (7); when considering under subsection 370(5) the version of the plan given to the Minister under paragraph 370(4)(b); and
(b) must not approve the plan before the end of the period described in subsection (6).
390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390A
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
Division 5—Conservation zones 390B Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Governor-General can proclaim a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone, to protect biodiversity in the area while it is being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
Regulations can be made to regulate a wide range of activities in a conservation zone.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a conservation zone can continue to exercise those rights in the zone.
A conservation zone can be revoked if the Minister is satisfied the area concerned should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve. It is revoked automatically if it is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
390C Object of this Division
The object of this Division is to provide for the protection of biodiversity, other natural features and heritage in Commonwealth areas while they are being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
390D Proclamation of conservation zones
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390E
390E Regulating activities generally
(1) The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
paragraph (n) (including a person in whose name the motor vehicle is registered under the law of a State or Territory); and
(2) Regulations relating to conservation zones may also:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390F
(f) provide for and in relation to the giving of securities for compliance with regulations made for the purposes of this section by persons doing, or proposing to do, anything to which those regulations relate.
(3) Regulations made for the purposes of this section have no effect to the extent that they are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of a right (however described) to explore for minerals, or to mine for or recover minerals, granted under section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.
390F Charges for activities in conservation zones
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for using services or facilities provided by the Director in or in connection with a conservation zone.
390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division
Regulations regulating aircraft subject to other Commonwealth laws
(1) A provision of the regulations regulating the flying of aircraft over a conservation zone does not have any effect so far as it is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth. For this purpose, a provision is not inconsistent with such a law if it can be complied with without contravention of the law.
Territory laws subject to regulations
(2) A law of a Territory has effect so far as it is not inconsistent with a provision of the regulations made for the purposes of this Division and having effect in that Territory. For this purpose, such a law is not inconsistent with the provision so far as it can operate concurrently with the provision.
390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to have effect
(1) None of the following provisions affect a usage right that was held by a person (other than the Commonwealth) in relation to land or seabed immediately before the land or seabed was included in a conservation zone:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
390J Revoking and altering conservation zones
Proclamations to revoke or amend declaring Proclamation
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, revoke or amend a Proclamation made under section 390D (declaring a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone).
Limit on making Proclamations
(2) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under subsection (1) causing a Commonwealth area to cease to be within a conservation zone, the Minister must be satisfied that the area should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390J
Declaration of Commonwealth reserve revokes conservation zone
(3) A Commonwealth area ceases to be a conservation zone by force of this subsection if the area becomes or is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Conservation zone ends if it ceases to be in Commonwealth area
(4) If land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone cease to be a Commonwealth area, the land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be (or be in) a conservation zone by force of this subsection.
Proclamation to reflect cessation of conservation zone
(5) If land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be a conservation zone by force of subsection (3) or (4), the Governor-General must make a Proclamation revoking or amending the Proclamation that included the land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone, to reflect the fact that the land, waters, seabed or airspace are no longer part of the conservation zone.
The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A
Section 390K
Chapter 5A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
Part 15A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390K The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390L Inclusion of places in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390M Removal of places from the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia or variation of statement of historic significance
(1) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, do either of the following in relation to a place that is included in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia:
Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
Section 390N
(2) The regulations may specify matters the Minister is to have regard to in considering whether to take action under subsection (1).
390N Inviting comments from other Ministers before taking action
Minister for Foreign Affairs means the Minister administering the Diplomatic Privileges and Immunities Act 1967.
390P Minister may ask Australian Heritage Council for advice etc.
The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A
Section 390Q
390Q List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia to be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
390R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
Chapter 6 Administration Part 16 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
Section 391
Chapter 6—Administration
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions
Taking account of precautionary principle
(1) The Minister must take account of the precautionary principle in making a decision listed in the table in subsection (3), to the extent he or she can do so consistently with the other provisions of this Act.
Precautionary principle
(2) The precautionary principle is that lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing a measure to prevent degradation of the environment where there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental damage.
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
(3) The decisions are:
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
1 | 75 | whether an action is a controlled action |
---|---|---|
2 | 133 | whether or not to approve the taking of an |
action | ||
3 | 201 | whether or not to grant a permit |
4 | 216 | whether or not to grant a permit |
5 | 238 | whether or not to grant a permit |
6 | 258 | whether or not to grant a permit |
Administration Chapter 6 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions Part 16
Section 391
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
6A 269AA whether or not to have a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community
7 269A about making a recovery plan or adopting a plan as a recovery plan
7A 270A whether or not to have a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process
7B 270B about making a threat abatement plan or adopting a plan as a threat abatement plan
8 280 about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a recovery plan or threat abatement plan
9 285 about making a wildlife conservation plan or adopting a plan as a wildlife conservation plan
10 295 about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a wildlife conservation plan
10A 303CG whether or not to grant a permit
10AA 303DC whether or not to amend the list of exempt native specimens
10B 303DG whether or not to grant a permit
10C 303EC about including an item in the list referred to section 303EB
10D 303EN whether or not to grant a permit
10E 303FN about declaring an operation to be an approved wildlife trade operation
10F 303FO about declaring a plan to be an approved wildlife trade management plan
10G 303FP about declaring a plan to be an accredited wildlife trade management plan
10H 303GB whether or not to grant an exceptional circumstances permit
11 316 about making a plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas Chapter 6 Administration Part 16 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
Section 391A
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
11A | 324S | about making a plan for managing a National Heritage place |
12 | 328 | about making a plan for managing a wetland that is designated for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas |
13 | 338 | about making a plan for managing a Biosphere reserve entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas |
13A | 341T | about endorsing a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place |
14 | 370 | about approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve |
391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions
Subject to this Act, the Minister must have regard to information in the Register of the National Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003 in making any decision under this Act to which the information is relevant.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
Part 17—Enforcement
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers
392 Appointment of wardens and rangers
The Minister may, in writing, appoint:
393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise powers etc. of wardens or rangers
(1) The Secretary may make arrangements with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999), or with an authority of the Commonwealth, for the performance or exercise of all or any of the functions or powers of wardens and rangers under this Act or the regulations by officers or employees in that Agency or authority, as the case may be.
(1A) However, an arrangement under subsection (1) must not provide for the performance or exercise of functions or powers under this Act or the regulations in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone.
(2) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of a State or of the Australian Capital Territory or of the Northern Territory for:
to perform or exercise all or any of the functions or powers of wardens or rangers under this Act or the regulations.
(3) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of Norfolk Island for persons appointed or employed
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 394
under an enactment referred to in section 61 of the Norfolk Island Act 1979 to perform or exercise all or any of the functions or powers of wardens or rangers under this Act or the regulations.
(4) The Director may make arrangements with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999), or with an authority of the Commonwealth, for the performance or exercise of all or any of the functions or powers of wardens and rangers under this Act or the regulations by officers or employees in that Agency or authority, as the case may be.
394 Wardens ex officio
By force of this section each of the following is a warden:
395 Identity cards
Subdivision B—Inspectors
396 Appointment of inspectors
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
(3) If the Minister makes a determination under subsection (2) about a named individual, the Minister must give the individual a copy of the determination.
397 Inspectors ex officio
Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be inspectors
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 399
under an enactment referred to in section 61 of the Norfolk Island Act 1979 to be inspectors, and that arrangement has effect accordingly.
399 Identity cards
(1) The Minister must issue to an inspector an identity card in a form approved by the Minister, containing a photograph of the person to whom it is issued.
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an inspector who is:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
Subdivision BA—Exercise of powers of authorised officers outside the territorial sea
399A Powers to be exercised consistently with UNCLOS
UNCLOS means the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, done at Montego Bay on 10 December 1982.
Note: The text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1994 No. 31. In 2006, the text of a Convention in the Australian Treaty Series was accessible through the Australian Treaties Library on the AustLII website (www.austlii.edu.au).
Subdivision BB—Exercise of powers of authorised officers in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
399B Certain powers to be exercised only by certain authorised officers
(1) The powers of an authorised officer in relation to:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 400
(c) a thing that may be done for the purposes of that Act;
may only be exercised by an authorised officer who is an inspector by force of paragraph 397(1)(a) or (b).
(2) To avoid doubt, an authorised officer who is an inspector by force of paragraph 397(1)(a) or (b) and also by force of paragraph 397(1)(c) is an authorised officer who may exercise the powers referred to in subsection (1).
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra powers, functions and duties
The regulations may provide for functions and powers to be conferred, and duties to be imposed, on wardens, rangers and inspectors.
401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers
(a) obstructs, intimidates, resists or hinders another person who is an authorised officer or a ranger exercising or performing his or her powers, duties or functions; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 402
(b) does so knowing that the other person is an authorised officer or ranger.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers
(2A) An authorised officer who boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under paragraph (2)(a) may require a person on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform to:
(3) If an authorised officer or the person in command of a Commonwealth ship or of a Commonwealth aircraft suspects on reasonable grounds that a vessel to which this section applies has been used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against an environmental law, he or she may:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 403
(5A) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty:
(a) if the requirement is made under subsection (2A)— imprisonment for 6 months or 30 penalty units, or both; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
(b) if the requirement is made under subsection (3), (4) or (5)— 50 penalty units.
(5B) If there is a restraint on the liberty of a person on a vessel resulting from an authorised officer’s exercise of a power under this section in relation to the vessel:
(iii) the Commonwealth.
This subsection is not intended to affect the jurisdiction of the High Court under section 75 of the Constitution.
(5C) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
(6) In this Act:
Commonwealth aircraft means an aircraft in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign or prescribed insignia of the aircraft is displayed.
Commonwealth ship means a ship in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign of the ship is flying.
404 Authorised officers to produce identification
(1) If an authorised officer (subject to subsection (1A)) boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403, the authorised officer must:
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 405
platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the requirement.
(3A) Subsection (3) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
405 Access to premises
(1) An authorised officer may, with the consent of the occupier of any premises, enter the premises for the purpose of exercising the powers of an authorised officer under section 406.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
if the occupier of the premises has required the officer to produce written identification for inspection by the occupier and:
406 Powers of authorised officers
(1) An authorised officer who boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403, or enters premises under section 405 may:
(a) inspect and search the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises, as the case may be; and
(aa) take photographs (including a video recording), and make sketches, of the premises or of any substance or thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(b) inspect, take extracts from, and make copies of, any document that is, or that the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds is, evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 406
(ba) in the case of an authorised officer who boards a vessel under section 403—subject to section 406A, search without warrant:
to find out whether there is hidden on the person or in the clothing:
(iii) an eligible seizable item; or
(iv) a thing that may be evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
(c) inspect, and take samples of, any other evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
(ca) take measurements of, and conduct tests on, the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises or any substance or thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(2) For the purposes of this Part, evidential material means:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
(iii) any thing as to which there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that it is intended to be used for the purpose of contravening the environmental penalty provision.
(2A) A reference to a thing in subsection (2) includes a reference to any such thing in electronic form.
(3) For the purposes of exercising a power under subsection (1), an authorised officer may break open any hold or compartment, or any container or other receptacle (including any place that could be used as a receptacle), on a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform or on any premises.
406A Searches under paragraph 406(1)(ba)
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 406AA
406AA Taking things into possession
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 or the Migration Act 1958.
Note: Once the person ceases to be detained under Schedule 1, the person will generally need to be detained under the Migration Act 1958 while he or she is in the migration zone (because his or her enforcement visa under that Act will cease to have effect). Subsection (5) ensures the officer can keep the item or thing while the person is detained under this Act or that Act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
406B Thing taken into possession is not a thing seized
A reference in this Act to a thing (however described) seized under this Part or this Act does not include a reference to a thing that has been taken into possession under section 406AA or Schedule 1.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance
407 Monitoring powers
(1) For the purposes of this Division, each of the following powers is a monitoring power in relation to particular premises:
(cb) the power to mark a live specimen on the premises (see subsection (2));
(d) the power to take extracts from, or make copies of, any document, book or record on the premises;
(da) the powers to operate electronic equipment, and do other things, at the premises as mentioned in section 407A;
(e) the power to take onto the premises any equipment or material reasonably necessary for the purpose of exercising a power referred to in any other paragraph of this subsection.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(cb), mark includes:
(iii) place (whether by piercing or otherwise) a tag or ring on any part of the animal; and
(iv) mark or label a cage or container within which the animal is kept.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
(3) If:
exercised by the authorised officer; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the specimen, or to the owner of the cage or container, as the case requires.
407A Operation of electronic equipment at premises
Monitoring powers include the powers set out in this section
(1) Monitoring powers in relation to premises include the powers set out in this section. This section does not authorise these powers to be exercised otherwise than in situations in which this Division allows monitoring powers to be exercised.
Operation of equipment
(2) An authorised officer may operate electronic equipment at premises to see whether relevant material is accessible by doing so, if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.
Seizure etc.
(3) If an authorised officer operates electronic equipment at premises under subsection (2), and the authorised officer finds that relevant material is accessible by doing so, he or she may:
(a) seize the equipment and any disk, tape or other associated device; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407A
operate the equipment or other facilities to copy the material to the storage device and take the storage device from the premises.
Limitation on seizure
(4) An authorised officer may seize equipment under paragraph (3)(a) only if:
How this Part applies to things seized
(5) The other provisions of this Part apply in relation to a thing seized under paragraph (3)(a) or (b) as if the thing had been seized under section 445.
Securing equipment
(6) If an authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds that:
he or she may do whatever is necessary to secure the equipment, whether by locking it up, placing a guard or otherwise.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Notice about securing equipment
(7) An authorised officer who wishes to secure electronic equipment under subsection (6) must give notice to the occupier of the premises of:
Period for which equipment may be secured
(8) Electronic equipment may be secured under subsection (6):
Extension of period
(9) If an authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds that expert assistance will not be available within 24 hours, the authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for an extension of that period.
Notice to occupier
(10) An authorised officer must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to apply for an extension under subsection (9), and the occupier is entitled to be heard in relation to the application.
Provisions relating to extensions
Definition
relevant material means:
(a) evidential material; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407B
(b) any other material that is relevant for the purposes of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
407B Compensation for damage to electronic equipment
(1) If:
the equipment; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the equipment.
408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent
Entry by consent
(1) An authorised officer may, with the consent of the occupier of any premises, enter the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Entry for monitoring purposes
(2) An authorised officer may only enter premises under subsection (1) to the extent that it is reasonably necessary for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Exercise of monitoring powers
(3) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise monitoring powers in relation to those premises.
Exercise of seizure powers
(4) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
Right to refuse to give consent
(5) Before obtaining the consent of a person for the purposes of this section, an authorised officer must tell the person that the person may refuse to give consent.
Consent must be voluntary
(6) An entry by an authorised officer in consequence of the consent of a person is not lawful unless the person voluntarily consented to the entry.
Production of identity card etc.
(7) An authorised officer is not entitled to:
relation to premises; if the occupier of the premises has required the officer to produce written identification for inspection by the occupier and:
(c) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(ca) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(d) in any other case—the officer fails to produce his or her identity card for inspection by the occupier.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 409
Extension to vehicles, vessels and aircraft
(8) Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) apply in relation to:
409 Monitoring warrants
Application for monitoring warrant
(1) An authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for a warrant under this section in relation to particular premises. The warrant is to be known as a monitoring warrant.
Note: Urgent applications may be made by telephone or other electronic means under section 409A.
Issue of monitoring warrant
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the magistrate may issue the monitoring warrant if satisfied, by information on oath or affirmation, that it is reasonably necessary that the authorised officer should have access to the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Information about grounds for issue of monitoring warrant
(3) The magistrate must not issue the monitoring warrant unless the authorised officer or another person has given the magistrate, either orally (on oath or affirmation) or by affidavit, such further information as the magistrate requires about the grounds on which the issue of the monitoring warrant is being sought.
Terms of warrant
(4) The monitoring warrant must:
(a) name an authorised officer who, unless he or she inserts the name of another authorised officer in the warrant, is to be responsible for executing the warrant; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
(aa) authorise the executing officer, with such assistance and by such force as is necessary and reasonable, from time to time while the monitoring warrant remains in force:
Seizure powers
(5) If an authorised officer enters premises under a monitoring warrant, he or she may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
409A Monitoring warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) An authorised officer may make an application to a magistrate for a monitoring warrant by telephone, telex, fax or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 409A
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information as required to be provided in an application under section 409, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of monitoring warrant
(4) If an application is made to a magistrate under this section and the magistrate, after considering the information and having received and considered such further information (if any) as the magistrate required, is satisfied that:
the magistrate may complete and sign the same form of monitoring warrant that would be issued under section 409.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the monitoring warrant, the magistrate must inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, fax or other electronic means, of the terms of the monitoring warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Form of monitoring warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of monitoring warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the monitoring warrant was signed.
Completed form of monitoring warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than 48 hours after making the application, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Attachment of form of warrant to subsection (7) documents
(8) The magistrate must attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of monitoring warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption if form of warrant not produced in evidence
(9) If:
not produced in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
Court may admit evidence even if subsection (7) or (8) not complied with
(10) A court may admit evidence obtained because of the issue of a warrant pursuant to this section even if either or both of subsections (7) and (8) have not been complied with if, having regard to the nature of and reasons for the non-compliance and any other relevant matters, the court is satisfied that it was not practicable to comply with that subsection or those subsections (as the case requires).
409B Executing officer to be in possession of warrant
When executing a warrant, the executing officer must be in possession of:
410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc.
(1) If a monitoring warrant in relation to premises is being executed and the occupier of the premises, or another person who apparently represents the occupier, is present at the premises, the executing
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 411
officer must make available to that person a copy of the monitoring warrant.
411 Occupier entitled to be present during search
412 Announcement before entry
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 413
Division 4—Search warrants
413 When search warrants can be issued
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
414 Statements in warrants
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found at the premises in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 414
(b) whether the warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person who is at or near the premises when the warrant is executed if the executing officer or an officer assisting suspects on reasonable grounds that the person has in his or her possession:
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found, in the course of the search, on or in the possession of the person or in an aircraft, vehicle or vessel that the person had operated or occupied at any time within 24 hours before the search began, being a thing that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
(b) the kind of search of a person that the warrant authorises.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
415 Powers of magistrate
416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) An authorised officer may make an application to a magistrate for a warrant by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate may require communication by voice to the extent that is practicable in the circumstances.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 416
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information as required to be provided in an ordinary application for a warrant, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of warrant
(4) If an application is made to a magistrate under this section and the magistrate, after considering the information and having received and considered such further information (if any) as the magistrate required, is satisfied that:
person would frustrate the effective execution of the warrant; the magistrate may complete and sign the same form of warrant that would be issued under section 413.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the warrant, the magistrate is to inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means, of the terms of the warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Form of warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the warrant was signed.
Completed form of warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than the day after the day of expiry of the warrant or the day after the day on which the warrant was executed, whichever is the earlier, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
Attachment
(8) The magistrate is to attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption
(9) If:
in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant
Search of premises
(1) A warrant that is in force in relation to premises authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention of an environmental penalty provision;
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 417
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
Search of a person
(2) A warrant that is in force in relation to a person authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
(d) to seize other things found in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be eligible seizable items.
Hours when premises may be searched
(3) If a warrant in relation to premises states that the premises may be entered only during particular hours, the premises must not be entered outside those hours.
Hours when person may be searched
(3A) If a warrant in relation to a person states that the search of the person may be carried out only during particular hours, the search must not be carried out outside those hours.
Ordinary searches or frisk searches
(4) If a warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person, a search of the person different from that so authorised must not be done.
Seized items may be made available to other agencies
(5) If things are seized under a warrant, the warrant authorises the executing officer to make the things available to officers of other agencies if it is necessary to do so for the purpose of investigating or prosecuting an offence to which the things relate.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 418
418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a warrant
418A Executing officer to be in possession of warrant
When executing a warrant, the executing officer must be in possession of:
419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant
421 Use of equipment to examine or process things
or processing can be carried out in order to determine whether they are things that may be seized under the warrant.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 422
422 Use of electronic equipment at premises
Operation of equipment
(1) The executing officer or an officer assisting may operate electronic equipment at the premises to see whether evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both, is accessible by doing so if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.
Seizure etc.
(2) If the executing officer or an officer assisting, after operating the equipment, finds that evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both, is accessible by doing so, he or she may:
(a) seize the equipment and any disk, tape or other associated device; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
operate the equipment or other facilities to copy the material to the storage device and take the storage device from the premises.
Limitation on seizure
(3) A person may seize equipment under paragraph (2)(a) only if:
Securing equipment
(4) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that:
he or she may do whatever is necessary to secure the equipment, whether by locking it up, placing a guard or otherwise.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 423
Notice about securing equipment
(5) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to secure equipment and of the fact that the equipment may be secured for up to 24 hours.
Period for which equipment may be secured
(6) The equipment may be secured:
Extension of period
(7) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that the expert assistance will not be available within 24 hours, he or she may apply to a magistrate for an extension of that period.
Notice to occupier
(8) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to apply for an extension, and the occupier is entitled to be heard in relation to the application.
Provisions relating to extensions
(9) The provisions of this Division relating to the issue of warrants apply, with such modifications as are necessary, to the issuing of an extension.
423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment
(1) If:
(i) insufficient care being exercised in selecting the person who was to operate the equipment; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(ii) insufficient care being exercised by the person operating
the equipment; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the equipment.
424 Copies of seized things to be provided
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if an authorised officer seizes, under a warrant relating to premises:
copied; the authorised officer must, if requested to do so by the occupier of the premises or another person who apparently represents the occupier and who is present when the warrant is executed, give a copy of the thing or the information to that person as soon as practicable after the seizure.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
425 Occupier entitled to be present during search
(1) If a warrant in relation to premises is being executed and the occupier of the premises or another person who apparently represents the occupier is present at the premises, the person is, subject to Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914, entitled to observe the search being conducted.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 426
426 Receipts for things seized under warrant
427 Restrictions on personal searches
A warrant cannot authorise a strip search or a search of a person’s body cavities.
428 When a thing is in the possession of a person
This Division applies to a person (the possessor) who has a thing under his or her control in any place (whether for the use or benefit of the possessor or of another person), even if another person has the actual possession or custody of the thing, as if the possessor has possession of the thing.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Arrest and related matters Division 6
Division 6—Arrest and related matters
430 Powers of arrest
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; and
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; and
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(2A) Subsection (2) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that it is
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 6 Arrest and related matters
Section 432
prudent to do so in order to ascertain whether the arrested person is carrying any eligible seizable items:
432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that the arrested person is carrying:
(a) evidential material in relation to that or another offence against an environmental law; or
(aa) evidential material in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision; or
(b) an eligible seizable item; conduct an ordinary search of the arrested person at or soon after
the time or arrest, and seize any such thing found as a result of the search.
433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises
An authorised officer who arrests a person at premises for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may seize a thing in plain view at those premises that the authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(a) evidential material in relation to that or another offence against an environmental law; or
(aa) evidential material in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision; or
(b) an eligible seizable item.
433A Interaction of this Division with Schedule 1
This Division does not limit, and is not limited by, Schedule 1. In particular, the detention of a person under Schedule 1 is not to be taken to constitute the arrest of the person for the purposes of this Division.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Division 6A
Division 6A—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
433B Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
Schedule 1 has effect.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 434
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches
An ordinary search or a frisk search of a person under this Part must, if practicable, be conducted by a person of the same sex as the person being searched.
435 Announcement before entry
436 Offence of making false statements in warrants
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if the person:
437 Offences relating to telephone warrants
A person must not:
(a) state in a document that purports to be a form of warrant under section 409A or 416 the name of a magistrate unless the magistrate issued the warrant; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
438 Retention of things seized under Division 4 or 6
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 440
440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected
This Part does not affect the law relating to legal professional privilege.
441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected
442 Persons to assist authorised officers
(1) Subject to subsection (5), the owner, or person in charge:
section 405; must, if requested by an authorised officer to do so, provide reasonable assistance to the authorised officer in the performance of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
must, if requested by an authorised officer to do so, provide reasonable assistance to the authorised officer in the performance
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the request.
(6) Subsection (5) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
Section 443
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc.
443 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
baggage includes any parcel or other goods that:
goods includes baggage.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask questions about specimens Division 8A
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens
443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens
When section applies
(1) This section applies if an authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that:
Note: Sections 303CC, 303CD, 303DD, 303EK and 303GN are included in Part 13A, which deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
Questions
(2) If the authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that a person has information about the nature or origin of the specimen, the authorised officer may ask the person one or more questions about the nature or origin of the specimen.
(2A) The authorised officer may ask the questions:
Answers to questions
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8A Power to ask questions about specimens
Section 443A
(5) In subsection (3), strict liability applies to the circumstance that the person was asked a question under subsection (2).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
No requirement to give incriminating answers
(6) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2), the person is not required to answer the question if the answer might tend to incriminate the person or expose the person to a penalty.
Identity cards etc.
(7) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2) by an authorised officer, the person is not required to answer the question unless:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask for names and addresses Division 9
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses
444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address
(a) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—the authorised officer produces his or her identity card for inspection by the person.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444A
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
(1) An authorised officer may seize a specimen if he or she has reasonable grounds to suspect that the specimen has been used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against Part 13A.
Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
(2) If a warrant has been issued under Division 4:
Note: Division 4 is about search warrants. The Division contains its own seizure powers (see paragraphs 417(1)(c), (d) and (e) and (2)(b), (c) and (d)).
444B Notice about seizure
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a specimen is seized by an authorised officer under section 444A, the authorised officer must give:
specimen immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
(c) identifying the specimen; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) An authorised officer is not required to give a notice under subsection (1) about a specimen if, after making such inquiries as the authorised officer thinks appropriate, the authorised officer does not, within 30 days after the seizure, have sufficient information to enable the authorised officer to give the notice. In that event, the authorised officer must keep a written record of the seizure.
444C Applications for return of specimen
Note: Under section 444G, the Secretary may retain the specimen for up to 30 days after making a decision on the application.
444D Court action for return of specimen
(1) If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the owner of the specimen may bring an action against the Commonwealth in a court of competent jurisdiction for the delivery of the specimen to the owner on the ground that the specimen was not used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against Part 13A.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444E
involved in the commission of the offence concerned; the court must order the specimen to be forfeited to the Commonwealth.
(4) If:
(iii) the disposal of the specimen under section 449; the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth.
444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner
(1) If:
the Secretary may, with the consent of the owner of the specimen, consign the specimen to a place in the foreign country.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) The consignment is to be at the expense of the owner of the specimen.
444G Retention of specimen
(1) If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the specimen may be retained until the end of 30 days after whichever is the latest of the following events:
the termination of the proceedings (including any appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings).
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444H
means the Secretary is not in a position to cause reasonable steps to be taken to return the specimen; or
444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period
(1) If:
(iia) the specimen is delivered to a person under section 444C;
(iii) the owner of the specimen brings an action under subsection 444D(1) for the delivery of the specimen to the owner;
the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth at the end of that period.
(2) Subsection (1) has effect only to the extent (if any) to which it gives effect to paragraph 1(b) of Article VIII of CITES.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
Subdivision AB—Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)
445 Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)
Note: Section 444A deals with the seizure of such specimens.
(3) If a warrant has been issued under Division 4:
Note: Division 4 is about search warrants. The Division contains its own seizure powers (see paragraphs 417(1)(c), (d) and (e) and (2)(b), (c) and (d)).
(3A) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
(4) In this section:
thing includes a vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform, document, organism and specimen.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 446
446 Retention of things seized under this Subdivision
(1) This section applies to a thing that is seized under section 445.
(1A) The thing may be retained until:
whichever happens first.
(1B) As soon as practicable after the end of the period (the retention period) during which the thing may be retained under subsection (1A), the Secretary must cause reasonable steps to be taken to return the thing to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
(1C) Subsection (1B) does not apply if:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
the magistrate may order that the thing may continue to be retained for a period specified in the order. The maximum period of an individual extension must not be more than 30 days.
(3A) Before an authorised officer makes an application under subsection (2), he or she must:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 447
who from time to time hold office as magistrates in that State or Territory, of the function of making orders under subsection (3).
Subdivision AC—Direction to deliver seizable items
447 Direction to deliver seizable items
Subdivision B—Disposal of seized items
449 Immediate disposal of seized items
(1) If:
(a) a thing is seized under this Part; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(b) the Secretary considers that it is reasonably likely that the retention of the thing would:
(iii) result in the introduction of an alien species that represents a threat to ecosystems, habitats or other species; or
suffering; the Secretary may cause the thing to be dealt with in such manner as the Secretary considers appropriate (including the destruction of the thing).
(1A) If the Secretary causes a live animal to be destroyed under subsection (1), the Secretary must require the destruction to be carried out in a humane manner.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), if a thing is dealt with in accordance with subsection (1), the Secretary must give to:
thing immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
The notice must be given as soon as practicable after the thing is so dealt with.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 449A
449A Disposal of seized items if Secretary cannot locate or identify person entitled etc.
Subdivision BA—Release of seized items to owner etc.
449BA Release of seized items to owner etc.
(1) If a thing is seized under this Part, the Secretary may authorise the thing, or anything in, on or attached to the thing, to be released to its owner, or to the person from whose possession it was seized, either:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 12 months or 60 penalty units, or both.
(3) Absolute liability applies to paragraph (2)(a).
Note: For absolute liability, see section 6.2 of the Criminal Code.
449BB How this Part applies in relation to things released conditionally
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 450
(5) In this section:
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
Subdivision C—Forfeiture of seized items
450 Court-ordered forfeiture: order by court dealing with offence proceedings
(1) If a court convicts a person of an offence against an environmental law, the court may order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any thing used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
(1A) If a court convicts a person of an offence against Part 13A, the court must order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any specimen used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
Note: Part 13A deals with the international movement of wildlife specimens.
the court may order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of the specimen.
(4) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
450A Court-ordered forfeiture: other situations
450B Forfeiture of seized items by consent etc.
(1) If:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 451
(e) the provisions of this Part relating to forfeiture apply as if the thing had been forfeited to the Commonwealth under this Act.
(2) If:
the Secretary may retain the thing:
(3) Subsection (2) has effect despite anything in section 438, 444G, 446, 456AB or 456AC.
451 Dealings in forfeited items
452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth
(1) If:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(d) the Secretary requests the person to deliver the thing to the
Secretary; the person must deliver the thing to the Secretary.
(2) A person must not contravene subsection (1).
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms or specimens that have been seized
453 Keeping of organisms or specimens retained under this Part
If a person is authorised under this Part to retain an organism or specimen, the person may do so by causing the organism or specimen to be taken to, and kept at, a place approved by the Secretary for the purpose of keeping organisms or specimens seized under this Division.
454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms or specimens
to the reasonable costs incurred by the Commonwealth in disposing of the organism or specimen.
(3) An amount payable by a person under this section is a debt due by the person to the Commonwealth.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 455
Subdivision G—Rescuing things
455 Rescuing things
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if:
456 Breaking or destroying things or documents to prevent seizure etc.
A person must not:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
Subdivision H—Seizure of cages or containers
456AA Power to seize cages or containers containing seizable things
Note: The provisions governing the retention and return of the seizable thing are therefore the provisions that usually govern the seizure of a thing under the provision mentioned in paragraph (1)(a).
(4) If:
then the seizure is taken be under this section, rather than under that other provision (subject to subsection 456AB(5)).
456AB Retention of seized cage or container
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 456AC
cage or container to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
456AC Retention of non-seizable things contained in seized cages or containers
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
thing to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply if:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 11 Powers of pursuit
Section 457
Division 11—Powers of pursuit
457 Power to pursue persons etc.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
Division 12—Environmental audits
458 Directed environmental audits
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 459
459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit
460 Nature of directed environmental audit
(1) If:
section 458 as a matter that is to be covered by the audit; the auditor is guilty of an offence, punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 30 penalty units.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibilities.
(2) If:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
(c) the information or document is relevant to the audit;
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
461 Audit reports
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibilities.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 462
(4) If:
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations
This Division does not affect any obligation of a holder of an environmental authority to carry out an environmental audit in accordance with a condition of the authority.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
Division 13—Conservation orders Subdivision A—Simplified outline 463 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may make conservation orders controlling activities, and requiring specified people to take specified actions, in Commonwealth areas to protect listed threatened species or ecological communities.
A person who contravenes a conservation order commits an offence.
Before the Minister makes a conservation order, he or she must consult various Commonwealth agencies.
The Secretary must publicise conservation orders, and may give assistance to a person to comply with a conservation order.
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders
464 Minister may make conservation orders
Making conservation orders
(1) The Minister may make a written order (a conservation order):
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 465
Prerequisite to making conservation order
(2) The Minister may only make a conservation order if he or she reasonably believes that it is necessary to make the order to protect a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community.
Minister must consider economic and social matters
(3) In considering whether to make a conservation order, the Minister must be satisfied that making the order is justified, having regard to economic and social considerations that are consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
Minister must consult before making conservation order
(4) Before making a conservation order, the Minister:
465 Duration of conservation orders
466 Reviews of conservation orders
(1) The Minister must:
(a) at intervals of not more than 5 years, review the conservation order; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
(b) after each review, confirm, vary or revoke the order by instrument in writing.
467 Publication of conservation orders
(a) cause to be published in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State or self-governing Territory in which are located Commonwealth areas to which the order relates and in any other way required by the regulations, a notice containing:
(iii) if applicable, a statement of the decision on the review; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that a person affected by the order may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of the publication (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 468
(b) take all reasonable steps to ensure that each person who the Secretary knows would be affected by the order is given a notice containing:
(iii) unless the person is a Commonwealth agency or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory—a statement to the effect that contravention of the order is an offence against this Act; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that the person may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of being given the notice (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister.
(3) Failure to comply with this section does not affect the validity of the order.
468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review
469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on review
(1) Upon receiving the application, the Minister must:
(a) seek the Secretary’s advice on the application; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders
470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 471
471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc.
472 Contents of notices of advice
473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal
(1) Subject to subsections (1A) and (2), applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision to give the advice.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a delegate of the Minister).
(2) Despite section 27 of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, applications are not to be made by or on behalf of Commonwealth agencies.
474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 475
Division 14—Injunctions
475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person has engaged, engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations:
that is an interested person; may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct constituting an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure did, does or would constitute an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section, the Court may grant an interim injunction:
Meaning of interested person—individuals
(6) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an individual is an interested person if the individual is an Australian citizen or ordinarily resident in Australia or an external Territory, and:
Meaning of interested person—organisations
(7) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an organisation (whether incorporated or not) is an interested person if it is incorporated (or was otherwise established) in Australia or an external Territory and one or more of the following conditions are met:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 476
(c) if the application relates to proposed conduct—at any time during the 2 years immediately before the making of the application:
476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person bound by a conservation agreement engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes a contravention of the agreement, another person bound by the agreement or the Minister may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Note: Section 307 explains who is bound by a conservation agreement.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct contravening the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure was, is or would be a contravention of the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section the Court may grant an interim injunction:
477 Discharge of injunctions
On application, the Federal Court may discharge or vary an injunction.
479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant
Prohibitory injunctions
(1) The Federal Court may grant an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct:
Mandatory injunctions
(2) The Federal Court may grant an injunction requiring a person to do a particular act or thing:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 480
480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court
The powers conferred on the Federal Court by this Division are in addition to (and do not limit) any other powers of the Court.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders Division 14A
Division 14A—Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders
480A Remediation orders
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14A Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders
Section 480B
480B Discharge of remediation orders
On application by the Minister, the Federal Court may discharge or vary a remediation order.
480C Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court
The powers conferred on the Federal Court by this Division are in addition to (and do not limit) any other powers of the Court.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
Division 14B—Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Subdivision A—Making of remediation determinations
480D Minister may make remediation determination
(1) If:
this section in relation to the action; the Minister may make a written determination (a remediation determination) requiring the person to take action to repair or mitigate damage that may or will be, or that has been, caused by the contravention, to the matter protected by the provision of Part 3.
480E Contents of a remediation determination
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480F
(3) A remediation determination must contain a statement to the effect that the specified person may apply for a reconsideration of the determination under section 480J.
480F Notifying owners and occupiers of land of proposed remediation determination
(1) Before the Minister makes a remediation determination that requires action to be taken on land that is not owned or occupied by the person proposed to be specified in the order, the Minister must:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
(2) The Minister must take the comments into account in deciding whether to make the proposed remediation determination.
480G Notifying that remediation determination has been made
As soon as practicable after a remediation determination is made, the Minister must:
480H Duration of remediation determinations
480J Ministerial reconsideration of remediation determinations
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480K
(4) The Minister must:
Subdivision B—Federal Court may set aside remediation determination
480K Applying to Federal Court to have remediation determination set aside
(1) Within 28 days after any of the following:
Subdivision D; the specified person may apply to the Federal Court to have the remediation determination set aside.
(a) the nature and extent of the specified action;
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
action. The Federal Court may also have regard to any other matters it considers relevant.
(4) The Federal Court must not set aside the remediation determination unless it is satisfied as mentioned in subsection (2).
Subdivision C—Complying with remediation determinations
480L Federal Court may order compliance with remediation determination
480M Civil penalty for contravention of remediation determination
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480N
Subdivision D—Variation or revocation of remediation determinations
480N Variation or revocation of remediation determination
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
Division 15—Civil penalties
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty
481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for contravening civil penalty provision
Application for order
(1) Within 6 years of a person (the wrongdoer) contravening a civil penalty provision, the Minister may apply on behalf of the Commonwealth to the Federal Court for an order that the wrongdoer pay the Commonwealth a pecuniary penalty.
Court may order wrongdoer to pay pecuniary penalty
(2) If the Court is satisfied that the wrongdoer has contravened a civil penalty provision, the Court may order the wrongdoer to pay to the Commonwealth for each contravention the pecuniary penalty that the Court determines is appropriate (but not more than the relevant amount specified for the provision).
Determining amount of pecuniary penalty
(3) In determining the pecuniary penalty, the Court must have regard to all relevant matters, including:
Conduct contravening more than one civil penalty provision
(4) If conduct constitutes a contravention of 2 or more civil penalty provisions, proceedings may be instituted under this Act against a person in relation to the contravention of any one or more of those provisions. However, the person is not liable to more than one
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 482
pecuniary penalty under this section in respect of the same conduct.
482 What is a civil penalty provision?
A subsection of this Act (or a section of this Act that is not divided into subsections) is a civil penalty provision if:
483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence
A contravention of a civil penalty provision is not an offence.
484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision
485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty
If the Federal Court orders a person to pay a pecuniary penalty:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal proceedings
486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings
The Federal Court must not make a pecuniary penalty order against a person for a contravention of a civil penalty provision if the person has been convicted of an offence constituted by conduct that is substantially the same as the conduct constituting the contravention.
486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings
486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings
Criminal proceedings may be started against a person for conduct that is substantially the same as conduct constituting a contravention of a civil penalty provision regardless of whether a pecuniary penalty order has been made against the person.
486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings
Evidence of information given or evidence of production of documents by an individual is not admissible in criminal proceedings against the individual if:
(a) the individual previously gave the evidence or produced the documents in proceedings for a pecuniary penalty order against the individual for a contravention of a civil penalty provision (whether or not the order was made); and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 486DA
(b) the conduct alleged to constitute the offence is substantially the same as the conduct that was claimed to constitute the contravention.
However, this does not apply to a criminal proceeding in respect of the falsity of the evidence given by the individual in the proceedings for the pecuniary penalty order.
Subdivision C—Enforceable undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions
486DA Acceptance of undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions
486DB Enforcement of undertakings
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Notices to produce or attend Division 15A
Division 15A—Notices to produce or attend
486E Application of Division
official means any of the following:
486F Minister may require person to provide information etc.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15A Notices to produce or attend
Section 486G
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
486G Minister may require person to appear before Minister
(1) The Minister may, by written notice, require the person to appear before an official specified in the notice, at a time and place specified in the notice:
as are specified in the notice. The time must not be earlier than 14 days after the notice is given.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
486H Persons to whom notices may not be given
A notice under subsection 486F(1) or 486G(1) must not be given to a person if the person is, or has been, a lawyer for:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Notices to produce or attend Division 15A
486J Self-incrimination
is not admissible in evidence against the person:
(iii) proceedings for an offence against section 137.1 or
137.2 (false or misleading information or documents) of the Criminal Code that relates to a requirement under this Division.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 16 Review of administrative decisions
Section 487
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions
487 Extended standing for judicial review
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Review of administrative decisions Division 16
(4) A term (except person aggrieved) used in this section and in the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 has the same meaning in this section as it has in that Act.
488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations
(1) A person acting on behalf of an unincorporated organisation that is a person aggrieved (for the purposes of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977) by:
under this Act or the regulations; may apply under that Act for a review of the decision, failure or conduct.
(2) The Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 applies in relation to the person as if he or she were a person aggrieved.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 489
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information
489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(b) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2A) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2B) An offence against subsection (2A) is punishable on conviction by a fine not more than 30 penalty units.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Duty to provide accurate information Division 17
(3) Subsections (1) and (2A) do not apply to a requirement to provide information that is imposed by a condition attached to an environmental authority.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (3). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(d) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if the person:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 491
(iii) an employee or officer in the Department; or
(iv) a commissioner;
performing a duty or carrying out a function under this Act or the regulations; and
(c) knows the information or document is false or misleading in a material particular.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 1 year, a fine not more than 60 penalty units, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations
493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?
In this Act:
executive officer of a body corporate means a person, by whatever name called and whether or not a director of the body, who is concerned in, or takes part in, the management of the body.
494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
contravention; the officer contravenes this subsection.
(2) Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision. Under section 481, the Federal Court may order a person contravening subsection (1) to pay a pecuniary penalty not more than the pecuniary penalty the Court could order an individual to pay for contravening the civil penalty provision contravened by the body corporate.
495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 495
(iii) section 491 (Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.); and
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
(2) If:
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
(i) section 15A (Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties); or
(ia) section 15C (Offences relating to National Heritage places); or
(ii) section 17B (Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands); or
(iii) section 18A (Offences relating to threatened species etc.); or
(vii) section 27A (Offences relating to Commonwealth land); or
(viia) section 27C (Offences relating to Commonwealth heritage places overseas); or
(viii) section 142A (Offence of breaching conditions on approvan( � and
(b) an executive officer of the body was reckless as to whether the contravention would occur; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding the term specified in the provision contravened by the body corporate.
Note: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent contravention?
(1) For the purposes of sections 494 and 495, in determining whether an executive officer of a body corporate failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention, a court is to have regard to:
(a) what action (if any) the officer took directed towards ensuring the following (to the extent that the action is relevant to the contravention):
(iii) that the body has an appropriate system established for managing the effects of the body’s activities on the environment;
(iv) that the body’s employees, agents and contractors have a reasonable knowledge and understanding of the requirements to comply with this Act and the regulations, in so far as those requirements affect the employees, agents or contractors concerned; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 496
(b) what action (if any) the officer took when he or she became aware that the body was contravening:
(iii) if the body contravened Part 3 or section 142 or 142A— any environmental management plan that was prepared by the body, and approved by the Minister, as required by a condition attached to an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 of the body’s taking of an action.
(2) This section does not, by implication, limit the generality of sections 494 and 495.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of landholders for other people’s actions Division 18A
Division 18A—Liability of landholders for other people’s actions
496A Who is a landholder?
For the purposes of this Division, a landholder, in relation to an area of land, is a person who is an owner, lessee or occupier of the area of land.
496B Civil penalties for landholders
(1) If:
the contravention; the landholder contravenes this subsection.
(2) Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision. Under section 481, the Federal Court may order a landholder contravening subsection (1) to pay a pecuniary penalty not more than the pecuniary penalty the Court could order the landholder to pay, if the landholder had contravened the civil penalty provision contravened by the actor.
496C Criminal liability of landholders
(1) If:
(a) a person (the actor) takes an action on an area of land that contravenes:
(i) section 15A (Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties); or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18A Liability of landholders for other people’s actions
Section 496D
(ii) section 15C (Offences relating to National Heritage places); or
(iii) section 17B (Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands); or
(vii) section 24A (Offences relating to marine areas); or
(viii) section 27A (Offences relating to Commonwealth land); or
(ix) section 142A (Offence of breaching conditions on approvan( � and
the contravention; the landholder commits an offence.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for the term specified in the provision contravened by the actor, a fine of the amount specified in that provision, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under the provision.
496D Did a landholder take reasonable steps to prevent a contravention?
(1) For the purposes of sections 496B and 496C, in determining whether a landholder failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention, a court is to have regard to:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of landholders for other people’s actions Division 18A
(2) This section does not, by implication, limit the generality of sections 496B and 496C.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 19 Infringement notices
Section 497
Division 19—Infringement notices
497 Infringement notices
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Publicising contraventions Division 20
Division 20—Publicising contraventions
498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 21 Immunity of officers
Section 498A
Division 21—Immunity of officers
498A Immunity of officers and assistants
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conduct of directors, employees and agents Division 22
Division 22—Conduct of directors, employees and agents
498B Conduct of directors, employees and agents
Bodies corporate—conduct
(1) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a body corporate:
is to be taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have been engaged in also by the body corporate unless the body corporate establishes that the body corporate took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid the conduct.
Bodies corporate—state of mind
(2) If, for the purposes of this Act, it is necessary to establish the state of mind of a body corporate in relation to particular conduct, it is sufficient to show:
Persons other than bodies corporate—conduct
(3) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a person other than a body corporate:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 22 Conduct of directors, employees and agents
Section 498B
is to be taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have been engaged in also by the first-mentioned person unless the first-mentioned person establishes that the first-mentioned person took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid the conduct.
Persons other than bodies corporate—state of mind
(4) If, for the purposes of this Act, it is necessary to establish the state of mind of a person other than a body corporate in relation to particular conduct, it is sufficient to show:
Reasonable precautions
(5) For the purposes of subsection (1) or (3), in determining whether a body corporate or other person took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid particular conduct, a court must have regard to what steps (if any) the body or person took directed towards ensuring the following (to the extent that the steps are relevant to the conduct):
Meaning of state of mind
(6) A reference in subsection (2) or (4) to the state of mind of a person includes a reference to:
(a) the knowledge, intention, opinion, belief or purpose of the person; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conduct of directors, employees and agents Division 22
(b) the person’s reasons for the intention, opinion, belief or purpose.
Meaning of director
(7) A reference in this section to a director of a body corporate includes a reference to a constituent member of a body corporate incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth, of a State or of a Territory.
Meaning of engage in conduct
(8) A reference in this section to engaging in conduct includes a reference to failing or refusing to engage in conduct.
Disapplying Part 2.5 of Criminal Code
(9) Part 2.5 of the Criminal Code does not apply to an offence against this Act.
Note: Part 2.5 of the Criminal Code deals with corporate criminal responsibility.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 499
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage
499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage
Administration Chapter 6 Remedying environmental damage Part 18
Section 500
(c) the action results in damage to the environment or gives rise
to a condition relating to the environment; then, for the purposes of this section and section 500, the damage or condition is taken to arise from the provision of false or misleading information in contravention of section 489.
(4) This section does not affect the exercise by the Commonwealth or the Minister of powers under another provision of this Act or under any other law.
500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention
Note: This makes the person who contravenes the Act liable to pay the Commonwealth the expenses reasonably incurred in taking steps under section 499 in relation to the contravention.
(3) An amount payable under subsection (1) is a debt due to the affected party, recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 501
501 Other powers not affected
This Division does not affect any other powers or rights under this Act, the regulations or any other law.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee Division
Section 502
Part 19—Organisations
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee
502 Establishment
503 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
Section 504
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
504 Establishment
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee Division
Section 505
(6) The Minister must ensure that a majority of the members are not persons employed by the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies.
505 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2A Indigenous Advisory Committee
Section 505A
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee
505A Establishment
505B Functions of the Committee
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees
506 Application
This Division applies to the following Committees:
507 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Committee holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 509 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Committee may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Committee holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
508 Remuneration
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 3 Members and procedures of Committees
Section 509
509 Termination of appointments of Committee members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Committee is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Committee meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Committee of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if:
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(6) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member:
(a) becomes bankrupt; or
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
510 Procedure of a Committee
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 4 Advisory committees
Section 511
Division 4—Advisory committees
511 Minister may establish advisory committees
512 Appointments
513 Members of advisory committees
The regulations may provide for the terms and conditions applicable to members of an advisory committee, including terms and conditions relating to:
514 Committee procedure
(1) An advisory committee may operate in the way it determines, subject to any regulations.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Advisory committees Division 4
(2) The regulations may provide for the operation and procedures of an advisory committee. The regulations may allow a committee to determine its own procedure on any matter.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514A
Division 5—Director of National Parks
Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers
514A Continuation
The corporation sole that existed under section 15 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 immediately before the commencement of this Act continues in existence as the Director of National Parks.
Note: Subject to section 514U, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 applies to the Director. That Act deals with matters relating to Commonwealth authorities, including reporting and accountability, banking and investment, and conduct of officers.
514B Functions
(1) The functions of the Director are:
(ba) to contribute to the protection, conservation and management of biodiversity and heritage in areas outside Commonwealth reserves and conservation zones; and
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Note 1: Section 514D sets out requirements relating to the performance of the Director’s functions.
Note 2: The Minister may delegate additional functions to the Director under subsection 515(1).
(2) The Director may perform any of the Director’s functions in co-operation with a State, a self-governing Territory, an agency of a State or self-governing Territory or a Commonwealth agency.
514C Powers
Note: Section 514D sets out limits on the Director’s powers.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514D
514D Requirements relating to functions and powers
Ministerial directions
(1) The Director must perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in accordance with any directions given by the Minister, unless this Act provides otherwise.
Consultation
(2) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the following persons in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone:
Australian National Botanic Gardens in Jervis Bay Territory
(3) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the Chairperson of the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community Council in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to the part of the Commonwealth reserve known as the Australian National Botanic Gardens that is in the Jervis Bay Territory.
Trust property
(4) The Director must deal with any money or property vested in the Director on trust in accordance with the powers and duties of the Director as trustee, despite the other provisions of this Act.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Limits on contracts and leases
(5) The Director must not:
than 10 years; without the Minister’s approval.
No borrowing
(6) The Director must not borrow money in the performance of the Director’s functions.
Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks
514E Constitution
514F Appointment
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514G
(3) The appointment is on a full-time basis. However, a person appointed as the Director may also hold an office or be employed in the Australian Public Service on a part-time basis, subject to this Division.
514G Acting appointments
Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment
514H Term of office
The person appointed as the Director holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 7 years.
514J Remuneration
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
(3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.
514K Outside employment
The person appointed as the Director must not engage in paid employment outside the duties of the Director’s office without the Minister’s approval.
514L Disclosure of interests
If the person appointed as the Director has a material personal interest in a matter that he or she is considering or is about to consider as the Director, the person must give written notice of the interest to the Minister.
514M Leave of absence
514N Resignation
The person appointed as the Director may resign his or her appointment by giving the Governor-General a written resignation.
514P Termination
(a) the person:
(iii) compounds with his or her creditors; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514Q
(iv) makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for the benefit of his or her creditors; or
514Q Other terms and conditions
The person appointed as the Director holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined by the Governor-General.
Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund
514R Australian National Parks Fund
The fund established by section 45 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 continues in existence as the Australian National Parks Fund, vested in the Director.
514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund
The following amounts are to be paid into the Australian National Parks Fund:
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
514T Application of money
Subdivision E—Accountability
514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514V
(3) To avoid doubt, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 applies to the Australian National Parks Fund as though the Fund were money of the Director.
514V Extra matters to be included in annual report
The annual report prepared by the Director under section 9 of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 must also include particulars of any directions given by the Minister under subsection 514D(1) of this Act during the year to which the report relates.
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous
514W Exemption from taxation
The income of the Australian National Parks Fund and the property and transactions of the Director are not subject to taxation under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
514X Changes in office of Director
An authority given, or a delegation or appointment made, by a person for the time being holding or acting in the office of Director continues in force despite the person ceasing to hold or act in that office, but may be revoked by a person later holding or acting in that office.
Administration Chapter 6 Delegation Part 20
Section 515
Part 20—Delegation
515 Delegation
515AA Delegation by Minister in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
(a) the exercise of the power or performance of the function relates (including in a way described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 20 Delegation
Section 515AB
(b) the exercise of the power or performance of the function is incidental to a matter that relates (including in a way described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: If a power or function is delegated to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority under this section, the Authority may sub-delegate the power or function under section 47 of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
515AB Delegation by Secretary in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Administration Chapter 6 Delegation Part 20
Section 515AB
described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: If a power or function is delegated to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority under this section, the Authority may sub-delegate the power or function under section 47 of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 20A Publication of information on the internet
Section 515A
Part 20A—Publication of information on the internet
515A Publication of information on the internet
Without limiting the operation of section 170A, the Secretary must publish on the internet each week a list of:
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 Annual reports Division 1
Part 21—Reporting
Division 1—Annual reports
516 Annual report on operation of Act
(1) The Secretary must, as soon as practicable after 30 June in each year, prepare and give to the Minister a report on the operation of this Act (except Divisions 4 and 5 of Part 15 and Division 5 of Part 19) for the 12 months ending on that 30 June.
Note 1: Other provisions of this Act require the report to include certain matters.
Note 2: Section 34C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the time within which annual reports must be given to the Minister.
(2) The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the day on which he or she receives the report.
516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters
Agency annual reports
(1) The Head of an Agency (as defined in the Public Service Act 1999) must ensure that an annual report under that Act on the Agency’s activities complies with subsection (6).
Annual reports of Commonwealth authorities
(3) The directors of a Commonwealth authority (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) must ensure that an annual report relating to the authority prepared under that Act complies with subsection (6).
Annual reports of Commonwealth companies
(4) A Commonwealth company (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) that is a Commonwealth agency must ensure that the documents given to the responsible Minister (as defined in that Act) under section 36 of that Act include a report complying with subsection (6).
Chapter 6 Administration Part 21 Reporting Division 1 Annual reports
Section 516A
Annual reports of other Commonwealth agencies
(5) A Commonwealth agency that is:
Content of report
(6) A report described in subsection (1), (3), (4) or (5) relating to a body or person (the reporter) for a period must:
Note: The Auditor-General Act 1997 lets the Auditor-General audit a reporter’s compliance with these requirements.
(7) In subsection (6):
activities includes:
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 State of the environment reports Division 2
Division 2—State of the environment reports
516B State of the environment reports
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 517
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous
Part 22—Miscellaneous
517 Determinations of species
517A Exemption for activities that might harm particular species introduced into particular areas
Provisions for which this section applies
(1) This section applies for the purposes of the provisions of the following sections:
Minister may exempt carrying on of activities
(2) The Minister may, in writing, exempt from the provisions mentioned in subsection (1) the carrying on of particular activities by particular persons (or a particular class of persons), in a
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 517A
particular area, that will or may have an impact on a particular species or its habitat. The species must be a listed threatened species, a listed migratory species or a listed marine species.
Matters Minister must be satisfied of
What must be specified in an exemption
(5) An exemption under subsection (2) must:
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 518
When an exemption comes into force
(6) An exemption under subsection (2) comes into force on the day the Minister gives the exemption, or on a later day specified in the exemption.
Actions covered by exemption do not contravene provisions for which this section applies
(7) While an exemption under subsection (2) is in force, an action of a person does not contravene any of the provisions mentioned in subsection (1), in so far as the provisions apply in relation to a member of the species specified as mentioned in paragraph (5)(a), if:
Note 1: If the action also has an impact on a member of another species that is not covered by an exemption under subsection (2), subsection (7) does not affect the question whether the action may contravene a provision mentioned in subsection (1), in so far as the provision applies to the other species.
Note 2: In a prosecution for an offence against a provision mentioned in subsection (1), the defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exemption is not a legislative instrument
(8) An exemption under subsection (2) is not a legislative instrument.
518 Non-compliance with time limits
(1) Anything done by the Commonwealth, the Minister or the Secretary under this Act or the regulations is not invalid merely because it was not done within the period required by this Act or the regulations.
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 519
519 Compensation for acquisition of property
When compensation is necessary
(1) If, apart from this section, the operation of this Act would result in an acquisition of property from a person that would be invalid because of paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution (which deals with acquisition of property on just terms) the Commonwealth must pay the person a reasonable amount of compensation.
Definition
(2) In this Act:
acquisition of property has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.
Court can decide amount of compensation
(3) If the Commonwealth and the person do not agree on the amount of compensation to be paid, the person may apply to the Federal Court for the recovery from the Commonwealth of a reasonable amount of compensation fixed by the Court.
Other compensation to be taken into account
(4) In assessing compensation payable by the Commonwealth, the Court must take into account any other compensation or remedy arising out of the same event or situation.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 520
520 Regulations
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 520A
520A Statements about the application of the Act
521 Fees and charges must not be taxes
A fee or charge provided for by or under this Act, and whether prescribed by the regulations or not, must be reasonably related to the expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Commonwealth in relation to the matters to which the fee or charge relates and must not be such as to amount to taxation.
522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money
Payment of amounts of financial assistance under this Act, and of any amounts that the Commonwealth is required to pay to a person under this Act or an agreement made under this Act, are to be made out of money appropriated by the Parliament for the purpose.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 522A
522A Review of operation of Act
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Chapter 8—Definitions
Part 23—Definitions
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics
Subdivision A—Actions
523 Actions
(1) Subject to this Subdivision, action includes:
524 Things that are not actions
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 524A
524A Provision of grant funding is not an action
Provision of funding by way of a grant by one of the following is not an action:
Subdivision B—Areas
525 Commonwealth areas
What is a Commonwealth area?
(1) Each of the following, and any part of it, is a Commonwealth area:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Territory Land in ACT is not a Commonwealth area
(2) Despite paragraph (1)(a), an area of land that is Territory Land, within the meaning of the Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 is nota Commonwealth area merely because of that paragraph, unless it is held under lease by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency.
Coastal waters of States and NT are not Commonwealth areas
(3) Despite paragraphs (1)(d), (e) and (f), none of the following areas (or parts of them) are Commonwealth areas:
Subdivision C—Entities
526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate
The question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of a body or company is to be determined in the same way as the question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of another body corporate is determined for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 527
Subdivision D—Criminal law
527 Convictions
A reference in this Act to a conviction of a person of an offence includes a reference to making an order under section 19B of the Crimes Act 1914 in relation to the person in respect of the offence.
Subdivision E—Specimens
527A Specimens
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
(6) In this section:
this Act does not include sections 356 and 390E.
527B Breeding in captivity
For the purposes of this Act, a live animal of a particular kind is taken to have been bred in captivity if, and only if, it was bred in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the breeding in which of:
includes live animals of that kind; would constitute breeding in captivity.
527C Artificial propagation
For the purposes of this Act, a live plant of a particular kind is taken to have been artificially propagated if, and only if, it was propagated in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the propagation in which of:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 527D
live plants of that kind; would constitute artificial propagation.
527D Things represented to be CITES specimens
(1) For the purposes of this Act, if a thing is represented by an accompanying document, the package or a mark or label, or from any other circumstances, to be:
then the thing is taken to be a CITES specimen.
Note: This subsection has the effect (among other things) of widening the scope of sections 303CC, 303CD and 303GN, which are offence provisions relating to the export, import and possession of specimens.
CITES listed animal means an animal of a species included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES.
CITES listed plant means a plant of a species included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES.
export has the same meaning as in Part 13A.
import has the same meaning as in Part 13A.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Subdivision F—Impacts
527E Meaning of impact
action; then that event or circumstance is an impact of the primary action only if:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Division 2—General list of definitions
528 Definitions
In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
accredited authorisation process has the meaning given by subsection 33(2A).
accredited management arrangement has the meaning given by subsection 33(2).
acquisition of property has the meaning given by subsection 519(2).
action has the meaning given by Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 23.
agency of a State or self-governing Territory means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
an agency of the State or Territory for the purposes of this definition; or
(iii) if the Territory is the Northern Territory or Norfolk Island—the Administrator of the Territory; or
(iv) a Minister of the State or Territory; otherwise than by or under a law of the State or Territory.
aircraft means an apparatus that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air.
animal means any member, alive or dead, of the animal kingdom (other than a human being).
animal reproductive material means:
Antarctic has the same meaning as in the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980.
Apia Convention means the Convention on Conservation of Nature in the South Pacific, done at Apia, Western Samoa, on 12 June 1976, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1990 No. 41.
approved conservation advice has the meaning given by subsection 266B(2).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
article includes a substance or a mixture of substances.
artificially propagated, in relation to a plant or plant reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527C. assess an action includes assess the impacts that the action:
meaning given by section 340.
Australian Heritage Council means the body established by the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003. Australian IUCN reserve management principles has the meaning
given by subsection 348(1). Australian jurisdiction has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian Ramsar management principles has the meaning given
by section 335. Australian vessel has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian Whale Sanctuary has the meaning given by subsection
225(2).
Australian World Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 323. authorisation process means a process set out in a law of the
Commonwealth or a State or Territory under which actions are authorised. authorised officer means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
bilaterally accredited authorisation process has the meaning given by subsection 46(2A).
bilaterally accredited management arrangement has the meaning given by subsection 46(2).
biodiversity means the variability among living organisms from all sources (including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part) and includes:
Biodiversity Convention means the Convention on Biological Diversity done at Rio de Janeiro on 5 June 1992, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of this Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1993 No. 32.
biological resources includes genetic resources, organisms, parts of organisms, populations and any other biotic component of an ecosystem with actual or potential use or value for humanity.
bioregional plan means a bioregional plan for a bioregion as mentioned in section 176.
Biosphere reserve has the meaning given by section 337.
Board means a Board established under section 377.
Bonn Convention means the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals done at Bonn on 23 June 1979, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1991 No. 32.
bred in captivity, in relation to an animal or animal reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527B.
business day means a day that is not:
Note: In Chapter 5, the meaning of business day is affected by section 170D.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
CAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the People’s Republic of China for the protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment done at Canberra on 20 October 1986, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1988 No. 22.
cetacean means a member of the sub-order Mysticeti or Odontoceti of the Order Cetacea, and includes:
CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora done at Washington on 3 March 1973, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1976 No. 29.
CITES I species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix I to CITES.
CITES I specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES I species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES II species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix II to CITES.
CITES II specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES II species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
CITES III species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix III to CITES.
CITES III specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES III species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES specimen means:
civil penalty provision has the meaning given by section 482.
coastal sea of Australia or an external Territory has the same meaning as in subsection 15B(4) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
coastal waters of a State or the Northern Territory has the meaning given by section 227.
commissioner means a person holding an appointment under paragraph 107(1)(a).
Commonwealth agency means:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
but does not include:
Commonwealth aircraft has the meaning given by section 403.
Commonwealth area has the meaning given by section 525.
Commonwealth Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 341D(1).
Commonwealth Heritage List means the list referred to in section 341C.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Commonwealth Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 341Y.
Commonwealth Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 341C(3).
Commonwealth Heritage value has the meaning given by section 341D.
Commonwealth land has the meaning given by section 27.
Commonwealth marine area has the meaning given by section 24.
Commonwealth reserve means a reserve declared under Division 4 of Part 15.
Commonwealth ship has the meaning given by section 403.
components of biodiversity has the meaning given by subsection 171(3).
conservation agreement means an agreement made under section 305.
conservation dependent: a native species may be included in the conservation dependent category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
conservation dependent species means a listed threatened species that is included in the conservation dependent category of the list referred to in section 178.
conservation order means an order made under section 464 (with variations (if any) under section 466 or 469).
conservation zone means a Commonwealth area that is declared to be a conservation zone under Division 5 of Part 15.
constitutional corporation means a corporation to which paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution applies.
continental shelf means the continental shelf (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
continuation of a use of land, sea or seabed has the meaning given by section 43B.
control: a Commonwealth agency controls a place only if the agency has rights (whether arising under a law, lease, licence or otherwise) to:
controlled action has the meaning given by section 67.
controlling provision has the meaning given by section 67.
convict a person of an offence has a meaning affected by section 527.
copy, when used in relation to a warrant issued under section 409 or 416 (or a form of warrant completed under subsection 409A(6) or 416(6)), includes:
country includes a place that is a territory, dependency or colony (however described) of a foreign country.
critical habitat for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community has the meaning given by subsection 207A(4).
critically endangered:
daily newspaper means a newspaper that is ordinarily published on each day that is a business day in the place where the newspaper is published, whether or not the newspaper is ordinarily published on other days.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
declared Ramsar wetland has the meaning given by section 17.
declared World Heritage property has the meaning given by section 13.
designated proponent of an action means the person designated under Division 2 of Part 7 as the proponent of the action.
directed environmental audit has the meaning given by subsection 460(4).
Director means the Director of National Parks referred to in section 514A.
disease means:
dory means:
Note: A dory might also be known as a tender commercial fishing vessel.
ecological character has the meaning given by subsection 16(3).
ecological community means the extent in nature in the Australian jurisdiction of an assemblage of native species that:
ecologically sustainable use of natural resources means use of the natural resources within their capacity to sustain natural processes while maintaining the life-support systems of nature and ensuring that the benefit of the use to the present generation does not
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
diminish the potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future generations.
ecosystem means a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit.
eligible seizable item means anything that would present a danger to a person or that could be used to assist a person to escape from lawful custody.
endangered:
environment includes:
Note: The places mentioned in paragraph (d) of the definition of
environment include places included in the Register of the National
Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003.
environmental authorisation has the meaning given by section 43A.
environmental authority has the meaning given by subsection 458(4).
environmental law means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
(d) regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
environmental penalty provision means:
evidential material has the meaning given by subsection 406(2).
exclusive economic zone means the exclusive economic zone (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
executing officer, in relation to a warrant, means:
executive officer of a body corporate has the meaning given by section 493.
extinct: a native species may be included in the extinct category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
extinct in the wild: a native species may be included in the extinct in the wild category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
Federal Court means the Federal Court of Australia.
foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5).
frisk search has the meaning given by subsection 413(3).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
genetic resources means any material of plant, animal, microbial or other origin that contains functional units of heredity and that has actual or potential value for humanity.
goods has the meaning given by section 443.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park means the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park established under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority means the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority established by the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
habitat means the biophysical medium or media:
heritage value of a place includes the place’s natural and cultural environment having aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance, or other significance, for current and future generations of Australians.
holder means:
impact has the meaning given by section 527E.
important cetacean habitat area means an area declared, by a declaration in force under subsection 228A(1), to be an important cetacean habitat area.
indigenous heritage value of a place means a heritage value of the place that is of significance to indigenous persons in accordance with their practices, observances, customs, traditions, beliefs or history.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(3).
indigenous person has the meaning given by subsection 363(4).
indigenous tradition has the meaning given by section 201.
inspector means:
interested person has the meaning given by section 475.
interfere with a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229B(4).
IUCN category has the meaning given by subsection 346(1).
JAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction and their Environment done at Tokyo on 6 February 1974, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1981 No. 6.
jointly managed reserve has the meaning given by subsection 363(5).
Kakadu National Park has the meaning given by subsection 387(3).
Kakadu region has the meaning given by subsection 386(1).
keep a cetacean or member of a listed threatened species, listed migratory species, listed marine species or listed threatened ecological community means:
(a) in the case of a cetacean, or a species of animal or community of animals—have charge or possession of the cetacean or member, either in captivity or in a domesticated state; and
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
(b) in the case of a species of plant or community of plants—
have possession of the member. key threatening process means a threatening process included in the list referred to in section 183.
land has the meaning given by subsection 345(2).
land council for indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(2). large-scale disposal facility for radioactive waste has a meaning
affected by subsection 22(2). list includes a list containing no items. listed marine species means a marine species included in the list
referred to in section 248.
listed migratory species means a migratory species included in the list referred to in section 209. listed threatened ecological community means an ecological
community included in the list referred to in section 181. listed threatened species means a native species included in the list referred to in section 178.
List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
means the record referred to in section 390K. live animal includes animal reproductive material. live plant includes plant reproductive material. longfin mako shark means the listed migratory species with the
common name longfin mako shark and the scientific name Isurus
paucus. magistrate means a magistrate who is remunerated by salary or otherwise.
management arrangement includes:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
master of a foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5).
matter protected by a provision of Part 3 has the meaning given by section 34.
member includes:
(iii) the whole or any part of an animal or plant of the community that has died.
migration zone has the same meaning as in the Migration Act 1958.
migratory species has the meaning given by subsection 209(8).
mineral has the meaning given by subsection 355(3).
mining operations has the meaning given by subsection 355(2).
monitoring power relating to premises has the meaning given by section 407.
monitoring warrant has the meaning given by section 409.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
National Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 324D(1).
National Heritage List means the list referred to in section 324C. National Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 324Y.
National Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 324C(3). National Heritage value has the meaning given by section 324D. native amphibian means an amphibian of a native species. native animal means an animal of a native species. native bird means a bird of a native species. native mammal means a mammal of a native species. native plant means a plant of a native species. native reptile means a reptile of a native species. native species means a species:
to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory. See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
nuclear action has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
nuclear installation has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
occupier of premises means the person apparently in charge of the premises.
officer assisting, in relation to a warrant, means:
officer of Customs has the same meaning as it has in the Customs Act 1901.
ordinary search has the meaning given in subsection 414(3).
organism includes:
place includes:
plant means a member, alive or dead, of the plant kingdom or of the fungus kingdom, and includes a part of a plant and plant reproductive material.
plant reproductive material means:
population of a species or ecological community means an occurrence of the species or community in a particular area.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
porbeagle shark means the listed migratory species with the common name porbeagle shark and the scientific name Lamna nasus.
precautionary principle has the meaning given by subsection 391(2).
premises includes a place, vehicle, vessel and aircraft.
prescribed waters means waters in respect of which regulations made for the purposes of section 226 are in force.
primary commercial fishing vessel means:
principles of ecologically sustainable development has a meaning affected by section 3A.
progeny includes:
To avoid doubt, a reference in this Act to progeny of an animal or a plant includes a reference to any descendant of that animal or plant.
radioactive waste has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Ramsar Convention means the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat done at
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Ramsar, Iran, on 2 February 1971, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time. Note: The English Text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty
Series 1975 No. 48. range of a species means the area where members of the species live, feed, breed or visit periodically or regularly.
ranger means a person holding an appointment as a ranger under Part 17. recovery plan means a plan made or adopted under section 269A.
regulated live specimen has the meaning given by section 303EA. regulated native specimen has the meaning given by section 303DA.
relevant impacts of an action has the meaning given by section 82.
remediation determination means a determination, as in force from time to time, made under section 480D. remediation order means an order, as in force from time to time,
made under section 480A. reprocessing has the meaning given by subsection 22(1). Scientific Committee means the Threatened Species Scientific
Committee established by section 502. seabed has the meaning given by subsection 345(2). Secretary means the Secretary to the Department that:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
shortfin mako shark means the listed migratory species with the common name shortfin mako shark and the scientific name Isurus oxyrinchus.
species means a group of biological entities that:
gene pool; and includes:
(c) a sub-species; and
(ca) for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities; and
(d) except for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities that the Minister has determined, under section 517, to be a species for the purposes of this Act.
In this definition, the purposes of Part 13A:
Note: Determinations under paragraph (d) are disallowable instruments. See section 517.
specific environmental authorisation has the meaning given by section 43A.
specimen has the meaning given by section 527A.
spent nuclear fuel has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
subsidiary of a body corporate has a meaning affected by section 526.
sub-species means a geographically separate population of a species, being a population that is characterised by morphological or biological differences from other populations of that species.
take, except in Part 13A, includes:
Note: For the meaning of take in Part 13A, see section 303BC.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
taxon means any taxonomic category (for example, a species or a genus), and includes a particular population.
terms of reference has the meaning given by paragraph 107(1)(b).
territorial sea means the territorial sea (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
threat abatement plan means a plan made or adopted under section 270B.
threatening process has the meaning given by subsection 188(3).
trade:
traditional owners of indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 368(4).
treat a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229D(3).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park has the meaning given by subsection 344(3).
Uluru region has the meaning given by subsection 386(2).
usage right has the meaning given by subsection 350(7).
vehicle includes a hovercraft.
vessel means a ship, boat, raft or pontoon or any other thing capable of carrying persons or goods through or on water and includes a floating structure and hovercraft.
vulnerable:
warden means a person holding an appointment as a warden under Part 17.
warrant premises means premises in relation to which a warrant is in force.
wetland has the same meaning as in the Ramsar Convention.
whale watching has the meaning given by section 238.
wildlife means:
wildlife conservation plan means a plan of a kind referred to in section 285 that has been made or adopted under that section.
World Heritage Convention means the Convention for the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage done at Paris on 23 November 1972, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1975 No. 47.
World Heritage List means the list kept under that title under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention.
world heritage values of a property has the meaning given by subsection 12(3).
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 1 Objects of this Schedule
Clause 1
Schedule 1—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
Note: See section 433B.
Part 1—Preliminary
Division 1—Objects of this Schedule
1 Main objects of this Schedule
for a limited period for the purposes of determining whether to charge them with the offence.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Objects of this Schedule Division 1
the individuals in immigration detention, for the purpose of the immigration detention and welfare of the individuals.
Note: The enforcement visa of a person who is neither an Australian citizen nor an Australian resident ceases to have effect under the Migration Act 1958 when the person ceases to be in environment detention, so that Act requires the person to be taken into immigration detention.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 2 Definitions
Clause 2
Division 2—Definitions
2 Definitions
In this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears:
approved officer means:
who is approved under Division 4 for the purposes of the provision in which the expression occurs.
Australian resident means:
authorised Migration Act officer means an authorised officer, within the meaning of the Migration Act 1958.
detainee means a person detained under Part 2.
detention means detention under Part 2.
detention officer means a person appointed under clause 3 to be a detention officer.
foreign vessel means a vessel that is not an Australian vessel.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Appointment etc. of detention officers Division 3
Division 3—Appointment etc. of detention officers
3 Minister may appoint persons to be detention officers
(1) The Minister may, by instrument, appoint one or more persons (except persons who are authorised officers) to be detention officers.
Note: Authorised officers have the same powers as detention officers, as well as other powers, so there is no reason for authorised officers to be appointed as detention officers.
(2) An instrument appointing persons to be detention officers:
4 Detention officers subject to directions
5 Detention officer etc. not liable to certain actions
(1) A detention officer, or a person assisting a detention officer in the exercise of powers under this Schedule or the regulations, is not liable to an action, suit or proceeding for or in respect of anything done in good faith or omitted to be done in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of any power conferred by this Schedule or by regulations made for the purposes of this Schedule.
Note: Section 498A makes similar provision for authorised officers and their assistants.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not affect a contractual liability of a detention officer or person assisting a detention officer.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 4 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
Clause 6
Division 4—Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
6 The Secretary may approve authorised officers and detention officers
7 Persons who are authorised officers for purposes of the Migration Act 1958 are taken to be approved for this Schedule
(1) A person who:
Migration Act 1958 listed in column 2 of an item of the table; is, while he or she meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b), taken to be approved under clause 6 for the purposes of the provision of this Schedule listed in column 3 of the item.
Corresponding provisions of the Migration Act 1958 and this Schedule
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
Item | Provision of the Migration Act | Provision of this Schedule |
1958 |
1 | Subsection 252(4) | Subclause 15(3) |
2 | Paragraph 252(6)(a) | Paragraph 15(5)(a) |
3 | Subparagraph 252(6)(b)(i) | Subparagraph 15(5)(b)(i) |
4 | Subsection 252AA(1) | Subclause 16(1) |
484 | Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 |
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers Division 4
Corresponding provisions of the Migration Act 1958 and this Schedule
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
Item | Provision of the Migration Act | Provision of this Schedule |
1958 |
5 Subsection 252A(1) Subclause 17(1) 6 Subsection 252C(1) Subclause 19(1) 7 Subsection 252D(2) Subclause 20(2) 8 Subsection 252G(3) Subclause 22(3) 9 Section 261AA Clause 28
10 Subsection 261AE(1) Subclause 32(1) 11 Subsection 261AE(3) Subclause 32(3) 12 Section 261AG Clause 34
13 Section 261AJ Clause 37
14 Subsection 261AK(1) (except Subclause 38(1) (except paragraph (a)) paragraph (a))
15 Subsection 261AK(3) Subclause 38(3)
Limits on approval
(2) However, the person is not taken to be approved to carry out an identification test in relation to which section 5D of the Migration Act 1958 provides that the person is not an authorised officer (for the purposes of that Act).
Note: This is relevant to items 9 to 15 of the table in subclause (1).
Persons specified by Secretary not approved
(3) The Secretary may, by instrument, specify that the person is not taken to be approved:
The instrument has effect according to its terms, despite subclause (1).
(4) An instrument under subclause (3) may specify one or more persons by reference to their being members of a specified class at or after a time specified in the instrument.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 4 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
Clause 7
(5) An instrument made under subclause (3) is not a legislative instrument.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Initial detention by an authorised officer Division 1
Part 2—Detaining suspected foreign offenders
Division 1—Initial detention by an authorised officer
8 Power to detain
9 Relationship with Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 2 Continued detention by a detention officer
Clause 10
Division 2—Continued detention by a detention officer
10 Detention officer may detain person already detained by authorised officer
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer Division 3
Division 3—Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer
11 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 4 Moving detainees
Clause 12
Division 4—Moving detainees
12 Power to move detainees
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 End of detention Division 5
Division 5—End of detention
13 End of detention
A detainee must be released from detention:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 6 Offence of escaping from detention
Clause 14
Division 6—Offence of escaping from detention
14 Escape from detention
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Searches of detainees Division 1
Part 3—Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors
Division 1—Searches of detainees
15 Searches of detainees
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 1 Searches of detainees
Clause 15
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252 of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Screening of detainees Division 2
Division 2—Screening of detainees
16 Power to conduct a screening procedure
conducting a screening procedure, in relation to a detainee, means:
screening equipment means a metal detector or similar device for detecting objects or particular substances.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252AA of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 17
Division 3—Strip searches of detainees
17 Power to conduct a strip search
(1) A strip search of a detainee, other than a detainee to whom clause 23 applies, may be conducted by an approved officer, without warrant, to find out whether there is hidden on the detainee, in his or her clothing or in a thing in his or her possession a weapon, or other thing, capable of being used:
Note: Clause 18 sets out rules for conducting a strip search under this clause.
(i) if the detainee is at least 18—the Secretary, the Director, the Chairperson of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority or an SES Band 3 employee in the Department (who is not the authorised officer referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) nor the approved officer conducting the strip search), authorises the strip
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Strip searches of detainees Division 3
search because he or she is satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for those suspicions;
(ii) if the detainee is at least 10 but under 18—a magistrate orders the strip search because he or she is satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for those suspicions.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 18
SES Band 3 employee means an SES employee with a classification of Senior Executive Band 3, and includes an SES employee who has been temporarily assigned duties that have been allocated a classification of Senior Executive Band 3.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252A of the Migration Act 1958.
18 Rules for conducting a strip search
(1) A strip search of a detainee under clause 17:
(i) the detainee’s parent or guardian if that person is in detention with the detainee and is readily available at the same place; or
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Strip searches of detainees Division 3
(ii) if that is not acceptable to the detainee or subparagraph (i) does not apply—another person (other than an approved officer) who is capable of representing the detainee’s interests and who, as far as is practicable in the circumstances, is acceptable to the detainee; and
prevents a strip search being conducted.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 18
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252B of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees Division 4
Division 4—Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees
19 Possession and retention of certain things obtained during a screening procedure or strip search
Note: See sections 450 and 451 of this Act, which deal with court-ordered forfeiture and how forfeited items are to be dealt with.
(a) in a paragraph (4)(b) case:
(i) proceedings in respect of which the thing might provide evidence have been instituted before the end of the 60
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 4 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees
Clause 20
day period and have not been completed (including an appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings); or
(ii) the approved officer may retain the thing because of an order under clause 21; or
(b) in any case—the approved officer is otherwise authorised (by a law, or an order of a court or a tribunal, of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory) to retain, destroy or dispose of the thing.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252C of the Migration Act 1958.
20 Approved officer may apply for a thing to be retained for a further period
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252D of the Migration Act 1958.
21 Magistrate may order that thing be retained
(1) The magistrate may order that the approved officer who made an application under clause 20 may retain the thing if the magistrate is satisfied that it is necessary for the approved officer to do so:
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees Division 4
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252E of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 5 Screening detainees’ visitors
Clause 22
Division 5—Screening detainees’ visitors
22 Powers concerning entry to premises where detainee is detained
the person has such a thing. A request may be made whether or not a request is also made to the person under subclause (1).
(4) An approved officer may request that the person do one or more of the following:
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Screening detainees’ visitors Division 5
(e) leave a thing in the person’s possession, or some or all of its contents, in a place specified by the approved officer if he or she suspects on reasonable grounds that the thing or its contents are capable of concealing something that might:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252G of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 6 Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc.
Clause 23
Division 6—Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc.
23 Detainees held in State or Territory prisons or remand centres
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252F of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc. Part 4
Clause 24
Part 4—Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc.
24 Detainee may have access to certain advice, facilities etc.
The person responsible for detention of a detainee must afford to him or her all reasonable facilities for obtaining legal advice or taking legal proceedings in relation to his or her detention.
Note: This clause corresponds to section 256 of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 1 Preliminary
Clause 25
Part 5—Identifying detainees
Division 1—Preliminary
25 Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
identification test means a test carried out in order to obtain a personal identifier.
incapable person means a person who is incapable of understanding the general nature and effect of, and purposes of, a requirement to provide a personal identifier.
independent person means a person (other than an authorised officer, detention officer or approved officer) who:
minor means a person who is less than 18 years old.
non-citizen means a person who is not an Australian citizen.
personal identifier has the meaning given by clause 26.
Note: The definitions of expressions in this clause correspond closely to definitions of those expressions in section 5 of the Migration Act 1958.
26 Meaning of personal identifier
(1) In this Part:
personal identifier means any of the following (including any of the following in digital form):
(a) fingerprints or handprints of a person (including those taken using paper and ink or digital livescanning technologies);
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Preliminary Division 1
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 1 Preliminary
Clause 27
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 5A of the Migration Act 1958.
27 Limiting the types of identification tests that approved officers may carry out
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 5D of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
Division 2—Identification of detainees
Subdivision A—Provision of personal identifiers
28 Detainees must provide personal identifiers
(1) A non-citizen in detention must (other than in the prescribed circumstances) provide to an approved officer one or more personal identifiers.
Note: A person who is an Australian citizen, or is a non-citizen but an Australian resident, may be in detention but must be released as soon as an authorised officer or detention officer knows or reasonably believes the person is an Australian citizen or resident. See clause 13.
(2) An approved officer must not require, for the purposes of subclause (1), a detainee to provide a personal identifier other than any of the following (including any of the following in digital form):
Note: Division 3 sets out further restrictions on the personal identifiers that minors and incapable persons can be required to provide.
(3) The one or more personal identifiers are to be provided by way of one or more identification tests carried out by the approved officer in accordance with this Division.
Note 1: Subject to certain restrictions, clause 32 allows reasonable force to be used to carry out identification tests under this Division.
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AA of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 29
29 Approved officers must require and carry out identification tests
Note: Subclauses (1) and (2) correspond closely to section 261AB of the Migration Act 1958.
(3) If:
paragraph (2)(a) of this clause has effect as if the specified types (except any specified under subclause 7(3) in relation to the authorised Migration Act officer) had been specified under clause 27.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
30 Information to be provided before carrying out identification tests
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AC of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision B—How identification tests are carried out
31 General rules for carrying out identification tests
An identification test under this Division:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 32
identification test or is not required or permitted by another provision of this Schedule; and
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AD of the Migration Act 1958.
32 Use of force in carrying out identification tests
When use of force is permitted
(1) Subject to subclause (2) and clause 33, an approved officer, or a person authorised under clause 34 to help the approved officer, may use reasonable force:
However, this clause does not authorise the use of force against a minor or an incapable person, or if the personal identifier in question is a person’s signature.
(2) The approved officer or person must not use force unless:
Applications for authorisation to use force
(3) An approved officer may apply to a senior authorising officer (who is not an approved officer referred to in subclause (1)) for an authorisation to use force in carrying out the identification test.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
Authorisation to use force
Definition
(9) In this clause:
senior authorising officer means an authorised officer, or detention officer, whom the Secretary has authorised, or who is included in a class of authorised officers or detention officers whom the Secretary has authorised, to perform the functions of a senior authorising officer under this clause.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AE of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 33
33 Identification tests not to be carried out in cruel, inhuman or
degrading manner etc.
For the purposes of this Schedule, the carrying out of the identification test is not of itself taken:
respect for human dignity. However, nothing in this Schedule authorises the carrying out of the identification test in a cruel, inhuman or degrading manner, or in a manner that fails to treat a person with humanity and with respect for human dignity.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AF of the Migration Act 1958.
34 Approved officer may get help to carry out identification tests
An approved officer may ask another approved officer or an authorised officer or detention officer to help him or her to carry out the identification test, and the other person may give that help.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AG of the Migration Act 1958.
35 Identification tests to be carried out by approved officer of same sex as non-citizen
If the non-citizen requests that the identification test be carried out by an approved officer of the same sex as the non-citizen, the test must only be carried out by an approved officer of the same sex as the non-citizen.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AH of the Migration Act 1958.
36 Independent person to be present
The identification test must be carried out in the presence of an independent person if:
(i) the non-citizen requests that an independent person be present while the identification test is being carried out;
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(ii) an independent person is readily available at the same place as the non-citizen and is willing to attend the test within a reasonable time.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AI of the Migration Act 1958.
37 Recording of identification tests
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AJ of the Migration Act 1958.
38 Retesting
When retesting is permitted
(1) If:
the approved officer who carried out the earlier test or another approved officer may require the non-citizen to provide the personal identifier again, and may carry out the test again in accordance with this Division, if:
(2) If the non-citizen is required under subclause (1) to provide the personal identifier again, the non-citizen is taken, for the purposes
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 38
of this Division, not to have provided the personal identifier as a result of the earlier test being carried out.
Applications for authorisation to retest
(3) An approved officer may apply for an authorisation to carry out the test again. The application is to be made to:
Authorisation to retest
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(8) The power to give an authorisation under subclause (4) cannot be delegated to any other person.
Use of force
(9) An authorisation under subclause (4) does not authorise the use of force in carrying out an identification test.
Note: See clause 32 on the use of force in carrying out identification tests.
Effect of refusing to authorise retesting
(10) If an application for an authorisation to carry out an identification test again on a non-citizen is refused, the non-citizen is taken, for the purposes of this Schedule, to have complied with any requirement under this Schedule to provide the personal identifier in question.
Definitions
(11) In this clause:
senior authorising officer means an authorised officer, or detention officer, who:
SES Band 3 employee means an SES employee with a classification of Senior Executive Band 3, and includes an SES employee who has been temporarily assigned duties that have been allocated a classification of Senior Executive Band 3.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AK of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 39
Subdivision C—Obligations relating to video recordings of identification tests
39 Definitions
In this Subdivision, unless the contrary intention appears:
permitted provision, of a video recording, has the meaning given by subclause 42(2).
provide, in relation to a video recording, includes provide access to the recording.
related document means a document that contains information, derived from a video recording made under clause 37 or from a copy of such a recording, from which the identity of the individual on whom the identification test in question was carried out is apparent or can reasonably be ascertained.
video recording means a video recording made under clause 37 or a copy of such a recording, and includes a related document.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKA of the Migration Act 1958.
40 Accessing video recordings
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) This clause does not apply if the access is through the provision of a video recording that is a permitted provision.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKB of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
41 Authorising access to video recordings
if the identifying information in question relates to a personal identifier of a prescribed type.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKC of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 42
42 Providing video recordings
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(a) it constitutes a disclosure of identifying information relating to a personal identifier of a prescribed type; and
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(b) it is for the purpose of:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKD of the Migration Act 1958.
43 Unauthorised modification of video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
44 Unauthorised impairment of video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
45 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc.
(1) In this Subdivision:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 46
(d) impairment of the operation of a system by which a video
recording is stored; by a person is unauthorised if the person is not entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; the person is entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKG of the Migration Act 1958.
46 Destroying video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of minors and incapable persons Division 3
Division 3—Identification of minors and incapable persons
47 Minors
Minors less than 15 years old
(1) A non-citizen who is less than 15 years old must not be required under this Schedule to provide a personal identifier other than a personal identifier consisting of:
Persons present while identification test is carried out
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 261AL(1), (5) and (6) of the Migration Act 1958.
48 Incapable persons
Incapable persons
(1) A non-citizen who is an incapable person must not be required under this Schedule to provide a personal identifier other than a personal identifier consisting of:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 3 Identification of minors and incapable persons
Clause 48
Persons present while identification test is carried out
(2) If a non-citizen who is an incapable person provides a personal identifier, in accordance with a requirement under this Schedule, by way of an identification test carried out by an approved officer, the test must be carried out in the presence of:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 261AM(1) and (4) of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
Division 4—Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Subdivision A—Preliminary
49 Definitions
In this Division:
disclose, in relation to identifying information that is a personal identifier provided under clause 28, includes provide unauthorised access to the personal identifier.
Note: Clause 52 deals with authorised access to identifying information.
identifying information means the following:
permitted disclosure has the meaning given by subclauses 53(2) and (3).
unauthorised impairment has the meaning given by clause 57.
unauthorised modification has the meaning given by clause 57.
Note: The definitions of expressions in this clause correspond closely to definitions of those expressions in section 336A of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 50
50 Application
Section 15.4 of the Criminal Code (extended geographical jurisdiction—category D) applies to all offences against this Division.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336B of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision B—Accessing identifying information
51 Accessing identifying information
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(1A) This clause does not apply if the person believes on reasonable grounds that the access is necessary to prevent or lessen a serious and imminent threat to the life or health of the person or of any other person.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (1A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(2) This clause does not apply if the access is through a disclosure that is a permitted disclosure.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 336C of the Migration Act 1958.
52 Authorising access to identifying information
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
(3) However, the Secretary must not specify as a purpose for which access is authorised a purpose that will include or involve the purpose of:
if the identifying information in question relates to a personal identifier of a prescribed type.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336D of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision C—Disclosing identifying information
53 Disclosing identifying information
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 53
(1A) This clause does not apply if the person believes on reasonable grounds that the disclosure is necessary to prevent or lessen a serious and imminent threat to the life or health of the person or of any other person.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (1A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(2) A permitted disclosure is a disclosure that:
(da) is to an agency of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory in order to verify that a person is an Australian citizen or holds a visa of a particular class; or
(e) takes place under an arrangement entered into with an agency of the Commonwealth, or with a State or Territory or an agency of a State or Territory, for the exchange of identifying information; or
(ea) is reasonably necessary for the enforcement of the criminal law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory; or
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
(eb) is required by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory; or
(ha) is a disclosure of an audio or a video recording for the purposes of:
(3) However, a disclosure is not a permitted disclosure if:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336E of the Migration Act 1958.
54 Authorising disclosure of identifying information to foreign countries etc.
(1) The Secretary may, in writing, authorise a specified authorised officer or detention officer, any authorised officer or detention
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 55
officer included in a specified class of authorised officers or detention officers, or an Agency (as defined in the Public Service Act 1999) prescribed by the regulations, to disclose identifying information of the kind specified in the authorisation to one or more of the following:
(2) The Secretary must specify in the authorisation, as the purpose or purposes for which disclosure is authorised, one or more of the purposes set out in subclause 26(3).
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 336F(1) and (2) of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision D—Modifying and impairing identifying information
55 Unauthorised modification of identifying information
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336G of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
56 Unauthorised impairment of identifying information
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336H of the Migration Act 1958.
57 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc.
(1) In this Division:
information is stored; by a person is unauthorised if the person is not entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
(a) a person causes any modification or impairment of a kind mentioned in that subclause; and
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 58
(b) the person does so under a warrant issued under the law of
the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; the person is entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336J of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision E—Retaining identifying information
58 Identifying information may be indefinitely retained
Identifying information may be indefinitely retained.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to paragraph 336L(1)(a) of the Migration Act 1958, because under this Schedule identifying information will always be about someone who is or has been in detention.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information Part 6
Clause 59
Part 6—Disclosure of detainees’ personal information
59 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information
Act 1958. organisation has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act 1988. personal information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act
1988. removal has the same meaning as in the Migration Act 1958.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 1
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 as shown in this compilation comprises Act No. 91, 1999 amended as indicated in the Tables below.
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Corporations (Repeals, Consequentials and Transitionals) Act 2001, see Act No. 55, 2001.
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006, see Act No. 165, 2006 (as amended by Statute Law Revision Act 2008 (No. 73, 2008)).
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Freedom of Information Amendment (Reform) Act 2010, see Act No. 51, 2010.
For all other relevant information pertaining to application, saving or transitional provisions see Table A.
Table of Acts
Act | Number and year | Date of Assent | Date of commencement | Application, saving or transitional |
provisions | ||||
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 | 91, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | 16 July 2000 | |
Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999 | 92, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | Schedules 8 and 9 (item 1): 16 July 2000 (a) | Sch. 9 (item 1) |
Public Employment (Consequential and Transitional) Amendment Act 1999 | 146, 1999 | 11 Nov 1999 | Schedule 1 (items 422, 423): (b) | — |
Corporations (Repeals, Consequentials and Transitionals) Act 2001 | 55, 2001 | 28 June 2001 | Ss. 4–14 and Schedule 3 (item 172): 15 July 2001 (see Gazette 2001, No. S285) (c) | Ss. 4–14 [see Note 1] |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Environment Protection and | 82, 2001 | 11 July 2001 | Ss. 1–3 and | Sch. 1 |
Biodiversity Conservation | Schedule 1 | (items | ||
Amendment (Wildlife | (items 83–86): | 70–82) | ||
Protection) Act 2001 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 11 Jan | ||||
2002 | ||||
Regional Forest | 30, 2002 | 5 Apr 2002 | Sections 1 and 2: | — |
Agreements Act 2002 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 3 May | ||||
2002 (see Gazette | ||||
2002, No. S133) | ||||
Statute Law Revision Act | 63, 2002 | 3 July 2002 | Schedule 1 | — |
2002 | (items 15, 16, 18): | |||
(d) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 17): (d) | ||||
Crimes Legislation | 41, 2003 | 3 June 2003 | Schedule 3 | Sch. 3 |
Enhancement Act 2003 | (items 31, 32): (e) | (item 42) | ||
Schedule 3 | ||||
(item 42): Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
Australian Heritage Council | 86, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Ss. 1–3: Royal | — |
(Consequential and | Assent | |||
Transitional Provisions) | Remainder: 1 Jan | |||
Act 2003 | 2004 (see s. 2) | |||
Environment and Heritage | 88, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Schedules 1 and 3: | Sch. 1 |
Legislation Amendment | 1 Jan 2004 (see | (items 8, | ||
Act (No. 1) 2003 | Gazette 2003, No. | 24, 25), | ||
GN47) | Sch. 3 | |||
Schedule 2: [see (f) | (item 1) | |||
and Note 2] | and Sch. 4 | |||
Remainder: Royal | (item 1G) | |||
Assent | Sch. 3 | |||
(item 1A) | ||||
(am. by | ||||
165, 2006, | ||||
Sch. 1 | ||||
[items 846, | ||||
847]) | ||||
as amended by | ||||
Environment and | 165, 2006 | 12 Dec 2006 | Schedule 1 | — |
Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006 | (items 846, 847): 19 Feb 2007 (see F2007L00411) | |||
Aboriginal and Torres Strait | 32, 2005 | 22 Mar 2005 | Schedule 4 | — |
Islander Commission | (item 23): 24 Mar | |||
Amendment Act 2005 | 2005 | |||
Administrative Appeals | 38, 2005 | 1 Apr 2005 | Schedule 1 | — |
Tribunal Amendment Act | (item 207): 16 May | |||
2005 | 2005 | |||
Statute Law Revision Act | 9, 2006 | 23 Mar 2006 | Schedule 1 | — |
2006 | (items 13–15): (g) |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Offshore Petroleum | 17, 2006 | 29 Mar 2006 | Schedule 2 | — |
(Repeals and | (item 21): 1 July | |||
Consequential | 2008 (see s. 2(1) | |||
Amendments) Act 2006 | and F2008L02273) | |||
Corporations (Aboriginal | 125, 2006 | 4 Nov 2006 | Schedules 1–3: | — |
and Torres Strait Islander) | 1 July 2007 (see | |||
Consequential, | s. 2(1)) | |||
Transitional and Other | Remainder: Royal | |||
Measures Act 2006 | Assent | |||
Environment and Heritage | 165, 2006 | 12 Dec 2006 | Schedule 1 | Sch. 2 |
Legislation Amendment | (items 1–604, 606, | (am. by 73, | ||
Act (No. 1) 2006 | 608–762, 764–780, | 2008, | ||
783–807, | Sch. 2 | |||
809–835): 19 Feb | [item 15]) | |||
2007 (see | [see | |||
F2007L00411) | Note 1] | |||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 605): 1 Jan | ||||
2007 (see | ||||
F2006L04046) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(items 607, 808): | ||||
[see Note 3] | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 763): 15 Jan | ||||
2007 (see | ||||
F2007L00129) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(items 781, 782): | ||||
[see (h) and Note | ||||
3] | ||||
Schedule 2: Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
as amended by | ||||
Statute Law Revision | 73, 2008 | 3 July 2008 | Schedule 2 | — |
Act 2008 | (item 14): (i) | |||
Schedule 2 | ||||
(item 15): (i) | ||||
Migration Legislation | 63, 2007 | 15 Apr 2007 | Schedule 1 (items | Sch. 1 |
Amendment (Information | 1–15, 60, 61): 1 | (items 60, | ||
and Other Measures) Act | May 2007 (see | 61) | ||
2007 | F2007L01135) | |||
Statute Law Revision Act | 73, 2008 | 3 July 2008 | Schedule 1 | — |
2008 | (items 21–26): (i) | |||
Offshore Petroleum | 117, 2008 | 21 Nov 2008 | Schedule 3 (item | — |
Amendment (Greenhouse | 14): 22 Nov 2008 | |||
Gas Storage) Act 2008 |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Great Barrier Reef Marine | 125, 2008 | 25 Nov 2008 | Schedule 3 | Sch. 4 |
Park and Other | (items 1, 2): | (items | ||
Legislation Amendment | 26 Nov 2008 | 42–44) | ||
Act 2008 | Schedule 4 (items | |||
1–37, 42–44) and | ||||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(items 1–87): | ||||
25 Nov 2009 | ||||
Statute Law Revision Act | 8, 2010 | 1 Mar 2010 | Schedule 1 | — |
2010 | (item 25) and | |||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(item 47): Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(item 137): (j) | ||||
Freedom of Information | 51, 2010 | 31 May 2010 | Schedule 5 | Sch. 7 [see |
Amendment (Reform) Act | (items 32, 33), | Note 1] | ||
2010 | Schedule 6 | |||
(items 43–48) and | ||||
Schedule 7: (k) | ||||
Trade Practices | 103, 2010 | 13 July 2010 | Schedule 6 | — |
Amendment (Australian | (items 1, 55): 1 Jan | |||
Consumer Law) Act | 2011 | |||
(No. 2) 2010 | ||||
Environment Protection and | 107, 2010 | 14 July 2010 | 15 July 2010 | — |
Biodiversity Conservation | ||||
Amendment (Recreational | ||||
Fishing for Mako and | ||||
Porbeagle Sharks) Act | ||||
2010 | ||||
Territories Law Reform Act | 139, 2010 | 10 Dec 2010 | Schedule 1 (items | — |
2010 | 62–65): 11 Dec | |||
2010 |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(3) If:
then the amending item commences immediately after the commencement of the amended Act.
Items 422 and 423 of Schedule 1 commenced immediately after 16 July 2000.
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Commencement information
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
10. Schedule 1, Immediately after subsection 151(3) of the 16 July 2000
item 15 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
11. Schedule 1, Immediately after paragraph 520(3)(k) of the 16 July 2000
item 16 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
12. Schedule 1, Immediately after item 36 of Schedule 1 to the 11 January 2002
item 17 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act 2001 commenced
13. Schedule 1, Immediately after section 528 of the Environment 16 July 2000
item 18 Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act Notes
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
21. Schedule 3, items 31 and 32 | Immediately after the commencement of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 | 16 July 2000 |
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
3. Schedule 2 | The later of: | [see Note 2] |
(a) immediately after the commencement of the provisions covered by item 2 of this table; and | ||
(b) the time when section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection commences |
Note 2: The Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection is expected to be established by the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act, which may be enacted in 2002 or a later year.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
9. Schedule 1, items 13 to 15 | Immediately after the commencement of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. | 16 July 2000 |
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
Immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island.
The Minister must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island. The notice is not a legislative instrument.
Immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands.
The Minister must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands. The notice is not a legislative instrument.
[see Note 3]
[see Note 3]
(i) Subsection 2(1) (items 13–18, 50 and 51) of the Statute Law Revision Act 2008 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
13. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 368 | 19 February 2007 |
item 21 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
14. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 471 | 19 February 2007 |
item 22 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
15. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 623 | 19 February 2007 |
item 23 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
16. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 691 | 19 February 2007 |
item 24 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
17. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 767 | 19 February 2007 |
item 25 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
18. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 825 | 19 February 2007 |
item 26 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act Notes
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
50. Schedule 2, item 14 | Immediately after the time specified in the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006 for the commencement of item 453 of Schedule 1 to that Act. | 19 February 2007 |
51. Schedule 2, Immediately after the commencement of item 18 of 12 December 2006
item 15 Schedule 2 to the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006.
(j) Subsection 2(1) (items 31 and 38) of the Statute Law Revision Act 2010 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
31. Schedule 5, | The day this Act receives the Royal Assent. | 1 March 2010 |
items 1 to 51 |
38. Schedule 5, Immediately after the provision(s) covered by table 1 March 2010 Parts 2 and 3 item 31.
(k) Subsection 2(1) (item 7) of the Freedom of Information Amendment (Reform) Act 2010 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
7. Schedules 4 to 7 | Immediately after the commencement of section 3 of the Australian Information Commissioner Act | 1 November 2010 |
2010. | ||
However, if section 3 of the Australian Information Commissioner Act 2010 does not commence, the provision(s) do not commence at all. |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Chapter 1 Part 1
S. 3 ........................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 6............................................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 7............................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Notes 1, 2 to s. 7 ....................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 9 ........................................... am. No. 86, 2003
Chapter 2 Part 2
S. 11 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 12 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 15A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 15A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 1 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
Ss. 15B, 15C ............................ ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note 3 to s. 15C(13).................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 17B ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 17B(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 18A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 18A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 19.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
S. 20A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 20A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 20B ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision E
Note 3 to s. 22A(7) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 24.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 24A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 24A(7) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision FA
Subdiv. FA of Div. 1 of ............. ad. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Ss. 24B, 24C ............................ ad. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 1 of Part 3...... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25A ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision HA
Subdiv. HA of Div. 1 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 3
S. 25AA ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision I
Subdiv. I of Div. 1 of Part 3 ....... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25B ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 25C ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25D ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 25E, 25F ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Note to s. 26(3) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 26(3) ................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 27A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 27A(5) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Note 2 to s. 27A(6) ................... rs. No. 88, 2003 Note 3 to s. 27A(6) ................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 2 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
S. 27B ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 27C ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 28.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 28(1) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 28(1) ................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 2 of ............... ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
S. 28AA .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision D
Subdiv. D of Div. 2 of ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 Part 3
S. 28AB .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Div. 3 of Part 3 .......................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 28A ...................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Part 4 Division 1
S. 29 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 2 to s. 29(1) ...................... am. No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 30(3) ......................... am. No. 125, 2008
S. 31 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
Heading to Div. 2 of Part 4 ........ rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
S. 32 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Subhead. to s. 33(3).................. am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 33(5).................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 33 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 33(3) ......................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision C
S. 34B ...................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34BA .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 34C–34E ............................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34F ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
Ss. 35, 36 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 36A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
Div. 3 of Part 4 .......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
S. 37 ......................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 37A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 37B–37H, 37J .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
Ss. 37K, 37L ............................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 4 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 37M ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 4 Subdivision A
S. 38 ......................................... rs. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision B
S. 40 ......................................... am. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision C
S. 42 ......................................... am. No. 30, 2002
Division 5
Heading to s. 43 ........................ am. No. 125, 2008
S. 43 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 6
Div. 6 of Part 4 .......................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 43A, 43B ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 3 Part 5 Division 2 Subdivision A
Subhead. to s. 46(3) ................. am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 46(5) ................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 46 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 46(3) ........................ am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 49 ........................ rs. No. 125, 2008
S. 49 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision B
S. 51 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 51A ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 52–55 .................................. am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 2 of Part 5...... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 56A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3 Subdivision A
Heading to s. 63(1) ................... am. No. 63, 2002
S. 64 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 65 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 65A ...................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Chapter 4 Part 6
S. 66 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Part 7 Division 1
S. 67 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 67A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 68 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 68A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 70 ......................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 Ss. 71, 72 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 73A ...................................... ad. No. 125, 2008
S. 74 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 32, 2005; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008; No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 74(1B) ...................... am. No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 74(3) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 74A ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 74AA .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 7 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 74B, 74C ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 74D ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Division 2
S. 75.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 75(1) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 75(2) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 76 ........................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 76 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 77.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 77A ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
Heading to Div. 3 of Part 7 ........ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006 Notes 1–3 to s. 78(1) ................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78A ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78B ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 78C ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 79 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 8 Division 1
S. 80 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 82 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 Note 3 to s. 83(1) ..................... am. No. 125, 2008
S. 84 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 85 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 86 ......................................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 87–89 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 91 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 8 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 92.......................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 93.......................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. Nos. 8 and 51, 2010
Division 4
Div. 4 of Part 8 .......................... rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 94, 95 ................................. rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 95A–95C ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Ss. 96A, 96B ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 97 ........................ rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 97 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 98.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 99, 100 ............................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Division 6
Ss. 101A, 101B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 102 ...................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 102........................................ am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 103 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 104, 105 ............................. rs. No. 165, 2006
Division 7 Subdivision B
S. 107 ....................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision E
S. 124 ....................................... am. No. 92, 1999
S. 125 ....................................... am. No. 92, 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 9 Division 1 Subdivision A
Ss. 130, 131 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 131AA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
S. 131A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 132 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 132A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 133 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 51, 2010 Note to s. 133(2) ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 134 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 134(3) ............... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 134 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 135A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
Subdivision B
S. 136 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 137........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
S. 137A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 139 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 142 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 142A ..................................... am. No. 9, 2006 Note 3 to s. 142A(4) ................. ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 142B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
S. 143 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 51, 2010 Note to s. 143(5) ...................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 144, 145 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 145A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 4
S. 145B .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Div. 5 of Part 9 .......................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 145C–145E ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 10 Division 1 Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Div. 1 of Part 10
S. 146 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Note 1 to s. 146(2) ................... am. No. 82, 2001 Note 2 to s. 146(2) ................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 1..................... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 10
S. 146A ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 146B ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
Ss. 146C, 146D......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 1 .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
of Part 10 Ss. 146E–146H ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 146J–146M ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
Ss. 148–150 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001
S. 151 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002
S. 152 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 153 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Part 11 Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 156A–156E ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 1B
Div. 1B of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 156F ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 158A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Division 4 Subdivision A
Ss. 159–161 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 161A, 161B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 S. 163 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdiv. B of Div. 4..................... rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 11
S. 165 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 168, 169 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 170 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 170 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 5
S. 170A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 170B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170BA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 6
Div. 6 of Part 11 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170C .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 5
Heading to Chapter 5 ............... rs. No. 88, 2003
Part 11A
Part 11A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170D .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 12 Division 1
Ss. 172, 173 ............................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 175 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 176 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
Part 13 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 179 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 184 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 185 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 186(3) ............... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 186 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 187 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 189 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 189A, 189B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 191 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 194 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13 Ss. 194A–194H ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 194J, 194K ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 194L...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 194M..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 194N .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 194P .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subhead. to s. 194Q(7)............. am. No. 73, 2008
S. 194Q .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 194R–194T ........................
Subdivision B
Heading to s. 196 .....................
S. 196 ....................................... Heading to s. 196B ...................
S. 196B ....................................
S. 196D ....................................
S. 197 .......................................
S. 199........................................
S. 200........................................
S. 201........................................
S. 206A ....................................
Subdivision BA
S. 207A ....................................
Subdivision C
S. 208A ....................................
Division 2 Subdivision A
S. 209 .......................................
Subdivision B
Heading to s. 211 .....................
S. 211 ....................................... Heading to s. 211B ...................
S. 211B ....................................
S. 211D ....................................
S. 212 .......................................
S. 214........................................
S. 215........................................
S. 216........................................
S. 221A ....................................
Subdivision C
S. 222A ....................................
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 224 .......................................
am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 107, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 107, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision B
Heading to Subdiv. B ............... rs. No. 165, 2006 of Div. 3 of Part 13
S. 225 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 228A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to s. 229 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 229 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 229B .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 229D .................. rs. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 229D(1) ............ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 229D .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 230(1) ............... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 230........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 231 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 232........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
Heading to Subdiv. D of ............ rs. No. 82, 2001 Div. 3 of Part 13 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdiv. D of Div. 3 .................... rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13
Ss. 232A, 232B ......................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 233, 234 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Heading to s. 235 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 235 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision E
S. 236........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 237........................................ am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 237(1) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 238 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 238(3) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 243A ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
Heading to s. 245 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 245 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 4 Subdivision B
Heading to s. 254 ...................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254........................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 254B.................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254B ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254D ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 255 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 256........................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 257, 258 .............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 263A ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to s. 265 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 265 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Div. 4A of Part 13 ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 266A .................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Heading to Div. 5 of Part 13 ...... rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 5 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13
S. 266B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision A
S. 267 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 269AA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 269A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 269A(2) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 270 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 271 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 273 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 278 ...................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 283A.................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 283A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 299 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 300B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 8
Ss. 303AA, 303AB ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 13A
Part 13A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 1
S. 303BA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303BAA ................................ ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 303BB, 303BC ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Ss. 303CA, 303CB ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision B
Ss. 303CC–303CF .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 303CG, 303CH ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303CI .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303CJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303CK................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision C
Ss. 303CL–303CN .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 303DA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DB .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 303DC .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision B
Ss. 303DD–303DF .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DG .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303DH................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DI .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303DJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Division 4 Subdivision A
S. 303EA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EB .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 303EC .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision B
Ss. 303ED, 303EE .................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EF ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303EG–303EJ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
Ss. 303EK–303EM.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EN................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EO................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EP ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EQ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
Ss. 303ER–303EW ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 5 Subdivision A
Ss. 303FA–303FI ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
S. 303FJ.................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303FK, 303FL ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FLA ................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 303FM–303FO.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FP ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FQ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FR ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FRA ................................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 303FS, 303FT ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FU ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 6
S. 303GA................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303GB................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
Ss. 303GC–303GE ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303GF–303GI ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303GJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 38, 2005; No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303GK–303GY.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 14
S. 304 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 305, 306 ............................. am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
S. 306A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 307A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 309 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Part 15 Division 1 Subdivision D
S. 318........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 321........................................ am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision F
S. 323........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 15 ...................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
S. 324A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324B .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 324C .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 324C(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 324D .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 324E–324H ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 324J ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 324JA–324JE...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JF.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 324JG–324JI....................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JJ .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 324JK.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JL .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Ss. 324JM–324JP ..................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JQ ................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BC
Subdiv. BC of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 324JR, 324JS .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324K .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 324L ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Note to s. 324L(1) .................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 324M .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 324N .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 324P ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 324Q ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324R .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 324S .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 324T–324V ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324W .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
S. 324X .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision E
S. 324Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 324Z ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324ZA .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision G
S. 324ZB .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 324ZC .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 2 Subdivision D
S. 330........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 15 ...................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
Ss. 341A, 341B ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision B
S. 341C .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 341C(1)..................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 341D .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 341E–341H ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 341J ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 341JA–341JD .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JE.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 341JF–341JH ..................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JI ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 341JJ .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JK.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 341JL–341JO...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JP.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BC
Subdiv. BC of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 341JQ, 341JR .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341K .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341L ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Note to s. 341L(2) .................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341M .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 341N .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 341P ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
S. 341Q ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341R .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 341S .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341T ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 341T(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 341U–341W ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341X ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
S. 341Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 341Z ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 341ZA–341ZC .................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341ZD .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 341ZE .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdiv. F of Div. 3A .................. rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 341ZF .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
S. 341ZG .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 341ZH .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 4 Subdivision B
S. 346 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 347(1) ............... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 347 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 349 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 354 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 354(1) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 354(2) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 354A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 355 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 355A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 356 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 359B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 360 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision E
S. 367 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
S. 373 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 379 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 379A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 382 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
S. 387 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 5A
Chapter 5A ............................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 15A
Ss. 390K–390N ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 390P ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 390Q ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 390R ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 6 Part 16
Heading to Part 16 of ............... rs. No. 88, 2003 Chapter 6
S. 391 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 88, 2003; Nos. 9 and 165, 2006
S. 391A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Part 17 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 393 ....................................... am. No. 146, 1999; No. 139, 2010
S. 394 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 395 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 397........................................ am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 398........................................ am. No. 139, 2010
S. 399 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
S. 399A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 125, 2008 of Part 17
S. 399B .................................... ad. No. 125, 2008
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 2
Heading to Div. 2 of Part 17 .....
S. 403 .......................................
S. 404 .......................................
S. 405........................................
S. 406........................................
S. 406A .....................................
S. 406AA ...................................
S. 406B ....................................
Division 3
S. 407 .......................................
S. 407A .....................................
S. 407B ....................................
rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 73, 2008 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
am. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 408, 409 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Note to s. 409(1) ...................... Ss. 409A, 409B ........................ S. 410 ....................................... S. 411 .......................................
S. 412 .......................................
S. 412A ....................................
Division 4
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 41, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 413, 414 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 416........................................ S. 417........................................ S. 418A .................................... S. 422 ....................................... S. 425 ....................................... S. 427 ....................................... Div. 5 of Part 17 .......................
S. 429 .......................................
Division 6
S. 430 .......................................
S. 431 .......................................
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 am. No. 41, 2003 am. No. 9, 2006 rep. No. 165, 2006 rep. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; Nos. 73 and 125, 2008 am. No. 125, 2008
Ss. 432, 433 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 433A ....................................
Division 6A
Div. 6A of Part 17 .....................
S. 433B ....................................
Division 7
S. 437 .......................................
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
S. 438 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 439 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 442 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Division 8A
Div. 8A of Part 17 ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 443A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Division 9
S. 444 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 125, 2008
Division 10 Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 10 of ........... ad. No. 82, 2001 Part 17
S. 444A ..................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444B–444E ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 444F ..................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444G, 444H ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444J, 444K.......................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AB
Heading to Subdiv. A of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17 rep. No. 125, 2008
Heading to Subdiv. AB of ......... ad. No. 125, 2008 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 445 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Heading to s. 446 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 446 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision AC
Subdiv. AC of Div. 10 of ........... ad. No. 125, 2008 Part 17
S. 447........................................ rep. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 125, 2008
S. 448 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Heading to Subdiv. B of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 449 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 449A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 10 ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
S. 449BA ................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 449BB .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to Subdiv. C of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 450 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 450 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 450A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 450B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Heading to Subdiv. D of ........... rep. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 451 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Heading to Subdiv. E of ........... rep. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 452 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
Heading to Subdiv. F of ............ rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 453 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 453 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 454 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 454 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
Heading to Subdiv. G of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 455 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 455 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 456 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 456 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 10 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
Ss. 456AA–456AC ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 13 Subdivision C
Ss. 472, 473 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
Division 14
S. 478 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 14A
Div. 14A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 480A–480C ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 14B
Div. 14B of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
Ss. 480D–480H......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 480J ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 480K .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 480L, 480M ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
S. 480N .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 15 Subdivision A
S. 486 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 15 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
Ss. 486DA, 486DB ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 15A
Div. 15A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 486E ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 486F ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 486G .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 486H .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 486J ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 17
S. 489 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Division 18
S. 495 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
Division 18A
Div. 18A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 496A–496D ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 19
S. 497 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 21
S. 498A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 22
Div. 22 of Part 17 .....................
S. 498B ....................................
Part 19 Division 1
S. 503 .......................................
Division 5 Subdivision A
S. 514B ....................................
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 514B(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes 1, 2 to s. 514B(1) ...........
Subdivision C
S. 514M ....................................
Subdivision E
S. 514U ....................................
Part 20
S. 515........................................ Ss. 515AA, 515AB ....................
Part 20A
Heading to Part 20A.................. Part 20A .................................... Heading to s. 515A....................
S. 515A .....................................
Part 21 Division 1
S. 516A ....................................
Chapter 7 Part 22
S. 517 .......................................
S. 517A ....................................
S. 520 .......................................
S. 520A ....................................
S. 522B ....................................
Chapter 8 Part 23 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 523 .......................................
S. 524........................................
S. 524B ....................................
ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 92, 1999
am. No. 92, 1999
am. No. 88, 2003 ad. No. 125, 2008
am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 88, 2003
am. No. 8, 2010
am. No. 92, 1999; No. 82, 2001
am. No. 82, 2001 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002 ad. No. 165, 2006 rep. No. 82, 2001
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002 am. No. 17, 2006; No. 117, 2008; No. 103, 2010 rep. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision C
S. 526 ....................................... am. No. 55, 2001
Subdivision E
Subdiv. E of Div. 1 of ................ ad. No. 82, 2001 Part 23
Ss. 527A–527D ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision F
Subdiv. F of Div. 1 of ................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Part 23
S. 527E .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 528 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; Nos. 30 and 63, 2002; No. 88, 2003; Nos. 125 and 165, 2006; Nos. 73 and 125, 2008; No. 107, 2010
Schedule 1
Schedule 1 ............................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 2 Division 1
C. 8 ....................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 2
C. 10 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Division 1
C. 15 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 3
C. 17 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 4
C. 19 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 5 Division 1
C. 26 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007; No. 125, 2008
Division 2 Subdivision B
C. 38 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision C
C. 42 ..................................... am. No. 51, 2010
Division 4 Subdivision A
C. 49 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007
Subdivision B
Cc. 51, 52.............................. am. No. 63, 2007
Subdivision C
C. 53 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007; No. 51, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 2
Note 2
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
The following amendments commence on the later of Schedule 1 or section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection:
Schedule 2
1 After subsection 324G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
2 After paragraph 324J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 324G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
3 After subsection 341G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
4 After paragraph 341J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 341G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
As at 1 January 2011 the amendments are not incorporated in this compilation.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 3
Note 3
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006
(No. 165, 2006)
The following amendments commence on 19 February 2012:
Schedule 1 607 Section 391A
Repeal the section.
808 Section 528 (note at the end of the definition of environment)
Repeal the note.
The following amendment commences immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island:
Schedule 1 781 After subsection 525(2)
Insert:
Freehold land in Christmas Island Territory is not a Commonwealth area
(2A) Despite subparagraph (1)(c)(i), an area of land in the Territory of Christmas Island is not a Commonwealth area merely because of that subparagraph if a person holds a freehold interest in the land.
The following amendment commences immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands:
Schedule 1 782 Before subsection 525(3)
Insert:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Freehold land in Cocos (Keeling) Islands Territory is not a
Commonwealth area
(2B) Despite subparagraph (1)(c)(i), an area of land in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands is not a Commonwealth area merely because of that subparagraph if a person holds a freehold interest in the land.
As at 1 January 2011 the amendments are not incorporated in this compilation.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Table A
Application, saving or transitional provisions
Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999 (No. 92, 1999)
Schedule 9
1 Regulation-making power
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act 2001 (No. 82, 2001)
Schedule 1
70 Transitional—applications pending immediately before this item commenced
(1) For the purposes of this item, an application for a permit or authority to export or import a specimen is a pending application if:
(a) the application was made by a person under the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
(other than section 41 or 43A) before the commencement of this item; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(2) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303CE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303CG of that Act authorising the export or import, as the case may be, of the specimen.
(3) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303DE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303DG of that Act authorising the export of the specimen.
(4) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303EL of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303EN of that Act authorising the import of the specimen.
(5) If information was given to the Minister in connection with the pending application, the information is taken to have been given to the Minister in connection with the fresh application.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
grant includes give.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
71 Transitional—permits or authorities in force immediately before this item commenced
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(3) If the old permit or old authority authorised the export of a regulated native specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(4) If the old permit or old authority authorised the import of a regulated live specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(d) any conditions of the old permit or old authority were conditions of the section 303EN permit.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
72 Transitional—section 303EU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
73 Transitional—section 303FN of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
74 Transitional—section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and
(f) the period:
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
75 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
76 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
77 Transitional—section 303FU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
78 Transitional—section 303GS of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) This item applies if an appointment was in force under section 75 of the
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
immediately before the commencement of this item.
(2) The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect, after the commencement of this item, as if:
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of Part 13A of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
79 Transitional—section 303GX of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
80 Transitional—section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
(3) This item does not prevent the Minister, at the end of that 6-month period, from making a fresh appointment or determination under section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 in terms corresponding to the first-mentioned appointment or determination.
81 Transitional—Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
the commencement of this item had been done by or in relation to the Secretary under the corresponding provision of Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
82 Transitional—regulations
Crimes Legislation Enhancement Act 2003 (No. 41, 2003)
Schedule 3 42 Saving provision
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
Schedule 1 8 Application
(1) This item is about the application of:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note: So far as those Subdivisions have effect in relation to places and actions outside the Australian jurisdiction, those Subdivisions apply only to persons with a jurisdictional connection with Australia or the external Territories. See subsection 5(3) of that Act.
(2) Neither Subdivision applies to a particular action if, before the commencement of this Schedule, the Minister has decided under section 75 of that Act whether the action is a controlled action (whether the decision was that the action is a controlled action or that the action is not a controlled action).
24 Saving of agreements
The amendment of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 by this Schedule does not affect the validity of a conservation agreement made before the commencement of this Schedule.
25 Saving of matters prescribed by the regulations
Matters prescribed for the purposes of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 immediately before the commencement of this Schedule are taken to be, immediately after the commencement of this Schedule, matters prescribed for the purposes of that section as amended by this Schedule.
Schedule 3
1A Including World Heritage properties in National Heritage List
(1) This item applies to a place consisting of a property that, at any time within 6 months after this item commences, is included in the World Heritage List after being submitted by the Commonwealth to the World Heritage Committee under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention. It does not matter whether the property was first included in the List before, on or after the commencement of this item.
Place may be included in National Heritage List
(2) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, include in the National Heritage List the place and the National Heritage values it has because of subitem (3). To avoid doubt:
(a) all those values must be included in the List if the Minister includes the place in the List under this item; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(b) this item does not prevent the Minister from including in the List at any time under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999:
World heritage values taken to cause place to meet National
Heritage criteria
(3) For the purposes of this item and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, each world heritage value that the World Heritage Committee has identified the property as having is taken to cause the place to meet a National Heritage criterion.
Note: This has the effect that, under subsection 324D(1) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, the place has a National Heritage value corresponding to that world heritage value. Under that subsection, the place will also have another National Heritage value if the place has a heritage value that causes the place to meet one of the National Heritage criteria apart from this item.
1 Places may be taken to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List
(a) the place:
(ia) is, or is part of, a place to which item 1A (about World Heritage properties) applies; or
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Schedule 4
1G Application
The amendment of paragraph 78(1)(b) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 made by this Schedule applies in relation to notices given under section 77 of that Act after the commencement of that amendment.
Migration Legislation Amendment (Information and Other Measures) Act 2007
(No. 63, 2007)
Schedule 1
60 Transitional—Authorisations
(1) This item applies to an authorisation that:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(2) The authorisation has effect on and after that commencement as if it were an authorisation in force under that clause that specified that access to identifying information is authorised for the purposes of that Act.
61 Application
The amendments made by items 1 to 59 of this Schedule apply to access to, or disclosure of, identifying information that occurs after those items commence.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2008
(No. 125, 2008)
Schedule 4
42 Application of amendments
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
if taken without a permission having been granted under regulations made under that Act.
43 Actions that are the subject of an active referral
For the purposes of subitem 42(5), an action is, at any particular time, the subject of an active referral if, at that time:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
44 Actions that are the subject of an active application
For the purposes of subitem 42(6), an action is, at any particular time, the subject of an active application if, at that time:
This compilation was prepared on 1 January 2011 taking into account amendments up to Act No. 139 of 2010
Volume 2 includes: Table of Contents Sections 266B – 528 Schedule 1 Note 1 Table of Acts Act Notes Table of Amendments Notes 2 and 3 Table A
The text of any of those amendments not in force on that date is appended in the Notes section
The operation of amendments that have been incorporated may be affected by application provisions that are set out in the Notes section
Contents
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage i
Part 13—Species and communities i
Division 5—Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans 1
Subdivision AA—Approved conservation advice 1 266B Approved conservation advice for listed threatened species and listed threatened ecological communities ...................................1
Subdivision A—Recovery plans and threat abatement plans 2 267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...............................................2 268 Compliance with recovery plansand threat abatement plans............3 269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans...........................3 269AA Decision whether to have a recovery plan.........................................4 269A Making or adopting a recovery plan..................................................6 270 Content of recovery plans..................................................................8 270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan...........................10 270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan....................................12 271 Content of threat abatement plans ...................................................14 272 Eradication of non-native species....................................................15 273 Ensuring plans are in force..............................................................15 274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans..........................................16 275 Consultationon plans......................................................................17 276 Considerationof comments.............................................................18 277 Adoption of State plans ...................................................................18 278 Publication of plans.........................................................................18 279 Variation of plans by the Minister...................................................19 280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister...................................................................19 281 Commonwealth assistance...............................................................20 282 ScientificCommittee to advise on assistance..................................20 283 Plans may cover more than one species etc.....................................21 283A Revoking a plan...............................................................................21 284 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans ......................22
Subdivision B—Wildlife conservation plans 22 285 Wildlife conservation plans.............................................................22 286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation plans ...................23 287 Content of wildlife conservation plans............................................23 288 Eradication of non-native species....................................................24 289 ScientificCommittee to advise on scheduling of plans...................25 290 Consultationon plans......................................................................25
291 Considerationof comments.............................................................26 292 Adoption of State plans ...................................................................26 293 Publication, review and variation of plans.......................................26 294 Variation of plans by the Minister...................................................27 295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister...................................................................27 296 Commonwealth assistance...............................................................28 297 Plans may cover more than one species etc.....................................28 298 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans ......................29
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 29 299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect.............................29 300 Document may contain more than one plan ....................................29 300A State and Territory laws not affected...............................................29 300B Assistance from the Scientific Committee.......................................30
Division 6—Access to biological resources 31 301 Control of access to biological resources.........................................31
Division 6A—Control of non-native species 32 301A Regulations for control of non-native species..................................32
Division 7—Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries 33 302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries .......................33
Division 8—Miscellaneous 34 303 Regulations......................................................................................34 303A Exemptions from this Part...............................................................34 303AA Conditions relating to accreditation of plans, regimes and policies ............................................................................................35 303AB Amended policies, regimes or plans taken to be accredited ............36
Part 13A—International movement of wildlife specimens 37
Division 1—Introduction 37 303BA Objects of Part.................................................................................37 303BAA Certain indigenous rights notaffected.............................................37 303BB Simplified outline............................................................................38 303BC Definitions.......................................................................................38
Division 2—CITES species 41
Subdivision A—CITES species and CITES specimens 41 303CA Listing of CITES species.................................................................41 303CB Stricter domestic measures..............................................................42
Subdivision B—Offences and permit system 43 303CC Exports of CITES specimens...........................................................43 303CD Imports of CITES specimens...........................................................44 303CE Applications forpermits..................................................................45
303CF Further information .........................................................................46
303CG Minister may issue permits..............................................................46
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes................................................48
303CI Time limit for making permit decision............................................51
303CJ Duration of permits..........................................................................52
303CK Register of applications and decisions.............................................52
Subdivision C—Application of CITES 52 303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority.........................................................................52 303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions..................................................52 303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES...................53
Division 3—Exports of regulated native specimens 54
Subdivision A—Regulated native specimens 54 303DA Regulated native specimens.............................................................54 303DB Listing of exempt native specimens.................................................54 303DC Minister may amend list..................................................................55
Subdivision B—Offence and permit system 56 303DD Exports of regulated native specimens ............................................56 303DE Applications forpermits..................................................................57 303DF Further information .........................................................................58 303DG Minister may issue permits..............................................................58 303DH Time limit for making permit decision............................................61 303DI Duration of permits..........................................................................61 303DJ Register of applications and decisions.............................................61
Division 4—Imports of regulated live specimens 62
Subdivision A—Regulated live specimens 62 303EA Regulated live specimens ................................................................62 303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import...................................62 303EC Minister may amend list..................................................................63
Subdivision B—Assessments relating to the amendment of the list of specimens suitable for import 64 303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative ........................64 303EE Application for amendment of list...................................................65 303EF Requirement for assessments...........................................................66 303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment..............................66 303EH Requesting further information........................................................67 303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment.......................................67 303EJ Reviews...........................................................................................67
Subdivision C—Offence and permit system 68 303EK Imports of regulated live specimens................................................68
303EL Applications forpermits..................................................................68 303EM Further information .........................................................................68 303EN Minister may issue permits..............................................................69 303EO Time limit for making permit decision............................................70 303EP Duration of permits..........................................................................70 303EQ Register of applications and decisions.............................................70
Subdivision D—Marking of certain specimens for the purposes of
identification 71 303ER Object..............................................................................................71 303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies.........................................71 303ET Extended meaning of marking.........................................................71 303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of
specimens ........................................................................................72 303EV Offences ..........................................................................................73 303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits.....................74
Division 5—Concepts relating to permit criteria 75
Subdivision A—Non-commercial purpose exports and imports 75 303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports.......................................75 303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports.......................................75 303FC Export or import for the purposes of research .................................76 303FD Export or import for the purposes of education...............................77 303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition ..............................77 303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation.............78 303FG Export or importof household pets.................................................78 303FH Export or import of personal items..................................................80 303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition............80
Subdivision B—Commercial purpose exports and imports 80 303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports ..............................................80 303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding
program ...........................................................................................81 303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program ................81 303FLA Export from an approved cultivation program.................................82 303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program...............................82 303FN Approved wildlife trade operation...................................................82 303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan......................................84 303FP Accreditedwildlife trade management plan....................................86 303FQ Consultation with State and Territoryagencies...............................88 303FR Public consultation ..........................................................................88 303FRA Assessments ....................................................................................89 303FS Registerof declarations...................................................................89 303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations.................................90 303FU Approved commercial import program ...........................................91
Division 6—Miscellaneous 92 303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a
non-Part 13A permit is required......................................................92
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit...................................................94
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import
specimens ........................................................................................96 303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments...................................98 303GE Conditions of permits....................................................................100 303GF Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................101 303GG Authoritiesunder permits..............................................................102 303GH Transferof permits........................................................................103 303GI Suspension or cancellation ofpermits...........................................103 303GJ Review of decisions.......................................................................103 303GK Permit to be produced....................................................................104 303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced............................................105 303GM Fees ...............................................................................................106 303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens...................................106 303GO Regulations relating to welfare......................................................108 303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals ...........................................109 303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign
country...........................................................................................110 303GR Evidence........................................................................................110 303GS Evidence of examiner....................................................................111 303GT Protection of witness .....................................................................112 303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an
external Territory...........................................................................113 303GV Saving of other laws......................................................................113 303GW Part not to apply to certainspecimens...........................................113 303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional
inhabitants .....................................................................................115 303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported ..........................................117
Part 14—Conservation agreements 118 304 Object of this Part..........................................................................118 305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements .........................118 306 Content of conservation agreements..............................................122 306A Conservation agreement may include declaration that actions
do not need approval under Part 9.................................................125
307 Conservationagreements to be legally binding.............................125
307A Conservation agreements may deal with remediation or
mitigation measures.......................................................................125 308 Variation and termination of conservation agreements..................127 309 Publication of conservation agreements........................................128 310 List of conservation agreements....................................................129 311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws .....................................129
312 Minister must not give preference.................................................129
Part 15—Protected areas 130
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties 130
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 130 313 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................130
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on World Heritage listing 130 314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations ..........130
Subdivision C—Notice of submission of property for listing 131 315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc.......................................................................................131
Subdivision D—Plans for listed World Heritage properties in
Commonwealth areas 132 316 Making plans.................................................................................132 317 Notice of plans...............................................................................133 318 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................................133 319 Review of plans every 5 years.......................................................134
Subdivision E—Managing World Heritage properties in States
and self-governing Territories 134 320 Application....................................................................................134 321 Co-operating toprepareand implement plans...............................135 322 Commonwealth responsibilities.....................................................135
Subdivision F—Australian World Heritage management principles 135 323 Australian World Heritage management principles.......................135
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting World Heritage properties 136 324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties ........................................................................136
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places 137
Subdivision A—Preliminary 137 324A Simplified outline of this Division.................................................137
Subdivision B—The National Heritage List 138 324C The National Heritage List............................................................138 324D Meaning of National Heritage values ...........................................138
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
usual process 139 324E Simplified outline..........................................................................139 324F Definitions.....................................................................................140 324G Meaning of assessment period.......................................................140
324H Minister may determine heritage themes for an assessment period.............................................................................................141 324J Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period ...........141 324JA Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council .......142 324JB Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list ...............................................................................143 324JC Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list...........144 324JD Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list ...............................................................................145 324JE The finalised priority assessment list.............................................145 324JF Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............................146 324JG Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list....................................................146 324JH Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister..............147 324JI Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................149 324JJ Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List.................................................................................................150
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
emergency process 152 324JK Simplified outline..........................................................................152 324JL Minister may include place in National Heritage List if under
threat..............................................................................................153 324JM Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment .........154 324JN Publication of listing of place and inviting comments...................155 324JO Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give
assessment to Minister...................................................................155 324JP Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................156 324JQ Decision about place remaining in the National Heritage List ......156
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the National Heritage List 159 324JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment .................................................................159 324JS Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister...................................................................161 324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place ..............................................................................................162 324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the National Heritage List ...................................................................162 324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments .......................................................163 324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values
for a National Heritage place.........................................................164 324P National Heritage List must be publicly available.........................165 324Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............................165
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice ............................................................................................165
Subdivision C—Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas 167 324S Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas ....................................................................167 324T Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................................168 324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies...............................................................169 324V Multiple plans inthe same document............................................169 324W Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................................169
Subdivision D—Management of National Heritage places in States and self-governing Territories 170 324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities ....................................170
Subdivision E—The National Heritage management principles 171 324Y National Heritage management principles.....................................171
Subdivision F—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 172 324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council ..........................................................................................172 324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased ........172
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting National Heritage places 173 324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places.............................................................................................173
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List 174 324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List ................174
Division 2—Managing wetlands of international importance 175
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 175 325 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................175
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on Ramsar designation 176 326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation.............176
Subdivision C—Notice of designation of wetland 176 327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc. ..............176
Subdivision D—Plans for listed wetlands in Commonwealth areas 177 328 Making plans.................................................................................177 329 Notice of plans...............................................................................178 330 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................................179 331 Review of plans every 5 years.......................................................179
Subdivision E—Management of wetlands in States and self-governing Territories 179
332 Application....................................................................................179 333 Co-operating toprepareand implement plans...............................180 334 Commonwealth responsibilities.....................................................180
Subdivision F—Australian Ramsar management principles 180 335 Australian Ramsar management principles ...................................180
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting wetlands 181 336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands.........................................................................................181
Division 3—Managing Biosphere reserves 182 337 Definition of Biosphere reserve.....................................................182 338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves...........................182 339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves...........................182 340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles...................182 341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves.......183
Division 3A—Managing Commonwealth Heritage places 184
Subdivision A—Preliminary 184 341A Simplified outline of this Division.................................................184 341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction...........184
Subdivision B—The Commonwealth Heritage List 185 341C The Commonwealth Heritage List.................................................185 341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values.................................185
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth
Heritage List: usual process 186 341E Simplified outline..........................................................................186 341F Definitions.....................................................................................187 341G Meaning of assessment period.......................................................187 341H Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period ...........188 341J Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council .......188 341JA Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................190
341JB Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list...........191
341JC Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................191 341JD The finalised priority assessment list.............................................192 341JE Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............................192 341JF Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in
finalised priority assessment list....................................................193 341JG Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised
priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister..............194 341JH Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................196 341JI Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth
Heritage List..................................................................................196
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List: emergency process 199 341JJ Simplified outline..........................................................................199 341JK Minister may include place in Commonwealth Heritage List
if under threat................................................................................200 341JL Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment .........201 341JM Publication of listing of place and inviting comments...................201 341JN Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give
assessment to Minister...................................................................202
341JO Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister.................203
341JP Decision about place remaining in the Commonwealth
Heritage List..................................................................................203
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the Commonwealth Heritage List 206 341JQ Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment .................................................................206 341JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister...................................................................208 341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place ..............................................................................................208 341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from the Commonwealth Heritage List..................................................209 341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments .......................................................210 341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage
values for a Commonwealth Heritage place..................................211 341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publiclyavailable.............212 341Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............................212 341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and
advice ............................................................................................213
Subdivision C—Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places 214 341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places................214 341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage
places.............................................................................................216 341U Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................................216 341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies...............................................................217 341W Multiple plans inthe same document............................................217 341X Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................................217
Subdivision D—The Commonwealth Heritage management principles 218 341Y Commonwealth Heritagemanagement principles.........................218
Subdivision E—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 218
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council ..........................................................................................218 341ZA Heritage strategies.........................................................................219 341ZB Heritage assessments and registers................................................220 341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values..............................220 341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or leased.............................................................................................221
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places 222 341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places..............................................................................222
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List 222 341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List.................................................................................................222
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves 224
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 224 342 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................224
Subdivision B—Declaring and revoking Commonwealth reserves 224 343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................224 344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves...............................................225 345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve..................................................227 345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director................................227 346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve..........227 347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN
categories.......................................................................................228 348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles..........................228 350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves..................229 351 Report before making Proclamation..............................................230 352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when
Commonwealth reserve is revoked................................................231
Subdivision C—Activities in Commonwealth reserves 232 353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................232 354 Activities that may be carried on only under management
plan................................................................................................232 354A Offences relating to activities that may only be carried on
under management plan.................................................................234 355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves..............238 355A Offence relating to mining operations ...........................................240 356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................242 356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves.........................244
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management plan is not in operation..................................................................244 358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in Commonwealth reserves................................................................245 359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves continue to have effect...................................................................246 359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous persons...........................................................................................246 359B Director’s approval of actions and mining operations when a management plan isnot in operation.............................................247
Subdivision D—Complying with management plans for
Commonwealth reserves 249 361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................249 362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply
with management plan for Commonwealth reserve.......................249 363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director over implementation of plan..........................................................250 364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over implementation of plan..................................................................251
Subdivision E—Approving management plans for
Commonwealth reserves 252 365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................252 366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................253 367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve .......254 368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth
reserves..........................................................................................256 369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in
planning process............................................................................259 370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves.......259 371 Approved management plans aredisallowable instruments..........261 372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for
Commonwealth reserves................................................................261 373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves ...........261
Subdivision F—Boards for Commonwealth reserves on
indigenous people’s land 262 374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................262 375 Application....................................................................................262 376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve.......................262 377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional
owners agree..................................................................................263 378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board ...........264 379 Appointment of Board members ...................................................265 379A Fit and proper person.....................................................................266 380 Terms and conditions ....................................................................266
381 Remuneration................................................................................266 382 Termination of appointments of Board members..........................267 383 Procedure of a Board.....................................................................269
Subdivision G—Special rules for some Commonwealth reserves in
the Northern Territory or Jervis Bay Territory 270
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision...........................................270
385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management
plan................................................................................................270 386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region?......................270 387 No mining operations inKakadu National Park............................271 388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu
region and Uluru region.................................................................271
389 Planning for townships..................................................................272
390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning
process...........................................................................................273 390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board..................275
Division 5—Conservation zones 277 390B Simplified outline of this Division.................................................277 390C Object of this Division...................................................................277 390D Proclamationof conservation zones..............................................277 390E Regulating activities generally ......................................................278 390F Charges for activities in conservation zones..................................280 390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division........................280 390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to
have effect.....................................................................................280 390J Revoking and altering conservation zones ....................................281
Chapter 5A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia 283
Part 15A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia 283 390K The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia ........................................................................................283 390L Inclusion of places in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia ...............................................................283 390M Removal of places from the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia or variation of statement of historic significance.......................................................................283 390N Inviting comments from other Ministers before taking action.......284 390P Minister may ask Australian Heritage Council for advice etc. ......284 390Q List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia to be publicly available..................................................................285 390R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice ............................................................................................285
Chapter 6—Administration 286
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions 286 391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions........................................................................................286 391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions..............................................288
Part 17—Enforcement 289
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors 289
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers 289 392 Appointment of wardens and rangers............................................289 393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise
powers etc. of wardens or rangers .................................................289 394 Wardens ex officio .........................................................................290 395 Identitycards.................................................................................290
Subdivision B—Inspectors 290 396 Appointment of inspectors.............................................................290 397 Inspectors ex officio.......................................................................291 398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be
inspectors.......................................................................................291 399 Identitycards.................................................................................292
Subdivision BA—Exercise of powers of authorised officers outside the territorial sea 293 399A Powers to be exercised consistently with UNCLOS......................293
Subdivision BB—Exercise of powers of authorised officers in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park 293 399B Certain powers to be exercised only by certain authorised officers...........................................................................................293
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 294 400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra
powers, functions and duties..........................................................294 401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers..............................294 402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers ..........................295
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises 297 403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers..............................297 404 Authorised officers to produce identification................................299 405 Access to premises ........................................................................300 406 Powers of authorised officers........................................................301 406A Searches under paragraph 406(1)(ba)............................................303 406AA Taking things into possession........................................................304 406B Thing taken into possession is not a thing seized ..........................305
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance 306 407 Monitoring powers ........................................................................306 407A Operation of electronic equipment at premises..............................307 407B Compensation for damage to electronic equipment.......................310 408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent................................310 409 Monitoring warrants......................................................................312 409A Monitoring warrants by telephone or other electronic means........313 409B Executing officer to bein possession of warrant...........................315 410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc.............315 411 Occupier entitled to be present during search................................316 412 Announcement before entry ..........................................................316 412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant..........317
Division 4—Search warrants 318 413 When search warrants can be issued..............................................318 414 Statements in warrants...................................................................319 415 Powers of magistrate .....................................................................321 416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means..........................321 417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant........................323 418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a
warrant...........................................................................................326 418A Executing officer to bein possession of warrant...........................326 419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc. ..............................326 420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant.................327 421 Use of equipment to examine or process things ............................327 422 Use of electronic equipment at premises.......................................328 423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment.......................330 424 Copies of seized things to beprovided..........................................331 425 Occupier entitled to be present during search................................331 426 Receipts for things seized under warrant.......................................332 427 Restrictions on personal searches..................................................332 428 When a thing is in the possession of a person................................332
Division 6—Arrest and related matters 333 430 Powers of arrest.............................................................................333 431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person...................333 432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person...........334 433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises.................334 433A Interaction of this Division with Schedule 1..................................334
Division 6A—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders 335 433B Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders........................................................................................335
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. 336 434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches...........................336 435 Announcement before entry ..........................................................336 436 Offence of making false statements in warrants............................336 437 Offences relating to telephone warrants ........................................336 438 Retention of things seized under Division 4 or 6...........................337 440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected...............338 441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected............................338 442 Persons to assist authorised officers ..............................................338
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc. 340 443 Power to search goods, baggage etc. .............................................340
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens 341 443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens........................................................................341
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses 343 444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address...........343
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc. 344
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A 344 444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A.........................................................................................344 444B Noticeabout seizure......................................................................344 444C Applications for return of specimen ..............................................345 444D Court action for return of specimen...............................................345 444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner.........................346 444G Retention of specimen...................................................................347 444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period .....................348
Subdivision AB—Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A) 349 445 Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)............................................................349 446 Retention of things seized under this Subdivision.........................350
Subdivision AC—Direction to deliver seizable items 352 447 Direction to deliver seizable items.................................................352
Subdivision B—Disposal of seized items 352 449 Immediate disposal of seized items...............................................352 449A Disposal of seized items if Secretary cannot locate or identify person entitled etc. ...........................................................354
Subdivision BA—Release of seized items to owner etc. 354 449BA Release of seizeditems to owner etc.............................................354
449BB How this Part applies in relation to things released conditionally..................................................................................355
Subdivision C—Forfeiture of seized items 356 450 Court-ordered forfeiture: order by court dealing with offence proceedings....................................................................................356 450A Court-orderedforfeiture: other situations......................................357 450B Forfeiture of seized items by consent etc.......................................357 451 Dealings in forfeited items ............................................................358 452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth ........................358
Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms or specimens that have been seized 359 453 Keeping of organisms or specimens retained under this Part ........359 454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms or specimens ......................................................................................359
Subdivision G—Rescuing things 360 455 Rescuing things .............................................................................360 456 Breaking or destroying things or documents to prevent seizure etc......................................................................................360
Subdivision H—Seizure of cages or containers 361 456AA Power to seize cages or containers containing seizable things ......361 456AB Retention of seized cage or container............................................361 456AC Retention of non-seizable things contained in seized cages or containers ......................................................................................362
Division 11—Powers of pursuit 364 457 Power to pursue persons etc. .........................................................364
Division 12—Environmental audits 365 458 Directed environmental audits.......................................................365 459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit .........................366 460 Nature of directed environmental audit .........................................366 461 Audit reports..................................................................................367 462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations .....................................................................................368
Division 13—Conservation orders 369
Subdivision A—Simplified outline 369 463 Simplified outline of this Division.................................................369
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders 369 464 Minister may make conservation orders........................................369 465 Duration of conservation orders ....................................................370 466 Reviews of conservation orders.....................................................370 467 Publication of conservation orders ................................................371 468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review .......................................................................372
469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on
review............................................................................................372
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders 373 470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence............................373 471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc......................................374 472 Contents of notices of advice.........................................................374 473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal...........................374 474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders........................375
Division 14—Injunctions 376 475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act........................................376 476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements...........378 477 Discharge of injunctions................................................................379 479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant .........379 480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the
Court..............................................................................................380
Division 14A—Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders 381 480A Remediation orders........................................................................381 480B Discharge of remediation orders....................................................382 480C Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the
Court..............................................................................................382
Division 14B—Minister’s power to make remediation determinations 383
Subdivision A—Making of remediation determinations 383 480D Minister may make remediation determination.............................383 480E Contents of a remediation determination.......................................383 480F Notifying owners and occupiers of land of proposed
remediation determination.............................................................384 480G Notifying that remediation determination has been made .............385 480H Duration of remediation determinations........................................385 480J Ministerial reconsideration of remediation determinations ...........385
Subdivision B—Federal Court may set aside remediation determination 386 480K Applying to Federal Court to have remediation determination set aside..................................................................386
Subdivision C—Complying with remediation determinations 387 480L Federal Court may order compliance with remediation determination.................................................................................387 480M Civil penalty for contravention of remediation determination.......387
Subdivision D—Variation or revocation of remediation determinations 388 480N Variation or revocation of remediation determination...................388
Division 15—Civil penalties 389
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty 389 481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for
contravening civil penalty provision..............................................389 482 What is a civil penalty provision?..................................................390 483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence...............390 484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision .............390 485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty ...................................................390
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal
proceedings 391 486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings ................................391 486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings.............................391 486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings ................................391 486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in
criminal proceedings .....................................................................391
Subdivision C—Enforceable undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions 392 486DA Acceptance of undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions.......................................................392 486DB Enforcement of undertakings.........................................................392
Division 15A—Notices to produce or attend 393 486E Application of Division.................................................................393 486F Minister may require person to provide information etc................393 486G Minister may require person to appear before Minister.................394 486H Persons to whom notices may not be given...................................394 486J Self-incrimination..........................................................................395
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions 396 487 Extended standing for judicialreview...........................................396 488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations................397
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information 398 489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit........................................................................................398 490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit................................................399 491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.......................................................................................399
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations 401 493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?..........................401 494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate..............401 495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate...........401 496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent
contravention? ...............................................................................403
Division 18A—Liability of landholders for other people’s actions 405 496A Who is a landholder?.....................................................................405 496B Civil penalties for landholders.......................................................405 496C Criminal liability of landholders....................................................405 496D Did a landholder take reasonable steps to prevent a contravention? ...............................................................................406
Division 19—Infringement notices 408 497 Infringement notices......................................................................408
Division 20—Publicising contraventions 409 498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations .....................................................................................409
Division 21—Immunity of officers 410 498A Immunity of officers and assistants...............................................410
Division 22—Conduct of directors, employees and agents 411 498B Conduct of directors, employees and agents..................................411
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage 414 499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage...........414 500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention ...................415 501 Other powers not affected..............................................................416
Part 19—Organisations 417
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee 417 502 Establishment................................................................................417 503 Functions of the Committee ..........................................................417
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee 418 504 Establishment................................................................................418 505 Functions of the Committee ..........................................................419
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee 420 505A Establishment................................................................................420 505B Functions of the Committee ..........................................................420
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees 421 506 Application....................................................................................421 507 Terms and conditions ....................................................................421 508 Remuneration................................................................................421 509 Termination of appointments of Committee members ..................422 510 Procedure of a Committee.............................................................423
Division 4—Advisory committees 424 511 Minister may establish advisory committees.................................424
512 Appointments................................................................................424 513 Members of advisory committees..................................................424 514 Committee procedure ....................................................................424
Division 5—Director of National Parks 426
Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers 426 514A Continuation..................................................................................426 514B Functions.......................................................................................426 514C Powers...........................................................................................427 514D Requirements relating to functions and powers.............................428
Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks 429 514E Constitution...................................................................................429 514F Appointment..................................................................................429 514G Acting appointments......................................................................430
Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment 430 514H Term of office................................................................................430 514J Remuneration ................................................................................430 514K Outside employment......................................................................431 514L Disclosure of interests ...................................................................431 514M Leave of absence ...........................................................................431 514N Resignation....................................................................................431 514P Termination...................................................................................431 514Q Other terms and conditions............................................................432
Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund 432 514R Australian National Parks Fund.....................................................432 514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund ................................432 514T Application of money....................................................................433
Subdivision E—Accountability 433 514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997......................................................................433 514V Extra matters tobe included in annual report................................434
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous 434 514W Exemption from taxation...............................................................434 514X Changes in office of Director ........................................................434
Part 20—Delegation 435 515 Delegation .....................................................................................435 515AA Delegation by Minister in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park...................................................................................435 515AB Delegation by Secretary in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park...................................................................................436
Part 20A—Publication of information on the internet 438 515A Publication of information on the internet.....................................438
Part 21—Reporting 439
Division 1—Annual reports 439 516 Annual report on operation of Act.................................................439 516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters.......................439
Division 2—State of the environment reports 441 516B State of the environment reports....................................................441
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous 442
Part 22—Miscellaneous 442 517 Determinations of species..............................................................442 517A Exemption for activities that might harm particular species introduced into particular areas .....................................................442 518 Non-compliance with time limits ..................................................444 519 Compensation for acquisition of property .....................................445 520 Regulations....................................................................................446 520A Statements about the application of the Act ..................................447 521 Fees and charges must not betaxes...............................................447 522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money............................................................................................447 522A Review of operation of Act ...........................................................448
Chapter 8—Definitions 449
Part 23—Definitions 449
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics 449
Subdivision A—Actions 449 523 Actions...........................................................................................449 524 Things that are not actions.............................................................449 524A Provision of grant funding is not an action....................................450
Subdivision B—Areas 450 525 Commonwealth areas ....................................................................450
Subdivision C—Entities 451 526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate....................................................451
Subdivision D—Criminal law 452 527 Convictions....................................................................................452
Subdivision E—Specimens 452 527A Specimens......................................................................................452 527B Breeding in captivity .....................................................................453 527C Artificial propagation ....................................................................453 527D Things represented to be CITES specimens ..................................454
Subdivision F—Impacts 455
527E Meaning of impact.........................................................................455
Division 2—General list of definitions
528 Definitions.....................................................................................456
Schedule 1—Provisions relating to detention of suspected
foreign offenders | 480 |
Part 1—Preliminary | 480 |
Division 1—Objects of this Schedule | 480 |
1 Main objects of this Schedule........................................................480
Division 2—Definitions 482 2 Definitions.....................................................................................482
Division 3—Appointment etc. of detention officers 483 3 Minister may appoint personsto be detention officers..................483 4 Detention officers subject to directions.........................................483 5 Detention officer etc. notliable to certain actions.........................483
Division 4—Approval of authorised officers and detention officers 484 6 The Secretary may approve authorised officers and detention officers...........................................................................................484 7 Persons who are authorised officers for purposes of the Migration Act 1958 are taken to be approved for this Schedule ........................................................................................484
Part 2—Detaining suspected foreign offenders 487
Division 1—Initial detention by an authorised officer 487 8 Power to detain..............................................................................487 9 Relationship with Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914.........................487
Division 2—Continued detention by a detention officer 488 10 Detention officer may detain person already detained by authorised officer...........................................................................488
Division 3—Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer 489 11 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer ............................................................................................489
Division 4—Moving detainees 490 12 Power to move detainees...............................................................490
Division 5—End of detention 491 13 End of detention ............................................................................491
Division 6—Offence of escaping from detention 492 14 Escape from detention...................................................................492
Part 3—Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors 493
Division 1—Searches of detainees 493 15 Searches of detainees.....................................................................493
Division 2—Screening of detainees 495 16 Power to conduct a screening procedure .......................................495
Division 3—Strip searches of detainees 496 17 Power to conduct a strip search.....................................................496 18 Rules for conducting a strip search................................................498
Division 4—Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees 501 19 Possession and retention of certain things obtained during a screening procedure or strip search ...............................................501 20 Approved officer may apply for a thing to be retained for a further period.................................................................................502 21 Magistrate may order that thingbe retained..................................502
Division 5—Screening detainees’ visitors 504 22 Powers concerning entry to premises where detainee is detained .........................................................................................504
Division 6—Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc. 506 23 Detainees held in State or Territory prisons or remand centres ...........................................................................................506
Part 4—Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc. 507 24 Detainee may have access to certain advice, facilitiesetc.............507
Part 5—Identifying detainees 508
Division 1—Preliminary 508 25 Definitions.....................................................................................508 26 Meaning of personal identifier ......................................................508 27 Limiting the types of identification tests that approved
officers may carry out....................................................................510
Division 2—Identification of detainees 511
Subdivision A—Provision of personal identifiers 511 28 Detaineesmustprovide personal identifiers..................................511 29 Approved officers must require and carry out identification
tests................................................................................................512 30 Information to be provided before carrying out identification tests................................................................................................513
Subdivision B—How identification tests are carried out
31 General rules for carrying out identification tests..........................513 32 Use of force in carrying out identification tests.............................514 33 Identification tests not to be carried out in cruel, inhuman or
degrading manner etc.....................................................................516 34 Approved officer may get help to carry out identification tests................................................................................................516 35 Identification tests to be carried out by approved officer of
same sex as non-citizen.................................................................516 36 Independent person to be present...................................................516 37 Recording of identification tests....................................................517 38 Retesting........................................................................................517
Subdivision C—Obligations relating to video recordings of
identification tests 520 39 Definitions.....................................................................................520 40 Accessing video recordings...........................................................520 41 Authorising access to video recordings .........................................521 42 Providing video recordings............................................................522 43 Unauthorised modification of video recordings.............................523 44 Unauthorised impairment of video recordings...............................523 45 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised
impairment etc...............................................................................523 46 Destroying video recordings..........................................................524
Division 3—Identification of minors and incapable persons 525 47 Minors...........................................................................................525 48 Incapable persons ..........................................................................525
Division 4—Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information 527
Subdivision A—Preliminary 527 49 Definitions.....................................................................................527 50 Application....................................................................................528
Subdivision B—Accessing identifying information 528 51 Accessing identifying information.................................................528 52 Authorising access to identifying information...............................528
Subdivision C—Disclosing identifying information 529 53 Disclosing identifying information................................................529 54 Authorising disclosure of identifying information to foreign
countries etc...................................................................................531
Subdivision D—Modifying and impairing identifying information 532 55 Unauthorised modification of identifyinginformation..................532 56 Unauthorised impairment of identifying information....................533
57 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc...............................................................................533 Subdivision E—Retaining identifying information 534 58 Identifying information may be indefinitely retained....................534
Part 6—Disclosure of detainees’ personal information 535 59 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information...............................535
Notes 537
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 266B
266B Approved conservation advice for listed threatened species and listed threatened ecological communities
Minister to ensure there is approved conservation advice
Changing approved conservation advice
(3) The Minister may, in writing, approve changes to approved conservation advice.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 267
Consultation with Scientific Committee
Publication requirements
Instruments of approval are not legislative instruments
(8) An instrument of approval under subsection (2) or (3) is not a legislative instrument.
267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 268
Recovery plans for listed threatened species and ecological communities and threat abatement plans for key threatening processes bind the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies.
The Minister need ensure that a recovery plan is in force for a listed threatened species or ecological community only if the Minister decides to have a recovery plan. The Minister must decide whether to have a recovery plan for the species or community within 90 days after it becomes listed. The Minister may, at any other time, decide whether to have such a plan.
The Minister need ensure a threat abatement plan is in force for a key threatening process only if the Minister decides that a plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way of abating the process. The Minister must consult before making such a decision.
A recovery plan or threat abatement plan can be made by the Minister alone or jointly with relevant States and Territories, or the Minister can adopt a State or Territory plan. There must be public consultation and advice from the Scientific Committee about the plan, regardless of how it is made or adopted.
268 Compliance with recovery plans and threat abatement plans
A Commonwealth agency must not take any action that contravenes a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan.
269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 269AA
269AA Decision whether to have a recovery plan
Minister has an initial obligation and then a discretion
Making the initial recovery plan decision
(3) In making the initial recovery plan decision, the Minister must have regard to the recommendation (the initial recommendation) made by the Scientific Committee as mentioned in paragraph 189(1B)(c) in relation to the species or community.
Making a subsequent recovery plan decision (unless subsection (5) applies)
(4) In making a subsequent recovery plan decision in relation to the species or community, other than a decision to which subsection (5) applies:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 269AA
Changing from a decision to have a recovery plan to a decision not to have a recovery plan—additional requirements
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 269A
(f) may also include any other information that the Minister considers appropriate.
(8) The regulations must provide for the following:
General publication requirements
(9) The Minister must publish the following:
reasons for it. The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Note: This subsection must be complied with, even if the Minister has already published notice of the proposed decision in accordance with subsections (5) and (7).
Decisions not legislative instruments
(10) An instrument making a decision under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
269A Making or adopting a recovery plan
Application
(1) This section applies only if the Minister’s most recent decision under section 269AA in relation to a listed threatened species (except one that is extinct or that is a conservation dependent species) or a listed threatened ecological community is to have a recovery plan for the species or community.
Note: Subsection 273(1) sets a deadline of 3 years from the decision for ensuring that a recovery plan is in force for the species or community. Subsection 273(2) allows that period to be extended.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 269A
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of:
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of a listed threatened species (except one that is extinct or is a conservation dependent species) or a listed threatened ecological community jointly with one or more of the States and self-governing Territories in which the species or community occurs, or with agencies of one or more of those States and Territories.
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 270.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) for a listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community, the Minister must:
(a) consult the appropriate Minister of each State and self-governing Territory in which the species or community occurs, and in which actions that the plan would provide for would occur, with a view to:
unless the species or community occurs only in a Commonwealth area; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) for a species or ecological community that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable, within the period of 3 years referred to in subsection 273(1), to make the plan under subsection (3) of this section with each State or Territory:
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a recovery plan a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2) (whether it was adopted with modifications or not).
270 Content of recovery plans
(1) A recovery plan must provide for the research and management actions necessary to stop the decline of, and support the recovery of, the listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community concerned so that its chances of long-term survival in nature are maximised.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270
(2) In particular, a recovery plan must (subject to subsection (2A)):
(2A) A recovery plan need only address the matters mentioned in paragraphs (2)(d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) to the extent to which it is practicable to do so.
(3) In making a recovery plan, regard must be had to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270A
270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan
Decision
(1) The Minister may at any time decide whether to have a threat abatement plan for a threatening process in the list of key threatening processes established under section 183. The Minister must do so:
Basis for decision
(2) The Minister must decide to have a threat abatement plan for the process if he or she believes that having and implementing a threat abatement plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way to abate the process. The Minister must decide not to have a threat abatement plan if he or she does not believe that.
Consultation before making a decision
(3) Before making a decision under this section, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270A
on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Consulting others
(4) Subsection (3) does not prevent the Minister from requesting any other person or body to give advice within a specified period on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Request may be made before listing
(5) A request for advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process may be made before or after the process is included in the list of key threatening processes established under section 183.
Time for giving advice
(6) The Minister must not make a decision whether to have a threat abatement plan for the process before the end of the period within which he or she has requested a person or body to give advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Considering views expressed in consultation
(7) When the Minister is making a decision under this section, he or she must consider the advice that a person or body gave on request within the period specified in the request.
Publishing decision and reasons
(8) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 270B
Special rules for processes included in original list
(9) Subsections (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) do not apply in relation to a decision about a process included in the list under section 183 as first established.
270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan
Application
(1) This section applies only if the Minister’s most recent decision under section 270A in relation to a key threatening process is to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: Section 273 sets a deadline of 3 years from the decision for ensuring that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process.
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process.
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process, jointly with the States and self-governing Territories in which the process occurs or with agencies of those States and Territories.
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 271.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a threat abatement plan for the process under subsection (2) or (3), the Minister must:
(a) consult the appropriate Minister of each State and self-governing Territory in which the process occurs, with a view to:
(i) taking the views of each of those States and Territories into account in making the plan under subsection (2); or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 270B
(ii) making the plan jointly under subsection (3); unless the process occurs only in a Commonwealth area; and
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) for a process that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable to make the plan:
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a threat abatement plan for the process a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2), whether it was adopted with modifications or not.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 271
271 Content of threat abatement plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 272
(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the matters that a threat abatement plan may include.
272 Eradication of non-native species
If:
habitat occurs; the recovery plan, or threat abatement plan, must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
273 Ensuring plans are in force
When a plan comes into force
(1A) A recovery plan or a threat abatement plan comes into force on the day on which it is made or adopted, or on a later day specified by the Minister in writing.
Deadline for recovery plan
Ensuring recovery plan is in force
(3) Once the first recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community is in force, the Minister must exercise his or her powers under this Subdivision to ensure that a recovery plan is in force for the species or community until
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 274
the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community.
Note: The Minister may revoke a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community if the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community. See section 283A.
Deadline for threat abatement plan
(4) A threat abatement plan for a key threatening process must be made and in force within 3 years of the decision under section 270A to have the plan.
Ensuring threat abatement plan is in force
(5) Once the first threat abatement plan for a key threatening process is in force, the Minister must exercise his or her powers under this Subdivision to ensure that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process until the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: The Minister may revoke a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process if the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process. See section 283A.
274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 275
(f) the efficient and effective use of the resources allocated to the conservation of species and ecological communities.
(3) In giving advice about a threat abatement plan, the Scientific Committee must take into account the following matters:
275 Consultation on plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 276
(3) The day specified must not be a day occurring within 3 months after the notice is published in the Gazette.
276 Consideration of comments
The Minister:
277 Adoption of State plans
278 Publication of plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 279
(c) specify the places where copies of the plan may be purchased.
279 Variation of plans by the Minister
280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 281
the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
281 Commonwealth assistance
282 Scientific Committee to advise on assistance
(1) The Scientific Committee is to advise the Minister on the conditions (if any) to which the giving of assistance under section 281 should be subject.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 283
283 Plans may cover more than one species etc.
283A Revoking a plan
(1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument:
(a) revoke a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community if the Minister decides under section 269AA not to have a recovery plan for the species or community; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 284
(b) revoke a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process if the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
(2) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any):
284 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under this Subdivision of each recovery plan and threat abatement plan during the year to which the report relates.
285 Wildlife conservation plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 286
wildlife conservation plan unless the species occurs only in a Commonwealth area.
286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation plans
A Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to act in accordance with a wildlife conservation plan.
287 Content of wildlife conservation plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 288
(3) In making a wildlife conservation plan, regard must be had to:
288 Eradication of non-native species
If:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 289
the wildlife conservation plan must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
289 Scientific Committee to advise on scheduling of plans
(1) The Minister may seek advice from the Scientific Committee on the need for wildlife conservation plans and the order in which they should be made.
(1A) The Scientific Committee may advise the Minister on its own initiative to make a wildlife conservation plan for a specified species described in subsection 285(1).
290 Consultation on plans
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 291
(c) specify:
(3) The day specified must not be a day occurring within 3 months after the notice is published in the Gazette.
291 Consideration of comments
The Minister:
292 Adoption of State plans
293 Publication, review and variation of plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 294
294 Variation of plans by the Minister
295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 296
the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
296 Commonwealth assistance
297 Plans may cover more than one species etc.
A wildlife conservation plan made or adopted under this Subdivision may deal with all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans Division 5
Section 298
(d) one or more conservation dependent species.
298 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under section 285 of each wildlife conservation plan during the year to which the report relates.
299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect
If:
conservation dependent species); the wildlife conservation plan ceases to have effect in relation to the species on and from the day on which the species becomes a listed threatened species as mentioned in paragraph (b).
300 Document may contain more than one plan
300A State and Territory laws not affected
Sections 269A, 270A, 270B, 273 and 285 do not exclude or limit the concurrent operation of a law of a State or self-governing Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans
Section 300B
300B Assistance from the Scientific Committee
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Access to biological resources Division 6
301 Control of access to biological resources
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 6A Control of non-native species
Section 301A
301A Regulations for control of non-native species
The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries Division 7
302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries
On behalf of the Commonwealth, the Minister may give financial assistance to the governments of foreign countries and organisations in foreign countries to help the recovery and conservation, in those countries, of species covered by international agreements to which Australia is a party.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 303
303 Regulations
303A Exemptions from this Part
(a) publish a copy of the notice and his or her reasons for granting the exemption in accordance with the regulations; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Miscellaneous Division 8
(b) give a copy of the notice to the person specified in the notice.
303AA Conditions relating to accreditation of plans, regimes and policies
In such a case, the instrument of accreditation is to specify the period, circumstances or condition.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 303AB
303AB Amended policies, regimes or plans taken to be accredited
(1) If:
the Minister may, by instrument in writing, determine that this subsection applies to the amendments.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
303BA Objects of Part
(1) The objects of this Part are as follows:
Note: CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species—see section 528.
(2) In order to achieve its objects, this Part includes special provisions to conserve the biodiversity of Australian native wildlife.
303BAA Certain indigenous rights not affected
To avoid doubt, nothing in this Part prevents an indigenous person from continuing in accordance with law the traditional use of an area for:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BB
303BB Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Part:
303BC Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
eligible listed threatened species means a listed threatened species other than a species in the conservation dependent category.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
engage in conduct means:
export means:
export from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in a Commonwealth marine area and then take out of that area to another country without bringing into Australia or into an external Territory.
import means:
import by way of introduction from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in the marine environment not under the jurisdiction of any country and then bring into Australia or into an external Territory without having been imported into any other country.
marine environment means the sea, and includes:
recipient means:
(a) in relation to a specimen that is exported—the person in the country to which the specimen is exported who is to have the care and custody of the specimen after the export; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BC
(b) in relation to a specimen that is imported into Australia or into an external Territory—the person in Australia or that Territory, as the case may be, who is to have the care and custody of the specimen after the import.
relevant CITES authority, in relation to a country, means:
sender, in relation to a specimen that is imported into Australia or an external Territory, means the person in the country from which the specimen is imported who exports it from that country to Australia or to that Territory, as the case may be.
take includes:
trade means trade within the ordinary meaning of that expression.
Note: See also section 528.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
303CA Listing of CITES species
Note: See section 4 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CB
Note: See also section 303CB.
303CB Stricter domestic measures
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, declare that the list referred to in section 303CA has effect as if it were modified as set out in the declaration.
Note: For variation and revocation, see subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(2) The Minister must not make a declaration under subsection (1) unless:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
(e) the modification has the effect of treating a specified specimen that is not included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES as if the specimen were included in Appendix II to CITES.
303CC Exports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised export—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Authorised export—CITES exemptions
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CD
Note 1: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CD Imports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised import—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Authorised import—CITES exemptions
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the import of the specimen is an import that, under the regulations, is taken to be an import of a personal or household effect.
Note: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
section 303CA—the quantity of the specimen does not exceed that limit; and
Note 1: Paragraph 2 of Article VII of CITES deals with a specimen that was acquired before the provisions of CITES applied to the specimen.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CE Applications for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CF
303CF Further information
303CG Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 6 months after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
the country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority and permission to export the specimen from that country has been given by a relevant CITES authority of that country; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes
(1) The following table sets out the conditions mentioned in paragraphs 303CG(3)(e) and (f):
Specific conditions | |||
---|---|---|---|
Item | Category of specimen | Action | Specific conditions |
1 | CITES I | Import | (a) the proposed import would be an import from an approved CITES-registered captive breeding program in accordance with section 303FK; or |
(b) the specimen is, or is derived from, a plant that was artificially propagated (section 527C). |
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions |
---|
Item Category of Action Specific conditions |
specimen |
2 CITES I Export (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a |
live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and |
(b) the country to which the specimen is proposed |
to be exported has a relevant CITES authority, |
and permission to import that specimen into |
that country has been given by a relevant |
CITES authority of that country; and |
(c) the proposed export would be an export from: |
(i) an approved CITES-registered captive |
breeding program in accordance with |
section 303FK; or |
(ii) an approved artificial propagation |
program in accordance with |
section 303FL. |
3 CITES II Import (a) for any specimen—the country from which the |
specimen is proposed to be imported has a |
relevant CITES authority and permission to |
export the specimen from that country has |
been given by a relevant CITES authority of |
that country; and |
(b) for a specimen that: |
(i) is specified by the Minister in a notice |
published in the Gazette to be a |
declared specimen; and |
(ii) is not, or is not derived from, an animal |
that was bred in captivity |
(section 527B); and |
(iii) is not, or is not derived from, a plant |
that was artificially propagated |
(section 527C); |
the proposed import of the specimen would be |
an import from an approved commercial |
import program in accordance with |
section 303FU. |
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
Specific conditions |
---|
Item Category of Action Specific conditions |
specimen |
4 CITES II Export (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a |
live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and |
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: |
(i) an export from an approved captive |
breeding program in accordance with |
section 303FK; or |
(ii) an export from an approved artificial |
propagation program in accordance |
with section 303FL; or |
(iia) an export from an approved |
cultivation program in accordance with |
section 303FLA; or |
(iii) an export in accordance with an |
approved wildlife trade operation |
(section 303FN); or |
(iv) an export in accordance with an |
approved wildlife trade management |
plan (section 303FO). |
5 CITES III Import The country from which the specimen is proposed |
to be imported has a relevant CITES authority, |
and permission to export the specimen from that |
country has been given by a relevant CITES |
authority of that country. |
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions | ||
---|---|---|
Item Category of | Action | Specific conditions |
specimen | ||
6 CITES III | Export | (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and | ||
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: | ||
(i) an export from an approved captive | ||
breeding program in accordance with | ||
section 303FK; or | ||
(ii) an export from an approved artificial | ||
propagation program in accordance | ||
with section 303FL; or | ||
(iia) an export from an approved | ||
cultivation program in accordance with | ||
section 303FLA; or | ||
(iii) an export in accordance with an | ||
approved wildlife trade operation | ||
(section 303FN); or | ||
(iv) an export in accordance with an | ||
approved wildlife trade management | ||
plan (section 303FO). |
(2) A notice made under subparagraph (b)(i) of item 3 in the table in subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
303CI Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303CE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CJ
303CJ Duration of permits
A permit under section 303CG:
303CK Register of applications and decisions
303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority
For the purposes of the application of CITES to Australia:
303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions
(1) Except so far as the contrary intention appears, an expression that:
particular meaning is assigned to it by, CITES); has, in the CITES provisions, the same meaning as it has in CITES.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the CITES provisions consist of:
303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DA
303DA Regulated native specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated native specimen is a specimen that:
303DB Listing of exempt native specimens
(a) contain the specimens referred to in Part I of Schedule 4 to the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982, as in force immediately before the commencement of this section; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
(b) reflect the restrictions and conditions that are applicable to the inclusion of those specimens in that Part of that Schedule.
(6) The list must not include a specimen that belongs to an eligible listed threatened species unless:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the export of the specimen will not:
(aa) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation advice for that species; and
(b) the inclusion of the specimen on the list is subject to a restriction or condition to the effect that:
(7) A copy of an instrument under subsection (1) is to be made available for inspection on the internet.
303DC Minister may amend list
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, amend the list referred to in section 303DB by:
(1A) In deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DD
(1B) Subsection (1A) does not apply to an amendment mentioned in paragraph (1)(e).
(1C) Subsection (1A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery.
(1D) In this section:
fishery has the same meaning as in section 303FN.
303DD Exports of regulated native specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303DG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Exemption—accredited wildlife trade management plan
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
reptile, a live native amphibian or a live native bird; and (ba) either:
Exemption—exchange of scientific specimens
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if the export of the specimen is an export that, in accordance with a determination made by the Minister under the regulations, is taken to be part of a registered, non-commercial exchange of scientific specimens between scientific organisations.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3) and (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303DE Applications for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DF
303DF Further information
303DG Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 3 years after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit authorising the export of a live native mammal, a live native reptile, a live native amphibian or a live native bird unless the Minister is satisfied that the proposed export would be an eligible non-commercial purpose export (within the meaning of section 303FA).
(3A) The Minister must not issue a permit authorising the export of a live terrestrial invertebrate, or a live freshwater fish, prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of paragraph 303DD(3)(ba) unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
(4) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
(4A) If the Minister is considering whether to issue a permit relating to a specimen that belongs to a particular eligible listed threatened species, the Minister must, in deciding whether to issue the permit, have regard to any approved conservation advice for the species.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DG
unless the Minister is satisfied that the specimen was lawfully imported (section 303GY).
Eligible listed threatened species
(7) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
(ba) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with section 303FLA; or
(c) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved aquaculture program in accordance with section 303FM;
and the export of the specimen will not adversely affect the conservation status of the species concerned.
Note: See also subsection (3).
(8) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
Section has effect subject to section 303GA
(9) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
303DH Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303DE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303DI Duration of permits
A permit under section 303DG:
303DJ Register of applications and decisions
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EA
303EA Regulated live specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated live specimen is a specimen that:
303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
(11A) Part 2 of the list is taken to include a live plant that:
(12) A copy of an instrument under subsection (1) is to be made available for inspection on the internet.
303EC Minister may amend list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303ED
303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative
The report must be prepared in accordance with section 303EF and be given to the Minister.
(3) This subsection applies if:
(a) Biosecurity Australia has prepared a report (whether before or after the amendment was proposed) on the potential
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
impacts on the environment if the specimen were to be imported; and
(4) A determination made under paragraph (3)(d) is not a legislative instrument.
303EE Application for amendment of list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EF
303EF Requirement for assessments
303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment
(1) If the Minister receives a report under section 303ED or 303EE in relation to a proposed amendment, the Minister must decide whether or not to make the proposed amendment within:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
after the first business day after the day on which the report was received.
Notice of extension of time
(2) If the Minister specifies a longer period for the purposes of subsection (1), he or she must:
303EH Requesting further information
(1) If:
the Minister may request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, information relevant to making the decision.
(2) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment
If section 303EE applies and the Minister refuses to make the proposed amendment, the Minister must give the applicant notice of the refusal.
303EJ Reviews
If, following consideration of a relevant report under section 303ED or 303EE, the Minister has made a decision to include, or refusing to include, an item in the list referred to in section 303EB, the Minister may review that decision at any time during the period of 5 years after the decision was made.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EK
303EK Imports of regulated live specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
Exemption—testing permit
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303GD and is in force.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2) and (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303EL Applications for permits
303EM Further information
(1) The Minister may, within 40 business days after the application is made, request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, further information for the purpose of enabling the Minister to deal with the application.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
(2) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
303EN Minister may issue permits
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 3 years after that date.
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EO
(4) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303EO Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303EL, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303EP Duration of permits
A permit under section 303EN:
303EQ Register of applications and decisions
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
303ER Object
The object of this Subdivision is:
wild fauna and flora of Australia and of other countries; by requiring the marking of certain live specimens for the purposes of identification.
Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies
This Subdivision applies to a regulated live specimen if:
303ET Extended meaning of marking
A reference in this Subdivision to the marking of a specimen includes a reference to the following:
(iii) the placement (whether by piercing or otherwise) of a tag or ring on any part of the animal; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EU
(iv) the marking or labelling of a container within which the animal is kept.
303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of specimens
Determinations
(1) The Secretary may make a written determination about the marking of specified kinds of specimens for the purposes of identification.
Matters that may be covered by determination
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a determination by the Secretary under that subsection may:
Marking of animals not to involve undue pain etc.
(3) In the case of a live animal, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
Marking of plants not to involve undue risk of death
(4) In the case of a live plant, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves undue risk of the death of the plant.
Disallowable instrument
(5) A determination under subsection (1) is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
303EV Offences
Owner to ensure specimens marked etc.
(1) If a determination under section 303EU applies to a specimen, the owner of the specimen must comply with the determination.
Person not to remove or interfere with mark etc.
(2) A person contravenes this subsection if:
Offence
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) In subsections (1) and (2), strict liability applies to the circumstance that a determination was made under section 303EU.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EW
303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits
This Subdivision does not limit section 303GE (which deals with conditions of permits).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose export if, and only if:
303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports
For the purposes of this Part, the import of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose import if, and only if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FC
303FC Export or import for the purposes of research
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FD Export or import for the purposes of education
303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition
exhibition includes a zoo or menagerie.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FF
303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation
303FG Export or import of household pets
Export of live native animals
(1) The export of a live native animal (other than a CITES specimen) is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
Export of live CITES specimens
(2) The export of a CITES specimen is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Import of live animals
(3) The import of a live animal is an import of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Listing of native household pet animals
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FH
303FH Export or import of personal items
303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition
303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible commercial purpose export if, and only if:
(a) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved captive breeding program in accordance with section 303FK; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(b) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved artificial propagation program in accordance with section 303FL; or
(ba) the export of the specimen would be an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with section 303FLA; or
Note: See also subsection 303DD(3), which deals with accredited wildlife trade management plans.
303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding program
303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved artificial propagation program in accordance with this section if the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FLA
specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved artificial propagation program.
303FLA Export from an approved cultivation program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved cultivation program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved cultivation program.
303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved aquaculture program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved aquaculture program.
303FN Approved wildlife trade operation
(ba) the operation will not be likely to threaten any relevant ecosystem including (but not limited to) any habitat or biodiversity; and
(c) if the operation relates to the taking of live specimens that belong to a taxon specified in the regulations—the conditions
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
that, under the regulations, are applicable to the welfare of the specimens are likely to be complied with; and
(d) such other conditions (if any) as are specified in the regulations have been, or are likely to be, satisfied.
(a) the operation is an operation that, under the regulations, is taken to be a market-testing operation; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FO
(10A) In deciding whether to declare that a commercial fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
(10B) Subsection (10A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to declare that a fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section.
(11) In this section:
fish includes all species of bony fish, sharks, rays, crustaceans, molluscs and other marine organisms, but does not include marine mammals or marine reptiles.
fishery means a class of activities by way of fishing, including
activities identified by reference to all or any of the following:
303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan
(1) The export of a specimen is an export in accordance with an approved wildlife trade management plan if the specimen is, or is derived from, a specimen that was taken in accordance with a plan
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
declared by a declaration in force under subsection (2) to be an approved wildlife trade management plan.
(iii) any relevant ecosystem (for example, impacts on habitat
or biodiversity); are ecologically sustainable; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FP
(iii) to respond to changes in the environmental impact of the activities covered by the plan; and
303FP Accredited wildlife trade management plan
(1) The export of a specimen is an export in accordance with an accredited wildlife trade management plan if the specimen is, or is derived from, a specimen that was taken in accordance with a plan declared by a declaration in force under subsection (2) to be an accredited wildlife trade management plan.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FQ
303FQ Consultation with State and Territory agencies
Before making a declaration under section 303FO or 303FP, the Minister must consult a relevant agency of each State and self-governing Territory affected by the declaration.
303FR Public consultation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FRA Assessments
(1) The regulations may prescribe an assessment process that is to be used for the purposes of sections 303FN, 303FO and 303FP to assess the potential impacts on the environment of:
where the operation is, or the activities are, likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
(2) If regulations made for the purposes of subsection (1) apply to a wildlife trade operation or to a plan, the Minister must not declare:
been followed in relation to the assessment of the operation or plan, as the case may be.
modifications includes additions, omissions and substitutions.
wildlife trade operation has the same meaning as in subsection 303FN(10), but does not include an operation mentioned in paragraph 303FN(10)(d).
303FS Register of declarations
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FT
303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations
In such a case, the instrument of declaration is to specify the period, circumstances or condition.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FU Approved commercial import program
The import of a specimen is an import from an approved commercial import program in accordance with this section if the specimen is sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved commercial import program.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GA
303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
(1) This section applies if:
(iii) the proposed action is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required; or
(iv) the proposed action is related to an action (the related action) that is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
Deferral of decision
(2) The Minister must neither issue, nor refuse to issue, the first permit before whichever is the latest of the following days:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Refusal of permit
Action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
(7) For the purposes of this section, an action that a person proposes to take is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required if the taking of the action by the person without a non-Part 13A permit would be prohibited by this Act or the regulations if it were assumed that this Part had not been enacted.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GB
(8) For the purposes of this section, a non-Part 13A permit is a permit issued under this Act (other than this Part) or the regulations.
Related action
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit
(1) If:
(iii) the export or import of the specimen, as the case may
be, would not adversely affect biodiversity; the Minister may issue a permit to the person.
(1A) The Minister must not issue a permit under this section unless the grant of that permit would not be contrary to CITES.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(2) A permit under this section authorises the holder of the permit to take the action or actions specified in the permit, in the permitted period, without breaching section 303CC, 303CD, 303DD or 303EK.
(2A) For the purpose of subsection (2), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than:
Duration of permit
(3) A permit under this section:
Further information
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GC
Public consultation
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import specimens
(3A) For the purpose of subsection (3), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 12 months after that date.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(i) the permitted period (within the meaning of subsection (3A));
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GD
(ii) each period for which one or more conditions of the permit are expressed to apply.
303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments
Applications for permits
Further information
Minister may issue permits
(6A) For the purpose of subsection (6), the permitted period is the period specified in the permit as the period during which the action or actions specified in the permit may be taken. The period so specified must start on the date of issue of the permit and end not later than 6 months after that date.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Duration of permit
(9) A permit under this section:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GE
Investigations
(10) A reference in this section to tests on the specimen includes a reference to investigations relating to the specimen.
303GE Conditions of permits
(5A) Without limiting subsection (5), a condition of a permit may be expressed to apply for a period that will not end until after the export or import of a specimen under the permit has occurred, including for example:
Note: Conditions may, for example, relate to how a specimen, and its progeny, are kept or dealt with during their lifetimes.
(6) If a person is given an authority under section 303GG by the holder of a permit, subsections (5) and (5A) apply to the person in a corresponding way to the way in which they apply to the holder of the permit.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(7) Subsections (4), (5), (5A) and (6) are to be disregarded in determining the meaning of a provision of this Act (other than a provision of this Part) that relates to conditions of permits issued otherwise than under this Part.
303GF Contravening conditions of a permit
Penalty: 300 penalty units.
(3) The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence if:
(iii) the release from captivity of a live animal; or
Penalty: 600 penalty units.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GG
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have released an animal from captivity if:
(4A) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have allowed a plant to escape if:
(5) In subsections (2) and (3), strict liability applies to the circumstance that the person was given an authority under section 303GG.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
303GG Authorities under permits
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GH Transfer of permits
303GI Suspension or cancellation of permits
303GJ Review of decisions
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GK
permit means a permit under this Part.
303GK Permit to be produced
Export permit
Import permit
(3) For the purposes of this Part, if the holder of a permit to import a specimen imports that specimen, he or she is not to be taken to
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
have imported that specimen in accordance with that permit unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the permit, or caused the permit to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
Authorities under section 303GG
(4) If a person is given an authority under section 303GG by the holder of a permit, this section applies to the person in a corresponding way to the way in which it applies to the holder of the permit.
303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced
Export certificate
Import certificate
(3) If a person imports a specimen and wishes to rely on a certificate referred to in paragraph 303CD(6)(b), he or she is not entitled to rely on the certificate unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the certificate, or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GM
caused the certificate to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
303GM Fees
303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens
Object
(1) The object of this section is:
by prohibiting the possession of illegally imported specimens and the progeny of such specimens.
Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
Possession of CITES specimens and unlisted regulated live specimens
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
referred to in section 303EB; and the person is reckless as to that fact; and
(c) the specimen does not belong to a native species.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Note 1: | For lawfully imported, see section 303GY. |
Note 2: | The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in |
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code). |
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(5) Subsection (2) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Possession of listed regulated live specimens
(6) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GO
Unlawfully imported
(8) For the purposes of this section, a specimen is unlawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported, but was not lawfully imported (section 303GY).
303GO Regulations relating to welfare
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(4) This section does not limit section 303GE.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GQ
303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign country
(1) A person must not intentionally import a specimen if the person knows that:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years.
(2) A prosecution must not be instituted for an offence against this section unless a relevant CITES authority of the foreign country has requested:
303GR Evidence
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GS Evidence of examiner
(iii) measures taken to secure any retained quantity of the
substance, matter, specimen or thing after analysis; is admissible in any proceeding for an offence against this Part as prima facie evidence of the matters in the certificate and the correctness of the results of the analysis.
(a) the person charged with the offence; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GT
(b) a solicitor who has appeared for the person in those
proceedings; has, at least 14 days before the certificate is sought to be admitted, been given a copy of the certificate together with reasonable notice of the intention to produce the certificate as evidence in the proceedings.
303GT Protection of witness
(a) that was made or received by the authorised officer in confidence in his or her capacity as an authorised officer; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(b) that contains information received by the authorised officer in confidence.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) are to be disregarded in determining the compellability of witnesses in proceedings for an offence against a provision of this Act other than this Part.
303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory
The regulations may provide for forms to be completed, or declarations to be made, in relation to specimens by persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory.
303GV Saving of other laws
303GW Part not to apply to certain specimens
Transhipment
(1) For the purposes of this Part, if a specimen is brought into Australia from a country:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GW
Emergency
(5) For the purposes of this Part, if:
(a) the Minister, the Director of Animal and Plant Quarantine, a prescribed person or a prescribed organisation is satisfied that, in order to meet an emergency involving danger to the life or health of a human or an animal, it is necessary or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
desirable that a specimen that could be used in treating that person or animal should be sent out of, or brought into, Australia or an external Territory; and
(b) that specimen is sent out of, or brought into, Australia or that
Territory, as the case requires, to meet that emergency; that specimen is taken not to have been exported or imported, as the case may be.
Quarantine
(6) Subject to subsections (1), (2) and (5), if, in accordance with the Quarantine Act 1908 or a law of an external Territory relating to quarantine, a person exercising powers under that Act or law imports a specimen that is subject to quarantine, then, for the purposes of this Part, that specimen is taken to have been imported by:
but this subsection does not affect the commission of any offence committed before the importation of that specimen.
Definitions
(7) In this section:
aircraft’s stores and ship’s stores have the same meanings respectively as they have in Part VII of the Customs Act 1901.
303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional inhabitants
(1) In this section:
area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone means an area in respect of which a notice is in force under subsection (2).
Australian place means a place in Australia that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
Papua New Guinea place means a place in Papua New Guinea that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GX
prescribed specimen means a specimen of a kind specified in a notice in force under subsection (3).
Protected Zone means the zone established under Article 10 of the Torres Strait Treaty, being the area bounded by the line described in Annex 9 to that treaty.
Torres Strait Treaty means the Treaty between Australia and the Independent State of Papua New Guinea that was signed at Sydney on 18 December 1978.
traditional activities has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Treaty.
traditional inhabitants has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(5) If:
the prescribed specimen is taken to have been imported into Australia upon being brought to the place referred to in paragraph (b).
303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported
For the purposes of this Part, a specimen is lawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported and:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 304
304 Object of this Part
Note: Conservation agreements cannot cover all or part of a Commonwealth reserve (see subsection 305(4)).
305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements
(1) The Minister may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, enter into an agreement (a conservation agreement) with a person for the protection and conservation of all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 305
Note: Conservation agreements cannot cover all or part of a Commonwealth reserve (see subsection 305(4)).
(1A) The protection and conservation of the matters in subsection (1) include all or any of the following:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 305
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place; or
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land.
Note: When the Minister is considering entering into a conservation agreement, the Minister must take into account any responsibilities of other Commonwealth Ministers that may be affected by the agreement.
(2) However, the Minister must not enter into a conservation agreement unless satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 305
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), in deciding whether a proposed agreement will result in a net benefit to the conservation as mentioned in paragraph (2)(a), (b), (c), (e) or (f), the Minister must have regard to the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
(3A) If:
threatened species or listed threatened ecological community; the Minister must, in deciding whether to enter into the agreement, have regard to any approved conservation advice for the species or community.
(a) an indigenous person;
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 306
indigenous persons. This does not limit subsection (1).
(6) The Minister must take account of the following when entering into a conservation agreement that is wholly or partly for the protection and conservation of biodiversity as described in subsection (5):
306 Content of conservation agreements
(1) Without limiting section 305, a conservation agreement may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 306
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place; or
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land;
(2) Without limiting section 305 or subsection (1) of this section, a conservation agreement entered into with the owner of a place may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
(a) requiring the owner to carry out specified activities, or to do specified things, that promote the conservation of all or any of the following:
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place;
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 306
(vi) the environment, in respect of the impact of a nuclear action;
(vii) the environment in a Commonwealth marine area;
(viii) the environment on Commonwealth land;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 306A
306A Conservation agreement may include declaration that actions do not need approval under Part 9
307 Conservation agreements to be legally binding
A conservation agreement is legally binding on:
307A Conservation agreements may deal with remediation or mitigation measures
When this section applies
(1) This section applies if the Minister considers that an action taken by a person after the commencement of this section contravened, or may have contravened, a provision of Part 3.
Conservation agreements may provide for measures to repair or mitigate damage
(2) The Minister may enter into a conservation agreement with the person that provides for the protection and conservation of a matter referred to in section 305 by providing for the taking of measures to repair or mitigate damage to the matter protected by the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 307A
provision of Part 3 (whether or not the damage may or will be, or has been, caused by the action).
Federal Court may order compliance with remediation provision
Civil penalty for contravention of remediation provision
This section does not limit sections 305, 306 and 307
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 308
308 Variation and termination of conservation agreements
Note: See Parts 17 and 18 for remedies for breach of conservation agreements.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 309
309 Publication of conservation agreements
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 310
310 List of conservation agreements
The Minister must:
311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws
312 Minister must not give preference
The Minister must not, in exercising powers on behalf of the Commonwealth under this Part, give preference to one State or any part thereof within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 313
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 313 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may submit a property for inclusion in the World Heritage List only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing properties on the World Heritage List that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other properties on the World Heritage List, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to World Heritage properties in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared World Heritage properties.
Note: Section 12 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on the world heritage values of a declared World Heritage property, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations
(1) The Commonwealth may submit to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List a property containing an
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
area owned or occupied by another person only if the Minister is satisfied that the Commonwealth has used its best endeavours to reach agreement with the other person on:
315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 316
(f) all or part of a property is removed from the World Heritage List.
316 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the property:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian World Heritage management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a property may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
317 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 316, in accordance with the regulations.
318 Commonwealth compliance with plans
(1) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency must not:
(a) contravene a plan made under section 316; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 319
(b) authorise another person to do, or omit to do, anything that, if it were done or omitted to be done by the Commonwealth or the Commonwealth agency (as appropriate), would contravene such a plan.
(2) If there is no plan in force under section 316 for a particular property described in subsection (1) of that section, the Commonwealth and each Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to ensure that its acts (if any) relating to the property are not inconsistent with the Australian World Heritage management principles.
319 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
320 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a property that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
321 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to so much of a property as is in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: A zoning plan must be prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 for areas that are part of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In preparing a zoning plan, regard must be had to the Australian World Heritage management principles.
322 Commonwealth responsibilities
323 Australian World Heritage management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for the management of natural heritage and cultural heritage. The principles prescribed are the Australian World Heritage management principles.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 324
cultural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
natural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places Subdivision A—Preliminary 324A Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the National Heritage List if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s National Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the National Heritage List.
The Minister must make plans to protect and manage the National Heritage values of National Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement plans for managing other National Heritage places, in co-operation with the States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to National Heritage places in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of National Heritage places.
Note: Section 15B prohibits an action that has a significant
impact on the National Heritage values of a National
Heritage place, unless the person taking the action has
the approval of the Minister or certain other
requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324C
324C The National Heritage List
324D Meaning of National Heritage values
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of places.
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
(a) natural heritage values of places;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324E Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the usual process for the inclusion of places in the National Heritage List.
The usual process involves an annual cycle that revolves around 12-month periods known as assessment periods. The Minister determines the start of the first assessment period (see section 324G).
The usual process involves the following steps for each assessment period:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324F
The steps mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d) will generally be completed before the start of the assessment period.
324F Definitions
In this Subdivision:
assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324G(1).
eligible for assessment consideration, in relation to an assessment period, has the meaning given by subsection 324JB(3).
finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324JE(4).
proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 324JB(1).
324G Meaning of assessment period
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(3) A determination under paragraph (1)(a) is a legislative instrument, but neither section 42 nor Part 6 of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003 applies to the determination.
324H Minister may determine heritage themes for an assessment period
324J Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JA
(f) may also include:
(3) The regulations must provide for the following:
324JA Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council
Nominations in relation to first assessment period
Nominations in relation to later assessment periods
(3) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date (the current cut-off date) specified in the notice under subsection 324J(1) for an assessment period (other than the first), the Minister must give the
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Australian Heritage Council the nominations that were received by the Minister in the period:
other than any such nominations that the Minister rejects under subsection (4).
Minister may reject nominations
Definition
(6) In this section:
nomination means a nomination of a place for inclusion in the National Heritage List.
324JB Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JC
324JC Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list
(1) The proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period is to include, for each place in the list:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(2) The assessment completion time for a place must be either:
324JD Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list
324JE The finalised priority assessment list
(a) including a place in the list (and also including the matters referred to in subsection 324JC(1));
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JF
324JF Publication of finalised priority assessment list
324JG Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list
(a) must be published in accordance with the regulations referred to in paragraph (4)(a); and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(4) The regulations must provide for the following:
324JH Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister
(1) In relation to each place included in the finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period, the Australian Heritage Council must (by the time required by section 324JI):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JH
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
the Australian Heritage Council may satisfy the requirements of subsection (5) in relation to those Indigenous persons by giving the information referred to in paragraphs (5)(b) and (c) to that body or those bodies.
324JI Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JJ
324JJ Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List
Minister to decide whether or not to include place
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 324JH whether a place (the assessed place) meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
Note: The Minister may include a place in the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values (see subsection 324C(2)).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the assessed place:
Additional requirements if Minister decides to include place
(6) If the Minister includes the assessed place, or a part of the assessed place (the listed part of the assessed place), in the National Heritage List, he or she must, within a reasonable time:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection 324J(1)—advise the person that the assessed place, or the
listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the National Heritage List; and
(7) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in subparagraph (6)(a)(i), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (6)(a) in relation to those
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JK
persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
Additional requirements if Minister decides not to include place
(8) If the Minister decides not to include the assessed place in the National Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the decision:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection
324J(1)—advise the person of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision.
Note: Subsection (8) applies in a case where the Minister decides that none of the assessed place is to be included in the National Heritage List.
324JK Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the emergency process for the inclusion of places in the National Heritage List.
The emergency process involves the following steps:
(a) the Minister may include a place in the National Heritage List if it is under threat (see section 324JN( �
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324JL Minister may include place in National Heritage List if under threat
(1) If the Minister believes that:
in the National Heritage List the place and the National Heritage values the Minister believes the place has or may have.
(2) If:
that process ceases to apply to the place when it is included in the List under subsection (1).
Note: Subsection (2) does not prevent the process in Subdivision BA again starting to apply to the place if (for example) the place ceases to be
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JM
listed because of subsection 324JQ(1) or (4) and a person subsequently nominates the place under that Subdivision.
324JM Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment
Note: When specifying an assessment completion time, the 12-month period referred to in subsection 324JQ(1) should be considered.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324JN Publication of listing of place and inviting comments
324JO Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give assessment to Minister
(1) Section 324JH applies in relation to a request under subsection 324JM(1) as if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JP
(2) A reference in another provision of this Act to section 324JH, or to a provision of that section, includes a reference to that section or provision as it applies because of this section.
324JP Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
324JQ Decision about place remaining in the National Heritage List
Minister to decide whether place should remain listed
(1) Within 12 months after the inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List under section 324JL, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette, subject to subsections (2) and (3):
(a) do one of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(iii) remove from the National Heritage List the place and its National Heritage values; and
(b) if the place is not removed from the National Heritage List under subparagraph (a)(iii)—do all or any of the following:
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified National Heritage values that were included in the List under section 324JL for the place.
Listing lapses automatically if action not taken within 12 months of listing
(4) If the Minister does not take action under subsection (1) within the period referred to in that subsection, the place, and its listed National Heritage values, are automatically removed from the National Heritage List, by force of this subsection, at the end of that period.
Note: This subsection applies even if the Minister is prevented from taking action under subsection (1) because of subsection (2).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JQ
Matters to be considered
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the place:
Disapplying section 324L
(6) Section 324L does not apply to:
Minister to publish copy or summary of subsection (1) notice
(7) The Minister must publish a copy or summary of the instrument referred to in subsection (1). The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Additional requirements if place etc. is removed under subsection (1)
(8) If, under subsection (1), the Minister removes from the National Heritage List the place or a National Heritage value of the place, or alters the boundary of the place described in the List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal or alteration:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 324JL(3).
Requirements if place is removed under subsection (4)
(9) If, under subsection (4), the place, and its listed National Heritage values, are removed from the National Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 324JL(3).
Alternative methods of notifying owners and occupiers
(10) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in paragraph (8)(b) or (9)(b), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of that paragraph in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
324JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Australian Heritage Council undertakes an assessment of a place under Subdivision BA or Subdivision BB; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324JR
(b) before giving the assessment to the Minister, the Council becomes aware that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
the Australian Heritage Council must take that assessment into account in finalising the assessment of the place that the Council gives the Minister.
324JS Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324K
324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the National Heritage List
(1) The Minister may remove all or part of a place from the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that:
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the National Heritage List under subsection 324JQ(1).
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 324M).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(4) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
of paragraph (1)(b) or (2)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the National Heritage List under section 324L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s National Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
20 business days, on the proposed removal. The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324N
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values for a National Heritage place
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324P National Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the National Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 324Q.
324Q Certain information may be kept confidential
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(1) A member of the Australian Heritage Council has a duty not to disclose the following to a person other than the Minister, an employee in the Department whose duties relate to the Council or another member of the Council:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324R
(2) However:
(2A) This section does not prevent the Australian Heritage Council from informing a person, or having discussions with a person, about the consequences that result or may result from:
(2B) Subsection (1) does not apply to a disclosure of particular information if:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
(a) an assessment under section 324JH whether a place meets the National Heritage criteria; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(b) advice under section 324M concerning a place;
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
324S Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas
(1) The Minister must make a written plan to protect and manage the National Heritage values of each National Heritage place that is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the first time the place satisfies both of the following paragraphs:
Note: However, section 324T precludes the Minister from making plans for managing certain places.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324T
(c) revokes and replaces such a plan.
324T Restriction on ability to make plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
324V Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a National Heritage place may be in the same document as:
324W Review of plans at least every 5 years
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324X
324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities
(2A) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to so much of a place as is in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: A zoning plan must be prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 for areas that are part of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In preparing a zoning plan, regard must be had to the National Heritage management principles.
(3) The Commonwealth, and each Commonwealth agency, must take all reasonable steps to ensure it exercises its powers and performs its functions in relation to the place in a way that is not inconsistent with:
(a) the National Heritage management principles; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(b) the plan for managing the place, if one has been prepared under subsection (2).
324Y National Heritage management principles
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324Z
324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a National Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
The information must include written reasons why paragraph (a) applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324ZC
324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division
325 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may designate a wetland for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to declared Ramsar wetlands in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared Ramsar wetlands.
Note: Section 16 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on an internationally important wetland, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 326
326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation
327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
328 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a wetland that is included in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the wetland:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 329
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian Ramsar management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a wetland may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
329 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 328, in accordance with the regulations.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
330 Commonwealth compliance with plans
331 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
332 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a wetland that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 333
333 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
334 Commonwealth responsibilities
335 Australian Ramsar management principles
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3 Managing Biosphere reserves
Section 337
337 Definition of Biosphere reserve
A Biosphere reserve is an area designated for inclusion in the World Network of Biosphere Reserves by the International Co-ordinating Council of the Man and the Biosphere program of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves
339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves
The Commonwealth and each Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to ensure that it exercises its powers and performs its functions in relation to a Biosphere reserve in a way that is not inconsistent with:
340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for the management of Biosphere reserves. The principles prescribed are the Australian Biosphere reserve management principles.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Biosphere reserves Division 3
(2) Before the Governor-General makes regulations prescribing principles, the Minister must be satisfied that the principles to be prescribed are consistent with the Statutory Framework of the World Network of Biosphere Reserves established under the Man and the Biosphere program of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341A
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List if the place is in a Commonwealth area, or is owned or leased by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency outside the Australian jurisdiction, and the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more Commonwealth Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Commonwealth agencies must make plans to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of Commonwealth Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
Commonwealth agencies also have other obligations.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of Commonwealth Heritage places.
341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction
This Division extends to places, acts and omissions outside the
Australian jurisdiction, except so far as the contrary intention
appears.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341C The Commonwealth Heritage List
341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341E
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of places.
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
341E Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the usual process for the inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
The usual process involves an annual cycle that revolves around 12-month periods known as assessment periods. The Minister determines the start of the first assessment period (see section 341G).
The usual process involves the following steps for each assessment period:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
The steps mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) will generally be completed before the start of the assessment period.
341F Definitions
In this Subdivision:
assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341G(1).
eligible for assessment consideration, in relation to an assessment period, has the meaning given by subsection 341JA(3).
finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341JD(4).
proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 341JA(1).
341G Meaning of assessment period
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341H
(3) A determination under paragraph (1)(a) is a legislative instrument, but neither section 42 nor Part 6 of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003 applies to the determination.
341H Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period
(1) Before the start of each assessment period, the Minister must publish a notice inviting people to nominate places for inclusion in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Note: For which places can be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List, see subsection 341C(2).
341J Minister to give nominations to Australian Heritage Council
Nominations in relation to first assessment period
(1) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date specified in the notice under subsection 341H(1) for the first assessment period, the
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Minister must give the Australian Heritage Council the nominations that the Minister:
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a nomination of a place if the Minister had, before the commencement of this section, included the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341F (as in force before the commencement of this section).
Nominations in relation to later assessment periods
(3) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date (the current cut-off date) specified in the notice under subsection 341H(1) for an assessment period (other than the first), the Minister must give the Australian Heritage Council the nominations that were received by the Minister in the period:
other than any such nominations that the Minister has rejected under subsection (4).
Minister may reject nominations
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JA
Definition
(6) In this section:
nomination means a nomination of a place for inclusion in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
341JA Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed priority assessment list
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341JB Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list
341JC Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority assessment list
(1) When the Australian Heritage Council gives the Minister the priority assessment list for an assessment period, the Council must also give the Minister a statement setting out such information as the Council considers appropriate relating to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JD
(2) The statement must also identify, as places nominated by the Australian Heritage Council:
341JD The finalised priority assessment list
341JE Publication of finalised priority assessment list
(1) The Australian Heritage Council must publish the finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period on the internet.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) The Australian Heritage Council must also publish the finalised priority assessment list in accordance with any requirements of the regulations.
341JF Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on places in finalised priority assessment list
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JG
(4) The regulations must provide for the following:
341JG Australian Heritage Council to assess places on finalised priority assessment list and give assessments to Minister
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JH
the Australian Heritage Council may satisfy the requirements of subsection (5) in relation to those Indigenous persons by giving the information referred to in paragraphs (5)(b) and (c) to that body or those bodies.
341JH Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
341JI Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List
Minister to decide whether or not to include place
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 341JG whether a place (the assessed place) meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
(a) by instrument published in the Gazette, include in the Commonwealth Heritage List:
(i) the assessed place or a part of the assessed place; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) the Commonwealth Heritage values of the assessed place, or that part of the assessed place, that are specified in the instrument; or
(b) in writing, decide not to include the assessed place in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Note: The Minister may include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more Commonwealth Heritage values (see subsection 341C(2)).
Additional requirements if Minister decides to include place
(6) If the Minister includes the assessed place, or a part of the assessed place (the listed part of the assessed place), in the Commonwealth Heritage List, he or she must, within a reasonable time:
(a) take all practicable steps to:
(i) identify each person who is an owner or occupier of all or part of the assessed place; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JI
(ii) advise each person identified that the assessed place, or the listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List; and
(b) if the assessed place:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated; by a person in response to a notice under subsection 341H(1)—advise the person that the assessed place, or the
listed part of the assessed place, has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List; and
Additional requirements if Minister decides not to include place
(9) If the Minister decides not to include the assessed place in the Commonwealth Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the decision:
(iii) includes a place that was nominated;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
by a person in response to a notice under subsection 341H(1)—advise the person of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision.
Note: Subsection (9) applies in a case where the Minister decides that none of the assessed place is to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
341JJ Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the emergency process for the inclusion of places in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
The emergency process involves the following steps:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JK
341JK Minister may include place in Commonwealth Heritage List if under threat
(1) If the Minister believes:
Commonwealth Heritage values the Minister believes the place has or may have.
Note: For which places can be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List, see subsection 341C(2).
(2) If:
that process ceases to apply to the place when it is included in the List under subsection (1).
Note: Subsection (2) does not prevent the process in Subdivision BA again starting to apply to the place if (for example) the place ceases to be listed because of subsection 341JP(1) or (4) and a person subsequently nominates the place under that Subdivision.
(3) If the place is included in the Commonwealth Heritage List under subsection (1), the Minister must:
(i) identify each person who is an owner or occupier of all or part of the place; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) advise each person identified that the place has been included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in subparagraph (3)(b)(i), the Minister may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (3)(b) in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
341JL Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for assessment
Note: When specifying an assessment completion time, the 12-month period referred to in subsection 341JP(1) should be considered.
341JM Publication of listing of place and inviting comments
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JN
Commonwealth Heritage values that have been included in the List in relation to the place;
(iii) the date on which the place was so included; and
(3) The regulations may provide for either or both of the following:
341JN Australian Heritage Council to assess place and give assessment to Minister
(1) Section 341JG applies in relation to a request under subsection 341JL(1) as if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) A reference in another provision of this Act to section 341JG, or to a provision of that section, includes a reference to that section or provision as it applies because of this section.
341JO Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
341JP Decision about place remaining in the Commonwealth Heritage List
Minister to decide whether place should remain listed
(1) Within 12 months after the inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341JK, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette, subject to subsections (2) and (3):
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JP
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified Commonwealth Heritage values that were included in the List under section 341JK for the place.
Listing lapses automatically if action not taken within 12 months of listing
(4) If the Minister does not take action under subsection (1) within the period referred to in that subsection, the place, and its listed Commonwealth Heritage values, are automatically removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List, by force of this subsection, at the end of that period.
Note: This subsection applies even if the Minister is prevented from taking action under subsection (1) because of subsection (2).
Matters to be considered
(5) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under subsection (1) in relation to the place:
(a) the Minister must have regard to:
(i) the Australian Heritage Council’s assessment whether the place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) the comments (if any), a copy of which were given to the Minister under subsection 341JG(1) with the assessment; and
(b) the Minister may seek, and have regard to, information or advice from any source.
Disapplying section 341L
(6) Section 341L does not apply to:
Minister to publish copy or summary of subsection (1) notice
(7) The Minister must publish a copy or summary of the instrument referred to in subsection (1). The regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way that the Minister considers appropriate.
Additional requirements if place etc. is removed under subsection (1)
(8) If, under subsection (1), the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List the place or a Commonwealth Heritage value of the place, or alters the boundary of the place described in the List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal or alteration:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 341JK(3).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JQ
Requirements if place is removed under subsection (4)
(9) If, under subsection (4), the place, and its listed Commonwealth Heritage values, are removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after the removal:
Note: For the obligation to identify owners or occupiers, see subsection 341JK(3).
Alternative methods of notifying owners and occupiers
(10) If the Minister is satisfied that there are likely to be at least 50 persons referred to in paragraph (8)(b) or (9)(b), the Council may satisfy the requirements of that paragraph in relation to those persons by including the advice referred to in that paragraph in one or more of the following:
341JQ Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council undertaking assessment
(1) This section applies if:
(i) the Scientific Committee is undertaking, or has undertaken, an assessment under Division 1 of Part 13; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) there is a matter that is relevant to both the assessment referred to in paragraph (a) and the assessment referred to in subparagraph (i).
assessment; the Australian Heritage Council must take that assessment into account in finalising the assessment of the place that the Council gives the Minister.
(7) If, under section 194S or 194T, the Scientific Committee gives the Australian Heritage Council a proposed assessment, or an assessment, that deals with a particular matter because the Council is undertaking an assessment that deals with that matter, a member
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341JR
of the Council may discuss that matter with a member of the Scientific Committee.
(8) Subsection (2), paragraph (4)(a) and subsections (5) and (7) have effect despite section 341R.
341JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—Council given assessment to Minister
341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(3) This section does not affect the validity of the act so far as that depends on something other than the act being done in relation to the place.
341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from the Commonwealth Heritage List
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List under subsection 341JP(1).
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 341M).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341M
(5) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
because of subsection (1) or paragraph (2)(b) or (3)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s Commonwealth Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
(6) However, the time limit in subsection (5) does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage values for a Commonwealth Heritage place
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341P
(3) In this section:
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the Commonwealth Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 341Q.
341Q Certain information may be kept confidential
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(2A) This section does not prevent the Australian Heritage Council from informing a person, or having discussions with a person, about the consequences that result or may result from:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341S
(2B) Subsection (1) does not apply to a disclosure of particular information if:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency must make a written plan to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place it owns or controls. The agency must do so within the period mentioned either:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Note: However, a Commonwealth agency must not make plans for managing certain places (see section 341U).
Note: Subdivision E imposes other obligations on Commonwealth agencies.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341T
341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency that makes a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may ask the Minister to endorse the plan. If the Commonwealth agency does so, it must give the Minister a copy of the plan.
(1A) The Minister must decide within 60 business days of being given the copy of the plan whether or not to endorse the plan.
(1B) Within 10 business days of making the decision, the Minister must inform the Commonwealth agency in writing of the decision and publish on the internet a notice of the decision.
341U Restriction on ability to make plans
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
341W Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may be in the same document as:
341X Review of plans at least every 5 years
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341Y
341Y Commonwealth Heritage management principles
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
A Commonwealth agency that owns or controls a place that has, or might have, one or more Commonwealth Heritage values must take all reasonable steps to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council in the identification, assessment and monitoring of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341ZA Heritage strategies
(1) If a Commonwealth agency owns or controls one or more places, the agency must:
as soon as practicable and in any event within 2 years after the later of:
Note: The heritage strategy will apply to every place the agency owns or controls.
(1A) Before making a heritage strategy, the Commonwealth agency must consult the Australian Heritage Council and take into account any advice the agency receives from the Council.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZB
(6) The agency must give the Minister a written report of the review. The report must address the matters prescribed by the regulations (if any).
341ZB Heritage assessments and registers
341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values
A Commonwealth agency must not take an action that has, will have or is likely to have an adverse impact on the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place or the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place, unless:
(a) there is no feasible and prudent alternative to taking the action; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(b) all measures that can reasonably be taken to mitigate the impact of the action on those values are taken.
341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a Commonwealth Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
(4) If the Minister is informed of a matter in paragraph (3)(a) or that the Commonwealth agency is satisfied that it is unreasonable or impracticable to include such a covenant in the contract, the Minister must:
(a) take all reasonable measures to enter into a conservation agreement with the prospective buyer or lessee for the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZG
protection and conservation of the Commonwealth Heritage values of the place; or
(b) advise the agency about measures to ensure the ongoing protection of the Commonwealth Heritage values of the place.
341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places
341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List
(1) At least once in every 5 year period after the Commonwealth Heritage List is established, the Minister must ensure that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(2) The report must include details of:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 342
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 342 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
Commonwealth reserves can be declared over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category, that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Some activities can be undertaken in a reserve only if a management plan provides for them. Commonwealth agencies must comply with a management plan. Regulations can be made to control a wide range of activities in reserves.
The Minister may approve a management plan prepared by the Director and any Board for a reserve.
In agreement with indigenous people, the Minister can set up a Board for a reserve including land leased from indigenous people.
343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
The Governor-General can proclaim Commonwealth reserves over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Proclamations can be made to alter and revoke reserves.
The Director must consult publicly before some Proclamations are made.
344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves
Declaring a Commonwealth reserve
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, declare as a Commonwealth reserve:
(a) an area of land:
(iii) that is held under lease by the Commonwealth or the Director in a Territory; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 344
Note 1: Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations.
Note 2: A reference to Australia generally includes its coastal sea. See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Limits on acquiring land for reservation
(2) If land:
the Commonwealth must not acquire the land for the purposes of declaring it a Commonwealth reserve, without the consent of the State or Territory.
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park
(3) Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park is the Commonwealth reserve (as it exists from time to time) to which the name Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park was given by Proclamation continued in force by the Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve
land includes subsoil of land and any body of water (whether flowing or not) except the sea.
seabed includes:
345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director
346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve
Content of Proclamation
(1) The Proclamation declaring an area to be a Commonwealth reserve must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 347
(e) assign the reserve to a category (an IUCN category) prescribed in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
Assigning different zones of a reserve to different IUCN categories
(2) A Proclamation may also divide a reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category.
Assigning leasehold land to IUCN categories
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve or zone including land or seabed held by the Commonwealth or the Director under lease to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied that the category to which it is proposed to assign the reserve or zone is consistent with the terms of the lease.
347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN categories
Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve, or a zone within a Commonwealth reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied:
348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles
(1) The regulations must prescribe principles for each IUCN category. The principles prescribed for an IUCN category are the Australian IUCN reserve management principles for the category.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(2) The principles prescribed for an IUCN category must identify the purpose or purposes for which a Commonwealth reserve, or zone of a Commonwealth reserve, assigned to the category is primarily to be managed.
350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves
(1) The Governor-General may revoke or amend a Proclamation under this Subdivision by another Proclamation.
Note: Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 351
Note: Section 22 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 defines estate.
351 Report before making Proclamation
Minister must consider report before Proclamation made
(1) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under this Subdivision, the Minister must consider a report prepared by the Director on the matter to be dealt with by the Proclamation.
Procedure for preparing report
(2) In preparing a report, the Director must:
Content of notice inviting comments
(3) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to declare a Commonwealth reserve must include a statement of:
(a) the proposed name of the reserve; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Content of notice relating to revocation of Commonwealth reserve
(4) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to cause any land, sea or seabed to cease to be part of a Commonwealth reserve must state the boundaries of that land, sea or seabed.
Time for comment
(5) The day specified in the notice as the day by which any comments must be sent must be at least 60 days after the last day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or in accordance with any regulations.
When this section does not apply
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a Proclamation that:
352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when Commonwealth reserve is revoked
(1) This section applies in relation to land or seabed that ceases to be included in a Commonwealth reserve because of a Proclamation made under section 350, except a Proclamation that causes the land or seabed:
(a) to cease to be included in one Commonwealth reserve; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 353
(b) to be included in another Commonwealth reserve.
353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Many works cannot be carried out in a Commonwealth reserve unless permitted by a management plan.
If there is not a management plan in force for a reserve, it must be managed in a way appropriate for the category it has been assigned to by a Proclamation or an earlier management plan.
Regulations can be made to control activities in reserves.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a reserve can continue to exercise those rights in the reserve.
354 Activities that may be carried on only under management plan
(1) A person must not do one of the following acts in a Commonwealth reserve except in accordance with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Civil penalty:
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action taken in the course of carrying on mining operations.
Note: Mining operations are covered by sections 355, 355A and 387.
Note: Section 385 sets out what the Director may do in a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory when there is not a management plan in operation for the reserve.
(3A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action that is covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(1). For this purpose, an action is covered by such an approval if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 354A
(4) This section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, but:
354A Offences relating to activities that may only be carried on under management plan
Causing death etc to native species or damage to heritage
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2) Strict liability applies:
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Erection of buildings etc.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(4) Strict liability applies to paragraph (3)(b). Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions taken for commercial purposes
(5) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Exception for actions in accordance with a management plan
(8) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action if the action is in accordance with a management plan in operation for the Commonwealth reserve in which the action is taken.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 354A
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for mining operations
(9) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action if the action is taken in the course of carrying on mining operations.
Note 1: Mining operations are covered by sections 355, 355A and 387.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for certain actions taken by the Director—actions in places other than Kakadu, Uluru or Jervis Bay
(10) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken by the Director if:
(iii) controlling authorised scientific research; or
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for certain actions taken by the Director—conduct in Kakadu, Uluru or Jervis Bay
(11) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken by the Director in accordance with section 385.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Exception for prior usage rights
(12) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by a usage right, or a right arising out of a usage right, to which section 359 applies.
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This exception might not apply in relation to actions taken in the Antarctic (see subsection (16)).
Exception for prior traditional use
(13) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by section 359A.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for actions approved under section 359B
(14) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action that is covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(1). For this purpose, an action is covered by such an approval if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Actions in the Antarctic
(15) Subsections (1), (3) and (5) do not apply to an action taken in the Antarctic if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 355
(16) The exceptions in subsections (8), (10) and (12) of this section do not apply in relation to an action taken in the Antarctic if taking the action is an element of an offence under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980.
Note: Although the exception in subsection (9) can still apply, mining operations in the Antarctic are prohibited in any case under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980. The exceptions in subsections (11) and (13) cannot apply to actions taken in the Antarctic.
Sentencing restriction for offences in the exclusive economic zone
(17) A court must not impose a sentence of imprisonment on a person for an offence under subsection (1) or (5) if:
Section has effect despite other laws
(18) Except as provided in this section, this section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves
(1) A person must not carry on mining operations in a Commonwealth reserve except in accordance with a management plan in operation for the reserve.
Civil penalty:
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the Kakadu National Park or the Antarctic.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Note: Section 387 generally prohibits mining operations in the Kakadu National Park. Sections 19A and 19B of the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 prohibit mining activities in the Antarctic.
(3A) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(2). For this purpose, mining operations are covered by such an approval if:
(a) section 359 (about interests and rights existing before a Commonwealth reserve); and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 355A
(b) section 359A (about traditional use of an area in a reserve);
but has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
355A Offence relating to mining operations
Offence of carrying on mining operations
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent the doing of anything for the purposes of building or construction, or the supply of water, in a Commonwealth reserve unless the purposes are connected with, or incidental to, mining operations.
Exception for mining operations carried on in accordance with a management plan
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the carrying on of mining operations in accordance with a management plan in operation for the Commonwealth reserve in which the operations are carried on.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception in relation to Kakadu National Park and the Antarctic
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the carrying on of mining operations in the Kakadu National Park or in the Antarctic.
Note 1: Section 387 generally prohibits mining operations in the Kakadu National Park. Sections 19A and 19B of the Antarctic Treaty
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(Environment Protection) Act 1980 prohibit mining activities in the Antarctic.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for prior usage rights
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by a usage right, or a right arising out of a usage right, to which section 359 applies.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for prior traditional use
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action that is covered by section 359A.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception for mining operations approved under section 359B
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply to mining operations that are covered by an approval in force under subsection 359B(2). For this purpose, mining operations are covered by such an approval if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Section has effect despite other laws
(9) Except as provided in this section, this section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 356
356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth reserves
(1) The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
contravention of a provision of the regulations relating to the parking or stopping of vehicles in a Commonwealth reserve is, except as provided otherwise, taken to commit an offence against the provision; and
(2) A provision of the regulations regulating or prohibiting the flying of aircraft over a Commonwealth reserve does not have any effect so far as it is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth. For this purpose, a provision is not inconsistent with such a law if it can be complied with without contravention of the law.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 356A
(3) A law of a Territory has effect so far as it is not inconsistent with a provision of the regulations having effect in that Territory. For this purpose, such a law is not inconsistent with the provision so far as it can operate concurrently with the provision.
356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for:
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management plan is not in operation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(3) If:
category for the reserve; disregard the IUCN category to which the reserve has been assigned for the purposes of the application of this section in relation to the zone.
358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in Commonwealth reserves
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 359
359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves continue to have effect
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous persons
(1) This Division and regulations made for the purposes of this Division do not prevent an indigenous person from continuing in
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
accordance with law the traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve for:
(2) However, regulations made for the purposes of this Division do affect an indigenous person’s traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve if they:
359B Director’s approval of actions and mining operations when a management plan is not in operation
Approval of actions (other than mining operations)
(1) The Director may, in writing, approve the taking of a specified action or a specified class of actions, by a specified person or a specified class of persons, in a specified area that is or is part of a Commonwealth reserve, if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 359B
class of actions, in the area without contravening section 354 or 354A; and
(iii) the action or class of actions is not mining operations.
Note 1: In exercising the power to give approvals, the Director must comply with section 357.
Note 2: If an action taken without approval would not contravene section 354 or 354A, the action does not need approval under this subsection.
Approval of mining operations
(2) The Director may, in writing, approve the carrying on of specified mining operations, or a specified class of mining operations, by a specified person or a specified class of persons, in a specified area that is or is part of a Commonwealth reserve, if:
Note 1: In exercising the power to give approvals, the Director must comply with section 357.
Note 2: If an action taken without approval would not contravene section 355 or 355A, the action does not need approval under this subsection.
Limits on approvals in relation to the Kakadu National Park and the Antarctic
(3) The Director must not approve:
Approvals may be subject to conditions
(4) An approval given under subsection (1) or (2) may be expressed to be subject to specified conditions.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
When approvals come into force
(5) An approval given under subsection (1) or (2) comes into force on the day the Director gives the approval, or on a later day specified in the approval.
Variation and revocation of approvals
361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Director must manage a Commonwealth reserve to give effect to a management plan for the reserve. If indigenous people think the Director is not doing this for a reserve including their land, they can take the matter up with the Minister.
Commonwealth agencies must act so as not to contravene a management plan.
362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply with management plan for Commonwealth reserve
(1) The Director must exercise the Director’s powers and perform the Director’s functions to give effect to a management plan that is in operation for a Commonwealth reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 363
363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director over implementation of plan
Minister to resolve disagreement
(1) If the Chair or Chairperson of a land council for indigenous people’s land in a jointly managed reserve and the Director disagree about whether the Director is exercising the Director’s powers and performing the Director’s functions consistently with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
What is a land council?
(2) The land council for indigenous people’s land in a Commonwealth reserve is:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(c) if the land is elsewhere—a body corporate that:
(iii) consists of indigenous persons who either live in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate or are registered as traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate.
What is indigenous people’s land?
(3) Land is indigenous people’s land if:
Who is an indigenous person?
(4) A person is an indigenous person if he or she is:
What is a jointly managed reserve?
(5) A Commonwealth reserve is a jointly managed reserve if:
364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over implementation of plan
(1) The Director must inform the Minister if the Director believes that:
(a) a decision of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve is likely to be substantially detrimental to the good management of the reserve; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 365
(b) a decision of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve is contrary to a management plan in operation for the reserve.
365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister may approve a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve prepared by the Director and any Board for the reserve. Before the Minister approves a plan, he or she may modify it.
Before the Director gives a plan to the Minister for approval, there are 2 opportunities for the public and others with an interest in the reserve to comment.
The Minister can resolve any disagreements between the Director and a Board for a reserve over preparation of a plan for the reserve.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves without Boards
(1) The Director must prepare management plans for each Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves without Boards
(2) The Director may prepare a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board:
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves with Boards
(3) A Board for a Commonwealth reserve must prepare management plans for the reserve in conjunction with the Director, to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves with Boards
(4) The Board for a Commonwealth reserve may prepare a management plan for the reserve in conjunction with the Director:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 367
367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve
Mandatory content
(1) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve must provide for the protection and conservation of the reserve. In particular, the plan must:
(i) not be inconsistent with the Commonwealth Heritage management principles; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(ii) address the matters prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of paragraph 341S(4)(a).
Plan may assign different zones to different IUCN categories
(2) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may divide the reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category (whether or not a Proclamation has assigned the reserve or each zone of the reserve to that IUCN category). The category to which a zone is assigned may differ from the category to which the reserve is assigned.
Consistency with Australian IUCN reserve management principles
(3) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to the reserve or a particular zone of the reserve must not be inconsistent with the Australian IUCN reserve management principles for the IUCN category to which the reserve or zone is assigned by the plan.
If zone is in different category from reserve
Plans for proposed extension of reserve
(6) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may include provisions relating to an area that is proposed to be included in the reserve, but they do not have effect until the area is included in the reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 368
368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Overview of process
(1) Before the Director gives the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval:
Notice inviting comments on proposal to prepare draft
(2) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
(iii) if the reserve is in a State or self-governing Territory— the agency (if any) of the State or Territory that is responsible for managing national parks established in the State or Territory under a law of the State or Territory; and
(iv) if the Minister has established under Division 4 of Part 19 an advisory committee with functions relating to the reserve—the committee; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(v) if the Director holds any land or seabed in the reserve under lease—anyone the Director is obliged under the lease to consult about management of the land or seabed; and
Considerations in preparing a management plan
(3) In preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve, the Director and the Board (if any) for the reserve must take account of:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 368
Who are the traditional owners of indigenous people’s land?
(4) The traditional owners of indigenous people’s land are:
Notice inviting comment on draft
(5) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in planning process
370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Giving management plan to Minister for approval
(1) The Director must give the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval, but only if the Board (if any) for the reserve agrees. The Director must do so as soon as
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 370
practicable after considering under paragraph 368(1)(e) the comments (if any) on a draft of the management plan.
Things to be given to Minister with management plan
(2) When the Director gives the plan to the Minister, the Director must also give the Minister:
Minister’s decision
(3) Within 60 days of the Director giving the plan, the Minister:
Note: There are some extra rules about giving back to the Director a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory. See section 390.
Procedure if Minister gives plan back
(4) If the Minister gives the plan back to the Director with suggestions:
Minister’s decision on re-submitted plan
(5) As soon as practicable after the Director has given the Minister a version of the plan under subsection (4), the Minister:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Considerations for Minister assigning reserve to IUCN category
(6) When approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve to assign the reserve, or a zone of a reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied of the matters specified in section 347 that he or she would have to be satisfied of before the Governor-General could make a Proclamation to assign the reserve or zone to that IUCN category.
371 Approved management plans are disallowable instruments
(1) A management plan approved for a Commonwealth reserve by the Minister is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note: Section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides for the commencement, tabling and disallowance of disallowable instruments.
372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may amend or revoke and replace an earlier management plan for the reserve.
373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve ceases to have effect 10 years after it took effect (unless it has already been revoked).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 374
374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister must establish a Board for a Commonwealth reserve that is wholly or partly on indigenous people’s land, if the land council for that land (or traditional owners) and the Minister agree that there should be a Board for the reserve.
The Board’s role is to make decisions and plans for management of the reserve, in conjunction with the Director.
A majority of Board members must be indigenous people nominated by traditional owners if the reserve is wholly or mostly on indigenous people’s land.
375 Application
This Subdivision provides for Boards for Commonwealth reserves that consist of, or include, indigenous people’s land held under lease by the Director.
376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional owners agree
Note: The notice may specify different qualifications for different positions. See subsection 33(3A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note: By agreement between the Minister and the land council or traditional owners, more than one member of a Board may be a person nominated by the State or Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 378
378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board
Revoking and amending notice establishing Board
(1) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette:
(iii) decrease the number of positions of member of the Board and specify which positions are abolished; or
(iv) change the qualifications for appointment to a position of member of the Board.
Note: The Minister may exercise the power of amendment from time to time. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Limits on changing composition of Board
(2) Paragraph (1)(b) has effect subject to subsections 377(4) and (5).
Note 1: Subsection 377(4) requires a majority of the members of the Board of a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease to be indigenous persons nominated by the traditional owners of the land.
Note 2: Subsection 377(5) requires at least one member of a Board for a reserve in a State or self-governing Territory to be a nominee of the State or Territory.
Prerequisite to revoking or amending notice
(3) The Minister may revoke or amend a notice under section 377 relating to a Commonwealth reserve only if the Minister agrees on the revocation or amendment with:
(a) the land council for indigenous people’s land in the reserve, if the Board for the reserve was established with the agreement of the land council; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(b) the traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in the reserve, if the Board for the reserve was established with the agreement of the traditional owners.
Board’s identity not affected by name change
(4) If the Minister amends a notice published under section 377 so as to alter a Board’s name or constitution, section 25B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 applies in relation to the alteration as if it had been made by an Act.
Note: This ensures that the Board’s identity and functions are not affected by the alteration, and that certain references to the Board under its old name are treated as references to the Board under its new name.
379 Appointment of Board members
Appointment of persons
(1) The Minister may, in writing, appoint a person on a part-time basis to a position of member of a Board if:
Note: Subsection (1) is subject to section 390A, which deals with the appointment of a Northern Territory nominee as a member of the Board for a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease in the Territory.
Replacement appointments
(2) As soon as practicable after a position of member of a Board becomes vacant, the Minister must appoint a person to the position under subsection (1).
Validity of appointments
(3) A deficiency or irregularity relating to the nomination, selection or appointment of a member of a Board does not invalidate the member’s appointment.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 379A
379A Fit and proper person
In determining for the purposes of this Subdivision whether a person is a fit and proper person to be a member of a Board, the Minister may have regard to the matters specified in regulations made for the purposes of this section. The Minister may also have regard to any other matter the Minister considers appropriate.
Note: The question whether a person is a fit and proper person is relevant to subsection 379(1) (which is about appointments to Boards), and subsection 382(1A) (which is about termination of appointments).
380 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Board holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 382 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Avoiding doubt—future terms of office
(1A) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent a person from being appointed as a member of a Board again. This subsection does not affect the operation of subsection 33(4A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 in relation to this Act.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Board may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Board holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
381 Remuneration
(1) A member of a Board is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the member is to be paid the remuneration that is prescribed.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
382 Termination of appointments of Board members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Board is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination if person is not fit and proper
(1A) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the Minister is satisfied that the member is not a fit and proper person to be a member of the Board. For this purpose, in having regard to matters as mentioned in section 379A, the Minister may consider things that happened either before or after the member’s appointment.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Board meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 382
Termination for conduct inimical to Board
(4A) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for a reserve if the Minister is satisfied that the person has acted in a way that is not in the interest of the Board as a whole. However, the Minister may not terminate under this subsection the appointment of a member nominated by traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in the reserve.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination on request by nominator
(6) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(7) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of the Board if the member:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
383 Procedure of a Board
persons nominated by the traditional owners of the indigenous people’s land for appointment as members.
(5) Subsection (4) has effect despite subsections (1), (2) and (3).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 384
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Special rules apply to Commonwealth reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory, affecting the activities that can be carried on in those reserves.
Special procedures apply to planning for management of reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory. These provide for extra involvement of indigenous people in the planning process.
385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management plan
When a management plan is not in operation for a particular Commonwealth reserve wholly or partly in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory, the Director may perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in and in relation to a part of the reserve in the region, subject to any directions of the Minister.
386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region?
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
387 No mining operations in Kakadu National Park
388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu region and Uluru region
(1) A person may develop a township in a part of a Commonwealth reserve, but only if:
(iii) a town plan prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 389
389 Planning for townships
Management plan provisions
(1) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to a township must include provisions for and in relation to:
Town plan provisions
(2) A town plan must make detailed provision relating to the proposed construction or development of the township, including, in particular, the provision (if any) to be made for:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(iii) any lease or sub-lease from the Director of land on which the township is to be established or developed.
Town plans may adopt, apply or incorporate other instruments
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a town plan may apply, adopt or incorporate, with or without modification:
Town plans must not be inconsistent with other instruments
(4) A town plan must never be inconsistent with:
Revocation and variation of town plans
(5) A town plan may be revoked or amended in the manner provided by the regulations.
Note: Town plans are to be prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations. See subparagraph 388(1)(b)(iii).
390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning process
(1) This section sets out some extra rules about the process of preparing management plans for a Commonwealth reserve wholly or partly within the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(a) must also consider:
Minister under subsection (7); when considering under subsection 370(5) the version of the plan given to the Minister under paragraph 370(4)(b); and
(b) must not approve the plan before the end of the period described in subsection (6).
390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390A
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
Division 5—Conservation zones 390B Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Governor-General can proclaim a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone, to protect biodiversity in the area while it is being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
Regulations can be made to regulate a wide range of activities in a conservation zone.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a conservation zone can continue to exercise those rights in the zone.
A conservation zone can be revoked if the Minister is satisfied the area concerned should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve. It is revoked automatically if it is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
390C Object of this Division
The object of this Division is to provide for the protection of biodiversity, other natural features and heritage in Commonwealth areas while they are being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
390D Proclamation of conservation zones
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390E
390E Regulating activities generally
(1) The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
paragraph (n) (including a person in whose name the motor vehicle is registered under the law of a State or Territory); and
(2) Regulations relating to conservation zones may also:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390F
(f) provide for and in relation to the giving of securities for compliance with regulations made for the purposes of this section by persons doing, or proposing to do, anything to which those regulations relate.
(3) Regulations made for the purposes of this section have no effect to the extent that they are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of a right (however described) to explore for minerals, or to mine for or recover minerals, granted under section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.
390F Charges for activities in conservation zones
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for using services or facilities provided by the Director in or in connection with a conservation zone.
390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division
Regulations regulating aircraft subject to other Commonwealth laws
(1) A provision of the regulations regulating the flying of aircraft over a conservation zone does not have any effect so far as it is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth. For this purpose, a provision is not inconsistent with such a law if it can be complied with without contravention of the law.
Territory laws subject to regulations
(2) A law of a Territory has effect so far as it is not inconsistent with a provision of the regulations made for the purposes of this Division and having effect in that Territory. For this purpose, such a law is not inconsistent with the provision so far as it can operate concurrently with the provision.
390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to have effect
(1) None of the following provisions affect a usage right that was held by a person (other than the Commonwealth) in relation to land or seabed immediately before the land or seabed was included in a conservation zone:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
390J Revoking and altering conservation zones
Proclamations to revoke or amend declaring Proclamation
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, revoke or amend a Proclamation made under section 390D (declaring a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone).
Limit on making Proclamations
(2) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under subsection (1) causing a Commonwealth area to cease to be within a conservation zone, the Minister must be satisfied that the area should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390J
Declaration of Commonwealth reserve revokes conservation zone
(3) A Commonwealth area ceases to be a conservation zone by force of this subsection if the area becomes or is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Conservation zone ends if it ceases to be in Commonwealth area
(4) If land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone cease to be a Commonwealth area, the land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be (or be in) a conservation zone by force of this subsection.
Proclamation to reflect cessation of conservation zone
(5) If land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be a conservation zone by force of subsection (3) or (4), the Governor-General must make a Proclamation revoking or amending the Proclamation that included the land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone, to reflect the fact that the land, waters, seabed or airspace are no longer part of the conservation zone.
The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A
Section 390K
Chapter 5A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
Part 15A—The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390K The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390L Inclusion of places in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
390M Removal of places from the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia or variation of statement of historic significance
(1) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, do either of the following in relation to a place that is included in the List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia:
Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
Section 390N
(2) The regulations may specify matters the Minister is to have regard to in considering whether to take action under subsection (1).
390N Inviting comments from other Ministers before taking action
Minister for Foreign Affairs means the Minister administering the Diplomatic Privileges and Immunities Act 1967.
390P Minister may ask Australian Heritage Council for advice etc.
The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Chapter 5A The List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia Part 15A
Section 390Q
390Q List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia to be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
390R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
Chapter 6 Administration Part 16 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
Section 391
Chapter 6—Administration
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions
Taking account of precautionary principle
(1) The Minister must take account of the precautionary principle in making a decision listed in the table in subsection (3), to the extent he or she can do so consistently with the other provisions of this Act.
Precautionary principle
(2) The precautionary principle is that lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing a measure to prevent degradation of the environment where there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental damage.
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
(3) The decisions are:
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
1 | 75 | whether an action is a controlled action |
---|---|---|
2 | 133 | whether or not to approve the taking of an |
action | ||
3 | 201 | whether or not to grant a permit |
4 | 216 | whether or not to grant a permit |
5 | 238 | whether or not to grant a permit |
6 | 258 | whether or not to grant a permit |
Administration Chapter 6 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions Part 16
Section 391
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
6A 269AA whether or not to have a recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community
7 269A about making a recovery plan or adopting a plan as a recovery plan
7A 270A whether or not to have a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process
7B 270B about making a threat abatement plan or adopting a plan as a threat abatement plan
8 280 about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a recovery plan or threat abatement plan
9 285 about making a wildlife conservation plan or adopting a plan as a wildlife conservation plan
10 295 about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a wildlife conservation plan
10A 303CG whether or not to grant a permit
10AA 303DC whether or not to amend the list of exempt native specimens
10B 303DG whether or not to grant a permit
10C 303EC about including an item in the list referred to section 303EB
10D 303EN whether or not to grant a permit
10E 303FN about declaring an operation to be an approved wildlife trade operation
10F 303FO about declaring a plan to be an approved wildlife trade management plan
10G 303FP about declaring a plan to be an accredited wildlife trade management plan
10H 303GB whether or not to grant an exceptional circumstances permit
11 316 about making a plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas Chapter 6 Administration Part 16 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
Section 391A
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
11A | 324S | about making a plan for managing a National Heritage place |
12 | 328 | about making a plan for managing a wetland that is designated for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas |
13 | 338 | about making a plan for managing a Biosphere reserve entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas |
13A | 341T | about endorsing a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place |
14 | 370 | about approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve |
391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions
Subject to this Act, the Minister must have regard to information in the Register of the National Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003 in making any decision under this Act to which the information is relevant.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
Part 17—Enforcement
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers
392 Appointment of wardens and rangers
The Minister may, in writing, appoint:
393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise powers etc. of wardens or rangers
(1) The Secretary may make arrangements with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999), or with an authority of the Commonwealth, for the performance or exercise of all or any of the functions or powers of wardens and rangers under this Act or the regulations by officers or employees in that Agency or authority, as the case may be.
(1A) However, an arrangement under subsection (1) must not provide for the performance or exercise of functions or powers under this Act or the regulations in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone.
(2) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of a State or of the Australian Capital Territory or of the Northern Territory for:
to perform or exercise all or any of the functions or powers of wardens or rangers under this Act or the regulations.
(3) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of Norfolk Island for persons appointed or employed
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 394
under an enactment referred to in section 61 of the Norfolk Island Act 1979 to perform or exercise all or any of the functions or powers of wardens or rangers under this Act or the regulations.
(4) The Director may make arrangements with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999), or with an authority of the Commonwealth, for the performance or exercise of all or any of the functions or powers of wardens and rangers under this Act or the regulations by officers or employees in that Agency or authority, as the case may be.
394 Wardens ex officio
By force of this section each of the following is a warden:
395 Identity cards
Subdivision B—Inspectors
396 Appointment of inspectors
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
(3) If the Minister makes a determination under subsection (2) about a named individual, the Minister must give the individual a copy of the determination.
397 Inspectors ex officio
Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be inspectors
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 399
under an enactment referred to in section 61 of the Norfolk Island Act 1979 to be inspectors, and that arrangement has effect accordingly.
399 Identity cards
(1) The Minister must issue to an inspector an identity card in a form approved by the Minister, containing a photograph of the person to whom it is issued.
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an inspector who is:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
Subdivision BA—Exercise of powers of authorised officers outside the territorial sea
399A Powers to be exercised consistently with UNCLOS
UNCLOS means the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, done at Montego Bay on 10 December 1982.
Note: The text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1994 No. 31. In 2006, the text of a Convention in the Australian Treaty Series was accessible through the Australian Treaties Library on the AustLII website (www.austlii.edu.au).
Subdivision BB—Exercise of powers of authorised officers in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
399B Certain powers to be exercised only by certain authorised officers
(1) The powers of an authorised officer in relation to:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 400
(c) a thing that may be done for the purposes of that Act;
may only be exercised by an authorised officer who is an inspector by force of paragraph 397(1)(a) or (b).
(2) To avoid doubt, an authorised officer who is an inspector by force of paragraph 397(1)(a) or (b) and also by force of paragraph 397(1)(c) is an authorised officer who may exercise the powers referred to in subsection (1).
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra powers, functions and duties
The regulations may provide for functions and powers to be conferred, and duties to be imposed, on wardens, rangers and inspectors.
401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers
(a) obstructs, intimidates, resists or hinders another person who is an authorised officer or a ranger exercising or performing his or her powers, duties or functions; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 402
(b) does so knowing that the other person is an authorised officer or ranger.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers
(2A) An authorised officer who boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under paragraph (2)(a) may require a person on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform to:
(3) If an authorised officer or the person in command of a Commonwealth ship or of a Commonwealth aircraft suspects on reasonable grounds that a vessel to which this section applies has been used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against an environmental law, he or she may:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 403
(5A) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty:
(a) if the requirement is made under subsection (2A)— imprisonment for 6 months or 30 penalty units, or both; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
(b) if the requirement is made under subsection (3), (4) or (5)— 50 penalty units.
(5B) If there is a restraint on the liberty of a person on a vessel resulting from an authorised officer’s exercise of a power under this section in relation to the vessel:
(iii) the Commonwealth.
This subsection is not intended to affect the jurisdiction of the High Court under section 75 of the Constitution.
(5C) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
(6) In this Act:
Commonwealth aircraft means an aircraft in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign or prescribed insignia of the aircraft is displayed.
Commonwealth ship means a ship in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign of the ship is flying.
404 Authorised officers to produce identification
(1) If an authorised officer (subject to subsection (1A)) boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403, the authorised officer must:
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 405
platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the requirement.
(3A) Subsection (3) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
405 Access to premises
(1) An authorised officer may, with the consent of the occupier of any premises, enter the premises for the purpose of exercising the powers of an authorised officer under section 406.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
if the occupier of the premises has required the officer to produce written identification for inspection by the occupier and:
406 Powers of authorised officers
(1) An authorised officer who boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403, or enters premises under section 405 may:
(a) inspect and search the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises, as the case may be; and
(aa) take photographs (including a video recording), and make sketches, of the premises or of any substance or thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(b) inspect, take extracts from, and make copies of, any document that is, or that the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds is, evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 406
(ba) in the case of an authorised officer who boards a vessel under section 403—subject to section 406A, search without warrant:
to find out whether there is hidden on the person or in the clothing:
(iii) an eligible seizable item; or
(iv) a thing that may be evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
(c) inspect, and take samples of, any other evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both; and
(ca) take measurements of, and conduct tests on, the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises or any substance or thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(2) For the purposes of this Part, evidential material means:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
(iii) any thing as to which there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that it is intended to be used for the purpose of contravening the environmental penalty provision.
(2A) A reference to a thing in subsection (2) includes a reference to any such thing in electronic form.
(3) For the purposes of exercising a power under subsection (1), an authorised officer may break open any hold or compartment, or any container or other receptacle (including any place that could be used as a receptacle), on a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform or on any premises.
406A Searches under paragraph 406(1)(ba)
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises
Section 406AA
406AA Taking things into possession
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 or the Migration Act 1958.
Note: Once the person ceases to be detained under Schedule 1, the person will generally need to be detained under the Migration Act 1958 while he or she is in the migration zone (because his or her enforcement visa under that Act will cease to have effect). Subsection (5) ensures the officer can keep the item or thing while the person is detained under this Act or that Act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises Division 2
406B Thing taken into possession is not a thing seized
A reference in this Act to a thing (however described) seized under this Part or this Act does not include a reference to a thing that has been taken into possession under section 406AA or Schedule 1.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance
407 Monitoring powers
(1) For the purposes of this Division, each of the following powers is a monitoring power in relation to particular premises:
(cb) the power to mark a live specimen on the premises (see subsection (2));
(d) the power to take extracts from, or make copies of, any document, book or record on the premises;
(da) the powers to operate electronic equipment, and do other things, at the premises as mentioned in section 407A;
(e) the power to take onto the premises any equipment or material reasonably necessary for the purpose of exercising a power referred to in any other paragraph of this subsection.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(cb), mark includes:
(iii) place (whether by piercing or otherwise) a tag or ring on any part of the animal; and
(iv) mark or label a cage or container within which the animal is kept.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
(3) If:
exercised by the authorised officer; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the specimen, or to the owner of the cage or container, as the case requires.
407A Operation of electronic equipment at premises
Monitoring powers include the powers set out in this section
(1) Monitoring powers in relation to premises include the powers set out in this section. This section does not authorise these powers to be exercised otherwise than in situations in which this Division allows monitoring powers to be exercised.
Operation of equipment
(2) An authorised officer may operate electronic equipment at premises to see whether relevant material is accessible by doing so, if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.
Seizure etc.
(3) If an authorised officer operates electronic equipment at premises under subsection (2), and the authorised officer finds that relevant material is accessible by doing so, he or she may:
(a) seize the equipment and any disk, tape or other associated device; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407A
operate the equipment or other facilities to copy the material to the storage device and take the storage device from the premises.
Limitation on seizure
(4) An authorised officer may seize equipment under paragraph (3)(a) only if:
How this Part applies to things seized
(5) The other provisions of this Part apply in relation to a thing seized under paragraph (3)(a) or (b) as if the thing had been seized under section 445.
Securing equipment
(6) If an authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds that:
he or she may do whatever is necessary to secure the equipment, whether by locking it up, placing a guard or otherwise.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Notice about securing equipment
(7) An authorised officer who wishes to secure electronic equipment under subsection (6) must give notice to the occupier of the premises of:
Period for which equipment may be secured
(8) Electronic equipment may be secured under subsection (6):
Extension of period
(9) If an authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds that expert assistance will not be available within 24 hours, the authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for an extension of that period.
Notice to occupier
(10) An authorised officer must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to apply for an extension under subsection (9), and the occupier is entitled to be heard in relation to the application.
Provisions relating to extensions
Definition
relevant material means:
(a) evidential material; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 407B
(b) any other material that is relevant for the purposes of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
407B Compensation for damage to electronic equipment
(1) If:
the equipment; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the equipment.
408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent
Entry by consent
(1) An authorised officer may, with the consent of the occupier of any premises, enter the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Entry for monitoring purposes
(2) An authorised officer may only enter premises under subsection (1) to the extent that it is reasonably necessary for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Exercise of monitoring powers
(3) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise monitoring powers in relation to those premises.
Exercise of seizure powers
(4) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
Right to refuse to give consent
(5) Before obtaining the consent of a person for the purposes of this section, an authorised officer must tell the person that the person may refuse to give consent.
Consent must be voluntary
(6) An entry by an authorised officer in consequence of the consent of a person is not lawful unless the person voluntarily consented to the entry.
Production of identity card etc.
(7) An authorised officer is not entitled to:
relation to premises; if the occupier of the premises has required the officer to produce written identification for inspection by the occupier and:
(c) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(ca) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(d) in any other case—the officer fails to produce his or her identity card for inspection by the occupier.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 409
Extension to vehicles, vessels and aircraft
(8) Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) apply in relation to:
409 Monitoring warrants
Application for monitoring warrant
(1) An authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for a warrant under this section in relation to particular premises. The warrant is to be known as a monitoring warrant.
Note: Urgent applications may be made by telephone or other electronic means under section 409A.
Issue of monitoring warrant
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the magistrate may issue the monitoring warrant if satisfied, by information on oath or affirmation, that it is reasonably necessary that the authorised officer should have access to the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of an environmental law have been, are being or will be complied with.
Information about grounds for issue of monitoring warrant
(3) The magistrate must not issue the monitoring warrant unless the authorised officer or another person has given the magistrate, either orally (on oath or affirmation) or by affidavit, such further information as the magistrate requires about the grounds on which the issue of the monitoring warrant is being sought.
Terms of warrant
(4) The monitoring warrant must:
(a) name an authorised officer who, unless he or she inserts the name of another authorised officer in the warrant, is to be responsible for executing the warrant; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
(aa) authorise the executing officer, with such assistance and by such force as is necessary and reasonable, from time to time while the monitoring warrant remains in force:
Seizure powers
(5) If an authorised officer enters premises under a monitoring warrant, he or she may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
409A Monitoring warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) An authorised officer may make an application to a magistrate for a monitoring warrant by telephone, telex, fax or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 409A
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information as required to be provided in an application under section 409, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of monitoring warrant
(4) If an application is made to a magistrate under this section and the magistrate, after considering the information and having received and considered such further information (if any) as the magistrate required, is satisfied that:
the magistrate may complete and sign the same form of monitoring warrant that would be issued under section 409.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the monitoring warrant, the magistrate must inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, fax or other electronic means, of the terms of the monitoring warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Form of monitoring warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of monitoring warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the monitoring warrant was signed.
Completed form of monitoring warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than 48 hours after making the application, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Attachment of form of warrant to subsection (7) documents
(8) The magistrate must attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of monitoring warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption if form of warrant not produced in evidence
(9) If:
not produced in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
Court may admit evidence even if subsection (7) or (8) not complied with
(10) A court may admit evidence obtained because of the issue of a warrant pursuant to this section even if either or both of subsections (7) and (8) have not been complied with if, having regard to the nature of and reasons for the non-compliance and any other relevant matters, the court is satisfied that it was not practicable to comply with that subsection or those subsections (as the case requires).
409B Executing officer to be in possession of warrant
When executing a warrant, the executing officer must be in possession of:
410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc.
(1) If a monitoring warrant in relation to premises is being executed and the occupier of the premises, or another person who apparently represents the occupier, is present at the premises, the executing
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 411
officer must make available to that person a copy of the monitoring warrant.
411 Occupier entitled to be present during search
412 Announcement before entry
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 413
Division 4—Search warrants
413 When search warrants can be issued
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
414 Statements in warrants
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found at the premises in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 414
(b) whether the warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person who is at or near the premises when the warrant is executed if the executing officer or an officer assisting suspects on reasonable grounds that the person has in his or her possession:
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found, in the course of the search, on or in the possession of the person or in an aircraft, vehicle or vessel that the person had operated or occupied at any time within 24 hours before the search began, being a thing that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
(b) the kind of search of a person that the warrant authorises.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
415 Powers of magistrate
416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) An authorised officer may make an application to a magistrate for a warrant by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate may require communication by voice to the extent that is practicable in the circumstances.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 416
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information as required to be provided in an ordinary application for a warrant, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of warrant
(4) If an application is made to a magistrate under this section and the magistrate, after considering the information and having received and considered such further information (if any) as the magistrate required, is satisfied that:
person would frustrate the effective execution of the warrant; the magistrate may complete and sign the same form of warrant that would be issued under section 413.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the warrant, the magistrate is to inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means, of the terms of the warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Form of warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the warrant was signed.
Completed form of warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than the day after the day of expiry of the warrant or the day after the day on which the warrant was executed, whichever is the earlier, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
Attachment
(8) The magistrate is to attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption
(9) If:
in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant
Search of premises
(1) A warrant that is in force in relation to premises authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention of an environmental penalty provision;
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 417
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
Search of a person
(2) A warrant that is in force in relation to a person authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(iii) evidential material in relation to another contravention
of an environmental penalty provision; if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against an environmental law or in contravening an environmental penalty provision; and
(d) to seize other things found in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be eligible seizable items.
Hours when premises may be searched
(3) If a warrant in relation to premises states that the premises may be entered only during particular hours, the premises must not be entered outside those hours.
Hours when person may be searched
(3A) If a warrant in relation to a person states that the search of the person may be carried out only during particular hours, the search must not be carried out outside those hours.
Ordinary searches or frisk searches
(4) If a warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person, a search of the person different from that so authorised must not be done.
Seized items may be made available to other agencies
(5) If things are seized under a warrant, the warrant authorises the executing officer to make the things available to officers of other agencies if it is necessary to do so for the purpose of investigating or prosecuting an offence to which the things relate.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 418
418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a warrant
418A Executing officer to be in possession of warrant
When executing a warrant, the executing officer must be in possession of:
419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant
421 Use of equipment to examine or process things
or processing can be carried out in order to determine whether they are things that may be seized under the warrant.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 422
422 Use of electronic equipment at premises
Operation of equipment
(1) The executing officer or an officer assisting may operate electronic equipment at the premises to see whether evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both, is accessible by doing so if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.
Seizure etc.
(2) If the executing officer or an officer assisting, after operating the equipment, finds that evidential material in relation to an offence against an environmental law, in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision or in relation to both, is accessible by doing so, he or she may:
(a) seize the equipment and any disk, tape or other associated device; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
operate the equipment or other facilities to copy the material to the storage device and take the storage device from the premises.
Limitation on seizure
(3) A person may seize equipment under paragraph (2)(a) only if:
Securing equipment
(4) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that:
he or she may do whatever is necessary to secure the equipment, whether by locking it up, placing a guard or otherwise.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 423
Notice about securing equipment
(5) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to secure equipment and of the fact that the equipment may be secured for up to 24 hours.
Period for which equipment may be secured
(6) The equipment may be secured:
Extension of period
(7) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that the expert assistance will not be available within 24 hours, he or she may apply to a magistrate for an extension of that period.
Notice to occupier
(8) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to apply for an extension, and the occupier is entitled to be heard in relation to the application.
Provisions relating to extensions
(9) The provisions of this Division relating to the issue of warrants apply, with such modifications as are necessary, to the issuing of an extension.
423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment
(1) If:
(i) insufficient care being exercised in selecting the person who was to operate the equipment; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(ii) insufficient care being exercised by the person operating
the equipment; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the equipment.
424 Copies of seized things to be provided
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if an authorised officer seizes, under a warrant relating to premises:
copied; the authorised officer must, if requested to do so by the occupier of the premises or another person who apparently represents the occupier and who is present when the warrant is executed, give a copy of the thing or the information to that person as soon as practicable after the seizure.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
425 Occupier entitled to be present during search
(1) If a warrant in relation to premises is being executed and the occupier of the premises or another person who apparently represents the occupier is present at the premises, the person is, subject to Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914, entitled to observe the search being conducted.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 426
426 Receipts for things seized under warrant
427 Restrictions on personal searches
A warrant cannot authorise a strip search or a search of a person’s body cavities.
428 When a thing is in the possession of a person
This Division applies to a person (the possessor) who has a thing under his or her control in any place (whether for the use or benefit of the possessor or of another person), even if another person has the actual possession or custody of the thing, as if the possessor has possession of the thing.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Arrest and related matters Division 6
Division 6—Arrest and related matters
430 Powers of arrest
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; and
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; and
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(2A) Subsection (2) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that it is
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 6 Arrest and related matters
Section 432
prudent to do so in order to ascertain whether the arrested person is carrying any eligible seizable items:
432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that the arrested person is carrying:
(a) evidential material in relation to that or another offence against an environmental law; or
(aa) evidential material in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision; or
(b) an eligible seizable item; conduct an ordinary search of the arrested person at or soon after
the time or arrest, and seize any such thing found as a result of the search.
433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises
An authorised officer who arrests a person at premises for an offence against an environmental law, or who is present at such an arrest, may seize a thing in plain view at those premises that the authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds to be:
(a) evidential material in relation to that or another offence against an environmental law; or
(aa) evidential material in relation to a contravention of an environmental penalty provision; or
(b) an eligible seizable item.
433A Interaction of this Division with Schedule 1
This Division does not limit, and is not limited by, Schedule 1. In particular, the detention of a person under Schedule 1 is not to be taken to constitute the arrest of the person for the purposes of this Division.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Division 6A
Division 6A—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
433B Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
Schedule 1 has effect.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 434
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches
An ordinary search or a frisk search of a person under this Part must, if practicable, be conducted by a person of the same sex as the person being searched.
435 Announcement before entry
436 Offence of making false statements in warrants
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if the person:
437 Offences relating to telephone warrants
A person must not:
(a) state in a document that purports to be a form of warrant under section 409A or 416 the name of a magistrate unless the magistrate issued the warrant; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
438 Retention of things seized under Division 4 or 6
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 440
440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected
This Part does not affect the law relating to legal professional privilege.
441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected
442 Persons to assist authorised officers
(1) Subject to subsection (5), the owner, or person in charge:
section 405; must, if requested by an authorised officer to do so, provide reasonable assistance to the authorised officer in the performance of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
must, if requested by an authorised officer to do so, provide reasonable assistance to the authorised officer in the performance
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the request.
(6) Subsection (5) does not apply to an authorised officer if:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
Section 443
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc.
443 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
baggage includes any parcel or other goods that:
goods includes baggage.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask questions about specimens Division 8A
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens
443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens
When section applies
(1) This section applies if an authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that:
Note: Sections 303CC, 303CD, 303DD, 303EK and 303GN are included in Part 13A, which deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
Questions
(2) If the authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that a person has information about the nature or origin of the specimen, the authorised officer may ask the person one or more questions about the nature or origin of the specimen.
(2A) The authorised officer may ask the questions:
Answers to questions
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8A Power to ask questions about specimens
Section 443A
(5) In subsection (3), strict liability applies to the circumstance that the person was asked a question under subsection (2).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
No requirement to give incriminating answers
(6) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2), the person is not required to answer the question if the answer might tend to incriminate the person or expose the person to a penalty.
Identity cards etc.
(7) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2) by an authorised officer, the person is not required to answer the question unless:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask for names and addresses Division 9
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses
444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address
(a) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—the authorised officer produces his or her identity card for inspection by the person.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444A
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
(1) An authorised officer may seize a specimen if he or she has reasonable grounds to suspect that the specimen has been used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against Part 13A.
Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
(2) If a warrant has been issued under Division 4:
Note: Division 4 is about search warrants. The Division contains its own seizure powers (see paragraphs 417(1)(c), (d) and (e) and (2)(b), (c) and (d)).
444B Notice about seizure
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a specimen is seized by an authorised officer under section 444A, the authorised officer must give:
specimen immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
(c) identifying the specimen; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) An authorised officer is not required to give a notice under subsection (1) about a specimen if, after making such inquiries as the authorised officer thinks appropriate, the authorised officer does not, within 30 days after the seizure, have sufficient information to enable the authorised officer to give the notice. In that event, the authorised officer must keep a written record of the seizure.
444C Applications for return of specimen
Note: Under section 444G, the Secretary may retain the specimen for up to 30 days after making a decision on the application.
444D Court action for return of specimen
(1) If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the owner of the specimen may bring an action against the Commonwealth in a court of competent jurisdiction for the delivery of the specimen to the owner on the ground that the specimen was not used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against Part 13A.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444E
involved in the commission of the offence concerned; the court must order the specimen to be forfeited to the Commonwealth.
(4) If:
(iii) the disposal of the specimen under section 449; the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth.
444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner
(1) If:
the Secretary may, with the consent of the owner of the specimen, consign the specimen to a place in the foreign country.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) The consignment is to be at the expense of the owner of the specimen.
444G Retention of specimen
(1) If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the specimen may be retained until the end of 30 days after whichever is the latest of the following events:
the termination of the proceedings (including any appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings).
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444H
means the Secretary is not in a position to cause reasonable steps to be taken to return the specimen; or
444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period
(1) If:
(iia) the specimen is delivered to a person under section 444C;
(iii) the owner of the specimen brings an action under subsection 444D(1) for the delivery of the specimen to the owner;
the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth at the end of that period.
(2) Subsection (1) has effect only to the extent (if any) to which it gives effect to paragraph 1(b) of Article VIII of CITES.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
Subdivision AB—Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)
445 Seizure of things (other than specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A)
Note: Section 444A deals with the seizure of such specimens.
(3) If a warrant has been issued under Division 4:
Note: Division 4 is about search warrants. The Division contains its own seizure powers (see paragraphs 417(1)(c), (d) and (e) and (2)(b), (c) and (d)).
(3A) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
(4) In this section:
thing includes a vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform, document, organism and specimen.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 446
446 Retention of things seized under this Subdivision
(1) This section applies to a thing that is seized under section 445.
(1A) The thing may be retained until:
whichever happens first.
(1B) As soon as practicable after the end of the period (the retention period) during which the thing may be retained under subsection (1A), the Secretary must cause reasonable steps to be taken to return the thing to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
(1C) Subsection (1B) does not apply if:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
the magistrate may order that the thing may continue to be retained for a period specified in the order. The maximum period of an individual extension must not be more than 30 days.
(3A) Before an authorised officer makes an application under subsection (2), he or she must:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 447
who from time to time hold office as magistrates in that State or Territory, of the function of making orders under subsection (3).
Subdivision AC—Direction to deliver seizable items
447 Direction to deliver seizable items
Subdivision B—Disposal of seized items
449 Immediate disposal of seized items
(1) If:
(a) a thing is seized under this Part; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(b) the Secretary considers that it is reasonably likely that the retention of the thing would:
(iii) result in the introduction of an alien species that represents a threat to ecosystems, habitats or other species; or
suffering; the Secretary may cause the thing to be dealt with in such manner as the Secretary considers appropriate (including the destruction of the thing).
(1A) If the Secretary causes a live animal to be destroyed under subsection (1), the Secretary must require the destruction to be carried out in a humane manner.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), if a thing is dealt with in accordance with subsection (1), the Secretary must give to:
thing immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
The notice must be given as soon as practicable after the thing is so dealt with.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 449A
449A Disposal of seized items if Secretary cannot locate or identify person entitled etc.
Subdivision BA—Release of seized items to owner etc.
449BA Release of seized items to owner etc.
(1) If a thing is seized under this Part, the Secretary may authorise the thing, or anything in, on or attached to the thing, to be released to its owner, or to the person from whose possession it was seized, either:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(2) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 12 months or 60 penalty units, or both.
(3) Absolute liability applies to paragraph (2)(a).
Note: For absolute liability, see section 6.2 of the Criminal Code.
449BB How this Part applies in relation to things released conditionally
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 450
(5) In this section:
modifications includes additions, omissions or substitutions.
Subdivision C—Forfeiture of seized items
450 Court-ordered forfeiture: order by court dealing with offence proceedings
(1) If a court convicts a person of an offence against an environmental law, the court may order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any thing used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
(1A) If a court convicts a person of an offence against Part 13A, the court must order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any specimen used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
Note: Part 13A deals with the international movement of wildlife specimens.
the court may order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of the specimen.
(4) A reference in this section to an offence against an environmental law does not include an offence against Part VIIA of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (compulsory pilotage).
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
450A Court-ordered forfeiture: other situations
450B Forfeiture of seized items by consent etc.
(1) If:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 451
(e) the provisions of this Part relating to forfeiture apply as if the thing had been forfeited to the Commonwealth under this Act.
(2) If:
the Secretary may retain the thing:
(3) Subsection (2) has effect despite anything in section 438, 444G, 446, 456AB or 456AC.
451 Dealings in forfeited items
452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth
(1) If:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(d) the Secretary requests the person to deliver the thing to the
Secretary; the person must deliver the thing to the Secretary.
(2) A person must not contravene subsection (1).
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms or specimens that have been seized
453 Keeping of organisms or specimens retained under this Part
If a person is authorised under this Part to retain an organism or specimen, the person may do so by causing the organism or specimen to be taken to, and kept at, a place approved by the Secretary for the purpose of keeping organisms or specimens seized under this Division.
454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms or specimens
to the reasonable costs incurred by the Commonwealth in disposing of the organism or specimen.
(3) An amount payable by a person under this section is a debt due by the person to the Commonwealth.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 455
Subdivision G—Rescuing things
455 Rescuing things
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if:
456 Breaking or destroying things or documents to prevent seizure etc.
A person must not:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
Subdivision H—Seizure of cages or containers
456AA Power to seize cages or containers containing seizable things
Note: The provisions governing the retention and return of the seizable thing are therefore the provisions that usually govern the seizure of a thing under the provision mentioned in paragraph (1)(a).
(4) If:
then the seizure is taken be under this section, rather than under that other provision (subject to subsection 456AB(5)).
456AB Retention of seized cage or container
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 456AC
cage or container to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
456AC Retention of non-seizable things contained in seized cages or containers
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
thing to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it).
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply if:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 11 Powers of pursuit
Section 457
Division 11—Powers of pursuit
457 Power to pursue persons etc.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
Division 12—Environmental audits
458 Directed environmental audits
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 459
459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit
460 Nature of directed environmental audit
(1) If:
section 458 as a matter that is to be covered by the audit; the auditor is guilty of an offence, punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 30 penalty units.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibilities.
(2) If:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
(c) the information or document is relevant to the audit;
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
461 Audit reports
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibilities.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 462
(4) If:
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations
This Division does not affect any obligation of a holder of an environmental authority to carry out an environmental audit in accordance with a condition of the authority.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
Division 13—Conservation orders Subdivision A—Simplified outline 463 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may make conservation orders controlling activities, and requiring specified people to take specified actions, in Commonwealth areas to protect listed threatened species or ecological communities.
A person who contravenes a conservation order commits an offence.
Before the Minister makes a conservation order, he or she must consult various Commonwealth agencies.
The Secretary must publicise conservation orders, and may give assistance to a person to comply with a conservation order.
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders
464 Minister may make conservation orders
Making conservation orders
(1) The Minister may make a written order (a conservation order):
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 465
Prerequisite to making conservation order
(2) The Minister may only make a conservation order if he or she reasonably believes that it is necessary to make the order to protect a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community.
Minister must consider economic and social matters
(3) In considering whether to make a conservation order, the Minister must be satisfied that making the order is justified, having regard to economic and social considerations that are consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
Minister must consult before making conservation order
(4) Before making a conservation order, the Minister:
465 Duration of conservation orders
466 Reviews of conservation orders
(1) The Minister must:
(a) at intervals of not more than 5 years, review the conservation order; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
(b) after each review, confirm, vary or revoke the order by instrument in writing.
467 Publication of conservation orders
(a) cause to be published in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State or self-governing Territory in which are located Commonwealth areas to which the order relates and in any other way required by the regulations, a notice containing:
(iii) if applicable, a statement of the decision on the review; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that a person affected by the order may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of the publication (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 468
(b) take all reasonable steps to ensure that each person who the Secretary knows would be affected by the order is given a notice containing:
(iii) unless the person is a Commonwealth agency or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory—a statement to the effect that contravention of the order is an offence against this Act; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that the person may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of being given the notice (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister.
(3) Failure to comply with this section does not affect the validity of the order.
468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review
469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on review
(1) Upon receiving the application, the Minister must:
(a) seek the Secretary’s advice on the application; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders
470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 471
471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc.
472 Contents of notices of advice
473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal
(1) Subject to subsections (1A) and (2), applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision to give the advice.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a delegate of the Minister).
(2) Despite section 27 of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, applications are not to be made by or on behalf of Commonwealth agencies.
474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 475
Division 14—Injunctions
475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person has engaged, engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations:
that is an interested person; may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct constituting an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure did, does or would constitute an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section, the Court may grant an interim injunction:
Meaning of interested person—individuals
(6) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an individual is an interested person if the individual is an Australian citizen or ordinarily resident in Australia or an external Territory, and:
Meaning of interested person—organisations
(7) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an organisation (whether incorporated or not) is an interested person if it is incorporated (or was otherwise established) in Australia or an external Territory and one or more of the following conditions are met:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 476
(c) if the application relates to proposed conduct—at any time during the 2 years immediately before the making of the application:
476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person bound by a conservation agreement engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes a contravention of the agreement, another person bound by the agreement or the Minister may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Note: Section 307 explains who is bound by a conservation agreement.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct contravening the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure was, is or would be a contravention of the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section the Court may grant an interim injunction:
477 Discharge of injunctions
On application, the Federal Court may discharge or vary an injunction.
479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant
Prohibitory injunctions
(1) The Federal Court may grant an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct:
Mandatory injunctions
(2) The Federal Court may grant an injunction requiring a person to do a particular act or thing:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 480
480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court
The powers conferred on the Federal Court by this Division are in addition to (and do not limit) any other powers of the Court.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders Division 14A
Division 14A—Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders
480A Remediation orders
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14A Federal Court’s power to make remediation orders
Section 480B
480B Discharge of remediation orders
On application by the Minister, the Federal Court may discharge or vary a remediation order.
480C Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court
The powers conferred on the Federal Court by this Division are in addition to (and do not limit) any other powers of the Court.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
Division 14B—Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Subdivision A—Making of remediation determinations
480D Minister may make remediation determination
(1) If:
this section in relation to the action; the Minister may make a written determination (a remediation determination) requiring the person to take action to repair or mitigate damage that may or will be, or that has been, caused by the contravention, to the matter protected by the provision of Part 3.
480E Contents of a remediation determination
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480F
(3) A remediation determination must contain a statement to the effect that the specified person may apply for a reconsideration of the determination under section 480J.
480F Notifying owners and occupiers of land of proposed remediation determination
(1) Before the Minister makes a remediation determination that requires action to be taken on land that is not owned or occupied by the person proposed to be specified in the order, the Minister must:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
(2) The Minister must take the comments into account in deciding whether to make the proposed remediation determination.
480G Notifying that remediation determination has been made
As soon as practicable after a remediation determination is made, the Minister must:
480H Duration of remediation determinations
480J Ministerial reconsideration of remediation determinations
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480K
(4) The Minister must:
Subdivision B—Federal Court may set aside remediation determination
480K Applying to Federal Court to have remediation determination set aside
(1) Within 28 days after any of the following:
Subdivision D; the specified person may apply to the Federal Court to have the remediation determination set aside.
(a) the nature and extent of the specified action;
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Minister’s power to make remediation determinations Division 14B
action. The Federal Court may also have regard to any other matters it considers relevant.
(4) The Federal Court must not set aside the remediation determination unless it is satisfied as mentioned in subsection (2).
Subdivision C—Complying with remediation determinations
480L Federal Court may order compliance with remediation determination
480M Civil penalty for contravention of remediation determination
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14B Minister’s power to make remediation determinations
Section 480N
Subdivision D—Variation or revocation of remediation determinations
480N Variation or revocation of remediation determination
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
Division 15—Civil penalties
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty
481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for contravening civil penalty provision
Application for order
(1) Within 6 years of a person (the wrongdoer) contravening a civil penalty provision, the Minister may apply on behalf of the Commonwealth to the Federal Court for an order that the wrongdoer pay the Commonwealth a pecuniary penalty.
Court may order wrongdoer to pay pecuniary penalty
(2) If the Court is satisfied that the wrongdoer has contravened a civil penalty provision, the Court may order the wrongdoer to pay to the Commonwealth for each contravention the pecuniary penalty that the Court determines is appropriate (but not more than the relevant amount specified for the provision).
Determining amount of pecuniary penalty
(3) In determining the pecuniary penalty, the Court must have regard to all relevant matters, including:
Conduct contravening more than one civil penalty provision
(4) If conduct constitutes a contravention of 2 or more civil penalty provisions, proceedings may be instituted under this Act against a person in relation to the contravention of any one or more of those provisions. However, the person is not liable to more than one
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 482
pecuniary penalty under this section in respect of the same conduct.
482 What is a civil penalty provision?
A subsection of this Act (or a section of this Act that is not divided into subsections) is a civil penalty provision if:
483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence
A contravention of a civil penalty provision is not an offence.
484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision
485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty
If the Federal Court orders a person to pay a pecuniary penalty:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal proceedings
486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings
The Federal Court must not make a pecuniary penalty order against a person for a contravention of a civil penalty provision if the person has been convicted of an offence constituted by conduct that is substantially the same as the conduct constituting the contravention.
486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings
486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings
Criminal proceedings may be started against a person for conduct that is substantially the same as conduct constituting a contravention of a civil penalty provision regardless of whether a pecuniary penalty order has been made against the person.
486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings
Evidence of information given or evidence of production of documents by an individual is not admissible in criminal proceedings against the individual if:
(a) the individual previously gave the evidence or produced the documents in proceedings for a pecuniary penalty order against the individual for a contravention of a civil penalty provision (whether or not the order was made); and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 486DA
(b) the conduct alleged to constitute the offence is substantially the same as the conduct that was claimed to constitute the contravention.
However, this does not apply to a criminal proceeding in respect of the falsity of the evidence given by the individual in the proceedings for the pecuniary penalty order.
Subdivision C—Enforceable undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions
486DA Acceptance of undertakings relating to contraventions of Part 3 civil penalty provisions
486DB Enforcement of undertakings
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Notices to produce or attend Division 15A
Division 15A—Notices to produce or attend
486E Application of Division
official means any of the following:
486F Minister may require person to provide information etc.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15A Notices to produce or attend
Section 486G
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
486G Minister may require person to appear before Minister
(1) The Minister may, by written notice, require the person to appear before an official specified in the notice, at a time and place specified in the notice:
as are specified in the notice. The time must not be earlier than 14 days after the notice is given.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
486H Persons to whom notices may not be given
A notice under subsection 486F(1) or 486G(1) must not be given to a person if the person is, or has been, a lawyer for:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Notices to produce or attend Division 15A
486J Self-incrimination
is not admissible in evidence against the person:
(iii) proceedings for an offence against section 137.1 or
137.2 (false or misleading information or documents) of the Criminal Code that relates to a requirement under this Division.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 16 Review of administrative decisions
Section 487
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions
487 Extended standing for judicial review
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Review of administrative decisions Division 16
(4) A term (except person aggrieved) used in this section and in the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 has the same meaning in this section as it has in that Act.
488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations
(1) A person acting on behalf of an unincorporated organisation that is a person aggrieved (for the purposes of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977) by:
under this Act or the regulations; may apply under that Act for a review of the decision, failure or conduct.
(2) The Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 applies in relation to the person as if he or she were a person aggrieved.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 489
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information
489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(b) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2A) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2B) An offence against subsection (2A) is punishable on conviction by a fine not more than 30 penalty units.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Duty to provide accurate information Division 17
(3) Subsections (1) and (2A) do not apply to a requirement to provide information that is imposed by a condition attached to an environmental authority.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (3). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(d) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if the person:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 491
(iii) an employee or officer in the Department; or
(iv) a commissioner;
performing a duty or carrying out a function under this Act or the regulations; and
(c) knows the information or document is false or misleading in a material particular.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 1 year, a fine not more than 60 penalty units, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations
493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?
In this Act:
executive officer of a body corporate means a person, by whatever name called and whether or not a director of the body, who is concerned in, or takes part in, the management of the body.
494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
contravention; the officer contravenes this subsection.
(2) Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision. Under section 481, the Federal Court may order a person contravening subsection (1) to pay a pecuniary penalty not more than the pecuniary penalty the Court could order an individual to pay for contravening the civil penalty provision contravened by the body corporate.
495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 495
(iii) section 491 (Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.); and
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
(2) If:
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
(i) section 15A (Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties); or
(ia) section 15C (Offences relating to National Heritage places); or
(ii) section 17B (Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands); or
(iii) section 18A (Offences relating to threatened species etc.); or
(vii) section 27A (Offences relating to Commonwealth land); or
(viia) section 27C (Offences relating to Commonwealth heritage places overseas); or
(viii) section 142A (Offence of breaching conditions on approvan( � and
(b) an executive officer of the body was reckless as to whether the contravention would occur; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding the term specified in the provision contravened by the body corporate.
Note: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent contravention?
(1) For the purposes of sections 494 and 495, in determining whether an executive officer of a body corporate failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention, a court is to have regard to:
(a) what action (if any) the officer took directed towards ensuring the following (to the extent that the action is relevant to the contravention):
(iii) that the body has an appropriate system established for managing the effects of the body’s activities on the environment;
(iv) that the body’s employees, agents and contractors have a reasonable knowledge and understanding of the requirements to comply with this Act and the regulations, in so far as those requirements affect the employees, agents or contractors concerned; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 496
(b) what action (if any) the officer took when he or she became aware that the body was contravening:
(iii) if the body contravened Part 3 or section 142 or 142A— any environmental management plan that was prepared by the body, and approved by the Minister, as required by a condition attached to an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 of the body’s taking of an action.
(2) This section does not, by implication, limit the generality of sections 494 and 495.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of landholders for other people’s actions Division 18A
Division 18A—Liability of landholders for other people’s actions
496A Who is a landholder?
For the purposes of this Division, a landholder, in relation to an area of land, is a person who is an owner, lessee or occupier of the area of land.
496B Civil penalties for landholders
(1) If:
the contravention; the landholder contravenes this subsection.
(2) Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision. Under section 481, the Federal Court may order a landholder contravening subsection (1) to pay a pecuniary penalty not more than the pecuniary penalty the Court could order the landholder to pay, if the landholder had contravened the civil penalty provision contravened by the actor.
496C Criminal liability of landholders
(1) If:
(a) a person (the actor) takes an action on an area of land that contravenes:
(i) section 15A (Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties); or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18A Liability of landholders for other people’s actions
Section 496D
(ii) section 15C (Offences relating to National Heritage places); or
(iii) section 17B (Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands); or
(vii) section 24A (Offences relating to marine areas); or
(viii) section 27A (Offences relating to Commonwealth land); or
(ix) section 142A (Offence of breaching conditions on approvan( � and
the contravention; the landholder commits an offence.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for the term specified in the provision contravened by the actor, a fine of the amount specified in that provision, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under the provision.
496D Did a landholder take reasonable steps to prevent a contravention?
(1) For the purposes of sections 496B and 496C, in determining whether a landholder failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention, a court is to have regard to:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of landholders for other people’s actions Division 18A
(2) This section does not, by implication, limit the generality of sections 496B and 496C.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 19 Infringement notices
Section 497
Division 19—Infringement notices
497 Infringement notices
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Publicising contraventions Division 20
Division 20—Publicising contraventions
498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 21 Immunity of officers
Section 498A
Division 21—Immunity of officers
498A Immunity of officers and assistants
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conduct of directors, employees and agents Division 22
Division 22—Conduct of directors, employees and agents
498B Conduct of directors, employees and agents
Bodies corporate—conduct
(1) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a body corporate:
is to be taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have been engaged in also by the body corporate unless the body corporate establishes that the body corporate took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid the conduct.
Bodies corporate—state of mind
(2) If, for the purposes of this Act, it is necessary to establish the state of mind of a body corporate in relation to particular conduct, it is sufficient to show:
Persons other than bodies corporate—conduct
(3) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a person other than a body corporate:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 22 Conduct of directors, employees and agents
Section 498B
is to be taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have been engaged in also by the first-mentioned person unless the first-mentioned person establishes that the first-mentioned person took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid the conduct.
Persons other than bodies corporate—state of mind
(4) If, for the purposes of this Act, it is necessary to establish the state of mind of a person other than a body corporate in relation to particular conduct, it is sufficient to show:
Reasonable precautions
(5) For the purposes of subsection (1) or (3), in determining whether a body corporate or other person took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid particular conduct, a court must have regard to what steps (if any) the body or person took directed towards ensuring the following (to the extent that the steps are relevant to the conduct):
Meaning of state of mind
(6) A reference in subsection (2) or (4) to the state of mind of a person includes a reference to:
(a) the knowledge, intention, opinion, belief or purpose of the person; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conduct of directors, employees and agents Division 22
(b) the person’s reasons for the intention, opinion, belief or purpose.
Meaning of director
(7) A reference in this section to a director of a body corporate includes a reference to a constituent member of a body corporate incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth, of a State or of a Territory.
Meaning of engage in conduct
(8) A reference in this section to engaging in conduct includes a reference to failing or refusing to engage in conduct.
Disapplying Part 2.5 of Criminal Code
(9) Part 2.5 of the Criminal Code does not apply to an offence against this Act.
Note: Part 2.5 of the Criminal Code deals with corporate criminal responsibility.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 499
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage
499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage
Administration Chapter 6 Remedying environmental damage Part 18
Section 500
(c) the action results in damage to the environment or gives rise
to a condition relating to the environment; then, for the purposes of this section and section 500, the damage or condition is taken to arise from the provision of false or misleading information in contravention of section 489.
(4) This section does not affect the exercise by the Commonwealth or the Minister of powers under another provision of this Act or under any other law.
500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention
Note: This makes the person who contravenes the Act liable to pay the Commonwealth the expenses reasonably incurred in taking steps under section 499 in relation to the contravention.
(3) An amount payable under subsection (1) is a debt due to the affected party, recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 501
501 Other powers not affected
This Division does not affect any other powers or rights under this Act, the regulations or any other law.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee Division
Section 502
Part 19—Organisations
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee
502 Establishment
503 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
Section 504
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
504 Establishment
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee Division
Section 505
(6) The Minister must ensure that a majority of the members are not persons employed by the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies.
505 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2A Indigenous Advisory Committee
Section 505A
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee
505A Establishment
505B Functions of the Committee
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees
506 Application
This Division applies to the following Committees:
507 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Committee holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 509 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Committee may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Committee holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
508 Remuneration
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 3 Members and procedures of Committees
Section 509
509 Termination of appointments of Committee members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Committee is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Committee meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Committee of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if:
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(6) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member:
(a) becomes bankrupt; or
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
510 Procedure of a Committee
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 4 Advisory committees
Section 511
Division 4—Advisory committees
511 Minister may establish advisory committees
512 Appointments
513 Members of advisory committees
The regulations may provide for the terms and conditions applicable to members of an advisory committee, including terms and conditions relating to:
514 Committee procedure
(1) An advisory committee may operate in the way it determines, subject to any regulations.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Advisory committees Division 4
(2) The regulations may provide for the operation and procedures of an advisory committee. The regulations may allow a committee to determine its own procedure on any matter.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514A
Division 5—Director of National Parks
Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers
514A Continuation
The corporation sole that existed under section 15 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 immediately before the commencement of this Act continues in existence as the Director of National Parks.
Note: Subject to section 514U, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 applies to the Director. That Act deals with matters relating to Commonwealth authorities, including reporting and accountability, banking and investment, and conduct of officers.
514B Functions
(1) The functions of the Director are:
(ba) to contribute to the protection, conservation and management of biodiversity and heritage in areas outside Commonwealth reserves and conservation zones; and
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Note 1: Section 514D sets out requirements relating to the performance of the Director’s functions.
Note 2: The Minister may delegate additional functions to the Director under subsection 515(1).
(2) The Director may perform any of the Director’s functions in co-operation with a State, a self-governing Territory, an agency of a State or self-governing Territory or a Commonwealth agency.
514C Powers
Note: Section 514D sets out limits on the Director’s powers.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514D
514D Requirements relating to functions and powers
Ministerial directions
(1) The Director must perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in accordance with any directions given by the Minister, unless this Act provides otherwise.
Consultation
(2) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the following persons in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone:
Australian National Botanic Gardens in Jervis Bay Territory
(3) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the Chairperson of the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community Council in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to the part of the Commonwealth reserve known as the Australian National Botanic Gardens that is in the Jervis Bay Territory.
Trust property
(4) The Director must deal with any money or property vested in the Director on trust in accordance with the powers and duties of the Director as trustee, despite the other provisions of this Act.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Limits on contracts and leases
(5) The Director must not:
than 10 years; without the Minister’s approval.
No borrowing
(6) The Director must not borrow money in the performance of the Director’s functions.
Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks
514E Constitution
514F Appointment
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514G
(3) The appointment is on a full-time basis. However, a person appointed as the Director may also hold an office or be employed in the Australian Public Service on a part-time basis, subject to this Division.
514G Acting appointments
Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment
514H Term of office
The person appointed as the Director holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 7 years.
514J Remuneration
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
(3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.
514K Outside employment
The person appointed as the Director must not engage in paid employment outside the duties of the Director’s office without the Minister’s approval.
514L Disclosure of interests
If the person appointed as the Director has a material personal interest in a matter that he or she is considering or is about to consider as the Director, the person must give written notice of the interest to the Minister.
514M Leave of absence
514N Resignation
The person appointed as the Director may resign his or her appointment by giving the Governor-General a written resignation.
514P Termination
(a) the person:
(iii) compounds with his or her creditors; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514Q
(iv) makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for the benefit of his or her creditors; or
514Q Other terms and conditions
The person appointed as the Director holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined by the Governor-General.
Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund
514R Australian National Parks Fund
The fund established by section 45 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 continues in existence as the Australian National Parks Fund, vested in the Director.
514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund
The following amounts are to be paid into the Australian National Parks Fund:
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
514T Application of money
Subdivision E—Accountability
514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514V
(3) To avoid doubt, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 applies to the Australian National Parks Fund as though the Fund were money of the Director.
514V Extra matters to be included in annual report
The annual report prepared by the Director under section 9 of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 must also include particulars of any directions given by the Minister under subsection 514D(1) of this Act during the year to which the report relates.
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous
514W Exemption from taxation
The income of the Australian National Parks Fund and the property and transactions of the Director are not subject to taxation under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
514X Changes in office of Director
An authority given, or a delegation or appointment made, by a person for the time being holding or acting in the office of Director continues in force despite the person ceasing to hold or act in that office, but may be revoked by a person later holding or acting in that office.
Administration Chapter 6 Delegation Part 20
Section 515
Part 20—Delegation
515 Delegation
515AA Delegation by Minister in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
(a) the exercise of the power or performance of the function relates (including in a way described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 20 Delegation
Section 515AB
(b) the exercise of the power or performance of the function is incidental to a matter that relates (including in a way described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: If a power or function is delegated to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority under this section, the Authority may sub-delegate the power or function under section 47 of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
515AB Delegation by Secretary in relation to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Administration Chapter 6 Delegation Part 20
Section 515AB
described in subsection 7(1A) of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Note: If a power or function is delegated to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority under this section, the Authority may sub-delegate the power or function under section 47 of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 20A Publication of information on the internet
Section 515A
Part 20A—Publication of information on the internet
515A Publication of information on the internet
Without limiting the operation of section 170A, the Secretary must publish on the internet each week a list of:
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 Annual reports Division 1
Part 21—Reporting
Division 1—Annual reports
516 Annual report on operation of Act
(1) The Secretary must, as soon as practicable after 30 June in each year, prepare and give to the Minister a report on the operation of this Act (except Divisions 4 and 5 of Part 15 and Division 5 of Part 19) for the 12 months ending on that 30 June.
Note 1: Other provisions of this Act require the report to include certain matters.
Note 2: Section 34C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the time within which annual reports must be given to the Minister.
(2) The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the day on which he or she receives the report.
516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters
Agency annual reports
(1) The Head of an Agency (as defined in the Public Service Act 1999) must ensure that an annual report under that Act on the Agency’s activities complies with subsection (6).
Annual reports of Commonwealth authorities
(3) The directors of a Commonwealth authority (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) must ensure that an annual report relating to the authority prepared under that Act complies with subsection (6).
Annual reports of Commonwealth companies
(4) A Commonwealth company (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) that is a Commonwealth agency must ensure that the documents given to the responsible Minister (as defined in that Act) under section 36 of that Act include a report complying with subsection (6).
Chapter 6 Administration Part 21 Reporting Division 1 Annual reports
Section 516A
Annual reports of other Commonwealth agencies
(5) A Commonwealth agency that is:
Content of report
(6) A report described in subsection (1), (3), (4) or (5) relating to a body or person (the reporter) for a period must:
Note: The Auditor-General Act 1997 lets the Auditor-General audit a reporter’s compliance with these requirements.
(7) In subsection (6):
activities includes:
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 State of the environment reports Division 2
Division 2—State of the environment reports
516B State of the environment reports
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 517
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous
Part 22—Miscellaneous
517 Determinations of species
517A Exemption for activities that might harm particular species introduced into particular areas
Provisions for which this section applies
(1) This section applies for the purposes of the provisions of the following sections:
Minister may exempt carrying on of activities
(2) The Minister may, in writing, exempt from the provisions mentioned in subsection (1) the carrying on of particular activities by particular persons (or a particular class of persons), in a
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 517A
particular area, that will or may have an impact on a particular species or its habitat. The species must be a listed threatened species, a listed migratory species or a listed marine species.
Matters Minister must be satisfied of
What must be specified in an exemption
(5) An exemption under subsection (2) must:
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 518
When an exemption comes into force
(6) An exemption under subsection (2) comes into force on the day the Minister gives the exemption, or on a later day specified in the exemption.
Actions covered by exemption do not contravene provisions for which this section applies
(7) While an exemption under subsection (2) is in force, an action of a person does not contravene any of the provisions mentioned in subsection (1), in so far as the provisions apply in relation to a member of the species specified as mentioned in paragraph (5)(a), if:
Note 1: If the action also has an impact on a member of another species that is not covered by an exemption under subsection (2), subsection (7) does not affect the question whether the action may contravene a provision mentioned in subsection (1), in so far as the provision applies to the other species.
Note 2: In a prosecution for an offence against a provision mentioned in subsection (1), the defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exemption is not a legislative instrument
(8) An exemption under subsection (2) is not a legislative instrument.
518 Non-compliance with time limits
(1) Anything done by the Commonwealth, the Minister or the Secretary under this Act or the regulations is not invalid merely because it was not done within the period required by this Act or the regulations.
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 519
519 Compensation for acquisition of property
When compensation is necessary
(1) If, apart from this section, the operation of this Act would result in an acquisition of property from a person that would be invalid because of paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution (which deals with acquisition of property on just terms) the Commonwealth must pay the person a reasonable amount of compensation.
Definition
(2) In this Act:
acquisition of property has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.
Court can decide amount of compensation
(3) If the Commonwealth and the person do not agree on the amount of compensation to be paid, the person may apply to the Federal Court for the recovery from the Commonwealth of a reasonable amount of compensation fixed by the Court.
Other compensation to be taken into account
(4) In assessing compensation payable by the Commonwealth, the Court must take into account any other compensation or remedy arising out of the same event or situation.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 520
520 Regulations
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 520A
520A Statements about the application of the Act
521 Fees and charges must not be taxes
A fee or charge provided for by or under this Act, and whether prescribed by the regulations or not, must be reasonably related to the expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Commonwealth in relation to the matters to which the fee or charge relates and must not be such as to amount to taxation.
522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money
Payment of amounts of financial assistance under this Act, and of any amounts that the Commonwealth is required to pay to a person under this Act or an agreement made under this Act, are to be made out of money appropriated by the Parliament for the purpose.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 522A
522A Review of operation of Act
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Chapter 8—Definitions
Part 23—Definitions
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics
Subdivision A—Actions
523 Actions
(1) Subject to this Subdivision, action includes:
524 Things that are not actions
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 524A
524A Provision of grant funding is not an action
Provision of funding by way of a grant by one of the following is not an action:
Subdivision B—Areas
525 Commonwealth areas
What is a Commonwealth area?
(1) Each of the following, and any part of it, is a Commonwealth area:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Territory Land in ACT is not a Commonwealth area
(2) Despite paragraph (1)(a), an area of land that is Territory Land, within the meaning of the Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 is nota Commonwealth area merely because of that paragraph, unless it is held under lease by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency.
Coastal waters of States and NT are not Commonwealth areas
(3) Despite paragraphs (1)(d), (e) and (f), none of the following areas (or parts of them) are Commonwealth areas:
Subdivision C—Entities
526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate
The question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of a body or company is to be determined in the same way as the question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of another body corporate is determined for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 527
Subdivision D—Criminal law
527 Convictions
A reference in this Act to a conviction of a person of an offence includes a reference to making an order under section 19B of the Crimes Act 1914 in relation to the person in respect of the offence.
Subdivision E—Specimens
527A Specimens
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
(6) In this section:
this Act does not include sections 356 and 390E.
527B Breeding in captivity
For the purposes of this Act, a live animal of a particular kind is taken to have been bred in captivity if, and only if, it was bred in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the breeding in which of:
includes live animals of that kind; would constitute breeding in captivity.
527C Artificial propagation
For the purposes of this Act, a live plant of a particular kind is taken to have been artificially propagated if, and only if, it was propagated in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the propagation in which of:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 527D
live plants of that kind; would constitute artificial propagation.
527D Things represented to be CITES specimens
(1) For the purposes of this Act, if a thing is represented by an accompanying document, the package or a mark or label, or from any other circumstances, to be:
then the thing is taken to be a CITES specimen.
Note: This subsection has the effect (among other things) of widening the scope of sections 303CC, 303CD and 303GN, which are offence provisions relating to the export, import and possession of specimens.
CITES listed animal means an animal of a species included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES.
CITES listed plant means a plant of a species included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES.
export has the same meaning as in Part 13A.
import has the same meaning as in Part 13A.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Subdivision F—Impacts
527E Meaning of impact
action; then that event or circumstance is an impact of the primary action only if:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Division 2—General list of definitions
528 Definitions
In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
accredited authorisation process has the meaning given by subsection 33(2A).
accredited management arrangement has the meaning given by subsection 33(2).
acquisition of property has the meaning given by subsection 519(2).
action has the meaning given by Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 23.
agency of a State or self-governing Territory means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
an agency of the State or Territory for the purposes of this definition; or
(iii) if the Territory is the Northern Territory or Norfolk Island—the Administrator of the Territory; or
(iv) a Minister of the State or Territory; otherwise than by or under a law of the State or Territory.
aircraft means an apparatus that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air.
animal means any member, alive or dead, of the animal kingdom (other than a human being).
animal reproductive material means:
Antarctic has the same meaning as in the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980.
Apia Convention means the Convention on Conservation of Nature in the South Pacific, done at Apia, Western Samoa, on 12 June 1976, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1990 No. 41.
approved conservation advice has the meaning given by subsection 266B(2).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
article includes a substance or a mixture of substances.
artificially propagated, in relation to a plant or plant reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527C. assess an action includes assess the impacts that the action:
meaning given by section 340.
Australian Heritage Council means the body established by the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003. Australian IUCN reserve management principles has the meaning
given by subsection 348(1). Australian jurisdiction has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian Ramsar management principles has the meaning given
by section 335. Australian vessel has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian Whale Sanctuary has the meaning given by subsection
225(2).
Australian World Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 323. authorisation process means a process set out in a law of the
Commonwealth or a State or Territory under which actions are authorised. authorised officer means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
bilaterally accredited authorisation process has the meaning given by subsection 46(2A).
bilaterally accredited management arrangement has the meaning given by subsection 46(2).
biodiversity means the variability among living organisms from all sources (including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part) and includes:
Biodiversity Convention means the Convention on Biological Diversity done at Rio de Janeiro on 5 June 1992, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of this Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1993 No. 32.
biological resources includes genetic resources, organisms, parts of organisms, populations and any other biotic component of an ecosystem with actual or potential use or value for humanity.
bioregional plan means a bioregional plan for a bioregion as mentioned in section 176.
Biosphere reserve has the meaning given by section 337.
Board means a Board established under section 377.
Bonn Convention means the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals done at Bonn on 23 June 1979, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1991 No. 32.
bred in captivity, in relation to an animal or animal reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527B.
business day means a day that is not:
Note: In Chapter 5, the meaning of business day is affected by section 170D.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
CAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the People’s Republic of China for the protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment done at Canberra on 20 October 1986, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1988 No. 22.
cetacean means a member of the sub-order Mysticeti or Odontoceti of the Order Cetacea, and includes:
CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora done at Washington on 3 March 1973, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1976 No. 29.
CITES I species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix I to CITES.
CITES I specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES I species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES II species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix II to CITES.
CITES II specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES II species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
CITES III species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix III to CITES.
CITES III specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES III species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES specimen means:
civil penalty provision has the meaning given by section 482.
coastal sea of Australia or an external Territory has the same meaning as in subsection 15B(4) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
coastal waters of a State or the Northern Territory has the meaning given by section 227.
commissioner means a person holding an appointment under paragraph 107(1)(a).
Commonwealth agency means:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
but does not include:
Commonwealth aircraft has the meaning given by section 403.
Commonwealth area has the meaning given by section 525.
Commonwealth Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 341D(1).
Commonwealth Heritage List means the list referred to in section 341C.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Commonwealth Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 341Y.
Commonwealth Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 341C(3).
Commonwealth Heritage value has the meaning given by section 341D.
Commonwealth land has the meaning given by section 27.
Commonwealth marine area has the meaning given by section 24.
Commonwealth reserve means a reserve declared under Division 4 of Part 15.
Commonwealth ship has the meaning given by section 403.
components of biodiversity has the meaning given by subsection 171(3).
conservation agreement means an agreement made under section 305.
conservation dependent: a native species may be included in the conservation dependent category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
conservation dependent species means a listed threatened species that is included in the conservation dependent category of the list referred to in section 178.
conservation order means an order made under section 464 (with variations (if any) under section 466 or 469).
conservation zone means a Commonwealth area that is declared to be a conservation zone under Division 5 of Part 15.
constitutional corporation means a corporation to which paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution applies.
continental shelf means the continental shelf (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
continuation of a use of land, sea or seabed has the meaning given by section 43B.
control: a Commonwealth agency controls a place only if the agency has rights (whether arising under a law, lease, licence or otherwise) to:
controlled action has the meaning given by section 67.
controlling provision has the meaning given by section 67.
convict a person of an offence has a meaning affected by section 527.
copy, when used in relation to a warrant issued under section 409 or 416 (or a form of warrant completed under subsection 409A(6) or 416(6)), includes:
country includes a place that is a territory, dependency or colony (however described) of a foreign country.
critical habitat for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community has the meaning given by subsection 207A(4).
critically endangered:
daily newspaper means a newspaper that is ordinarily published on each day that is a business day in the place where the newspaper is published, whether or not the newspaper is ordinarily published on other days.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
declared Ramsar wetland has the meaning given by section 17.
declared World Heritage property has the meaning given by section 13.
designated proponent of an action means the person designated under Division 2 of Part 7 as the proponent of the action.
directed environmental audit has the meaning given by subsection 460(4).
Director means the Director of National Parks referred to in section 514A.
disease means:
dory means:
Note: A dory might also be known as a tender commercial fishing vessel.
ecological character has the meaning given by subsection 16(3).
ecological community means the extent in nature in the Australian jurisdiction of an assemblage of native species that:
ecologically sustainable use of natural resources means use of the natural resources within their capacity to sustain natural processes while maintaining the life-support systems of nature and ensuring that the benefit of the use to the present generation does not
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
diminish the potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future generations.
ecosystem means a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit.
eligible seizable item means anything that would present a danger to a person or that could be used to assist a person to escape from lawful custody.
endangered:
environment includes:
Note: The places mentioned in paragraph (d) of the definition of
environment include places included in the Register of the National
Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003.
environmental authorisation has the meaning given by section 43A.
environmental authority has the meaning given by subsection 458(4).
environmental law means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
(d) regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
environmental penalty provision means:
evidential material has the meaning given by subsection 406(2).
exclusive economic zone means the exclusive economic zone (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
executing officer, in relation to a warrant, means:
executive officer of a body corporate has the meaning given by section 493.
extinct: a native species may be included in the extinct category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
extinct in the wild: a native species may be included in the extinct in the wild category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
Federal Court means the Federal Court of Australia.
foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5).
frisk search has the meaning given by subsection 413(3).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
genetic resources means any material of plant, animal, microbial or other origin that contains functional units of heredity and that has actual or potential value for humanity.
goods has the meaning given by section 443.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park means the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park established under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority means the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority established by the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975.
habitat means the biophysical medium or media:
heritage value of a place includes the place’s natural and cultural environment having aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance, or other significance, for current and future generations of Australians.
holder means:
impact has the meaning given by section 527E.
important cetacean habitat area means an area declared, by a declaration in force under subsection 228A(1), to be an important cetacean habitat area.
indigenous heritage value of a place means a heritage value of the place that is of significance to indigenous persons in accordance with their practices, observances, customs, traditions, beliefs or history.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(3).
indigenous person has the meaning given by subsection 363(4).
indigenous tradition has the meaning given by section 201.
inspector means:
interested person has the meaning given by section 475.
interfere with a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229B(4).
IUCN category has the meaning given by subsection 346(1).
JAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction and their Environment done at Tokyo on 6 February 1974, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1981 No. 6.
jointly managed reserve has the meaning given by subsection 363(5).
Kakadu National Park has the meaning given by subsection 387(3).
Kakadu region has the meaning given by subsection 386(1).
keep a cetacean or member of a listed threatened species, listed migratory species, listed marine species or listed threatened ecological community means:
(a) in the case of a cetacean, or a species of animal or community of animals—have charge or possession of the cetacean or member, either in captivity or in a domesticated state; and
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
(b) in the case of a species of plant or community of plants—
have possession of the member. key threatening process means a threatening process included in the list referred to in section 183.
land has the meaning given by subsection 345(2).
land council for indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(2). large-scale disposal facility for radioactive waste has a meaning
affected by subsection 22(2). list includes a list containing no items. listed marine species means a marine species included in the list
referred to in section 248.
listed migratory species means a migratory species included in the list referred to in section 209. listed threatened ecological community means an ecological
community included in the list referred to in section 181. listed threatened species means a native species included in the list referred to in section 178.
List of Overseas Places of Historic Significance to Australia
means the record referred to in section 390K. live animal includes animal reproductive material. live plant includes plant reproductive material. longfin mako shark means the listed migratory species with the
common name longfin mako shark and the scientific name Isurus
paucus. magistrate means a magistrate who is remunerated by salary or otherwise.
management arrangement includes:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
master of a foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5).
matter protected by a provision of Part 3 has the meaning given by section 34.
member includes:
(iii) the whole or any part of an animal or plant of the community that has died.
migration zone has the same meaning as in the Migration Act 1958.
migratory species has the meaning given by subsection 209(8).
mineral has the meaning given by subsection 355(3).
mining operations has the meaning given by subsection 355(2).
monitoring power relating to premises has the meaning given by section 407.
monitoring warrant has the meaning given by section 409.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
National Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 324D(1).
National Heritage List means the list referred to in section 324C. National Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 324Y.
National Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 324C(3). National Heritage value has the meaning given by section 324D. native amphibian means an amphibian of a native species. native animal means an animal of a native species. native bird means a bird of a native species. native mammal means a mammal of a native species. native plant means a plant of a native species. native reptile means a reptile of a native species. native species means a species:
to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory. See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
nuclear action has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
nuclear installation has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
occupier of premises means the person apparently in charge of the premises.
officer assisting, in relation to a warrant, means:
officer of Customs has the same meaning as it has in the Customs Act 1901.
ordinary search has the meaning given in subsection 414(3).
organism includes:
place includes:
plant means a member, alive or dead, of the plant kingdom or of the fungus kingdom, and includes a part of a plant and plant reproductive material.
plant reproductive material means:
population of a species or ecological community means an occurrence of the species or community in a particular area.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
porbeagle shark means the listed migratory species with the common name porbeagle shark and the scientific name Lamna nasus.
precautionary principle has the meaning given by subsection 391(2).
premises includes a place, vehicle, vessel and aircraft.
prescribed waters means waters in respect of which regulations made for the purposes of section 226 are in force.
primary commercial fishing vessel means:
principles of ecologically sustainable development has a meaning affected by section 3A.
progeny includes:
To avoid doubt, a reference in this Act to progeny of an animal or a plant includes a reference to any descendant of that animal or plant.
radioactive waste has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Ramsar Convention means the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat done at
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Ramsar, Iran, on 2 February 1971, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time. Note: The English Text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty
Series 1975 No. 48. range of a species means the area where members of the species live, feed, breed or visit periodically or regularly.
ranger means a person holding an appointment as a ranger under Part 17. recovery plan means a plan made or adopted under section 269A.
regulated live specimen has the meaning given by section 303EA. regulated native specimen has the meaning given by section 303DA.
relevant impacts of an action has the meaning given by section 82.
remediation determination means a determination, as in force from time to time, made under section 480D. remediation order means an order, as in force from time to time,
made under section 480A. reprocessing has the meaning given by subsection 22(1). Scientific Committee means the Threatened Species Scientific
Committee established by section 502. seabed has the meaning given by subsection 345(2). Secretary means the Secretary to the Department that:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
shortfin mako shark means the listed migratory species with the common name shortfin mako shark and the scientific name Isurus oxyrinchus.
species means a group of biological entities that:
gene pool; and includes:
(c) a sub-species; and
(ca) for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities; and
(d) except for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities that the Minister has determined, under section 517, to be a species for the purposes of this Act.
In this definition, the purposes of Part 13A:
Note: Determinations under paragraph (d) are disallowable instruments. See section 517.
specific environmental authorisation has the meaning given by section 43A.
specimen has the meaning given by section 527A.
spent nuclear fuel has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
subsidiary of a body corporate has a meaning affected by section 526.
sub-species means a geographically separate population of a species, being a population that is characterised by morphological or biological differences from other populations of that species.
take, except in Part 13A, includes:
Note: For the meaning of take in Part 13A, see section 303BC.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
taxon means any taxonomic category (for example, a species or a genus), and includes a particular population.
terms of reference has the meaning given by paragraph 107(1)(b).
territorial sea means the territorial sea (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
threat abatement plan means a plan made or adopted under section 270B.
threatening process has the meaning given by subsection 188(3).
trade:
traditional owners of indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 368(4).
treat a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229D(3).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park has the meaning given by subsection 344(3).
Uluru region has the meaning given by subsection 386(2).
usage right has the meaning given by subsection 350(7).
vehicle includes a hovercraft.
vessel means a ship, boat, raft or pontoon or any other thing capable of carrying persons or goods through or on water and includes a floating structure and hovercraft.
vulnerable:
warden means a person holding an appointment as a warden under Part 17.
warrant premises means premises in relation to which a warrant is in force.
wetland has the same meaning as in the Ramsar Convention.
whale watching has the meaning given by section 238.
wildlife means:
wildlife conservation plan means a plan of a kind referred to in section 285 that has been made or adopted under that section.
World Heritage Convention means the Convention for the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage done at Paris on 23 November 1972, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1975 No. 47.
World Heritage List means the list kept under that title under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention.
world heritage values of a property has the meaning given by subsection 12(3).
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 1 Objects of this Schedule
Clause 1
Schedule 1—Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders
Note: See section 433B.
Part 1—Preliminary
Division 1—Objects of this Schedule
1 Main objects of this Schedule
for a limited period for the purposes of determining whether to charge them with the offence.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Objects of this Schedule Division 1
the individuals in immigration detention, for the purpose of the immigration detention and welfare of the individuals.
Note: The enforcement visa of a person who is neither an Australian citizen nor an Australian resident ceases to have effect under the Migration Act 1958 when the person ceases to be in environment detention, so that Act requires the person to be taken into immigration detention.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 2 Definitions
Clause 2
Division 2—Definitions
2 Definitions
In this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears:
approved officer means:
who is approved under Division 4 for the purposes of the provision in which the expression occurs.
Australian resident means:
authorised Migration Act officer means an authorised officer, within the meaning of the Migration Act 1958.
detainee means a person detained under Part 2.
detention means detention under Part 2.
detention officer means a person appointed under clause 3 to be a detention officer.
foreign vessel means a vessel that is not an Australian vessel.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Appointment etc. of detention officers Division 3
Division 3—Appointment etc. of detention officers
3 Minister may appoint persons to be detention officers
(1) The Minister may, by instrument, appoint one or more persons (except persons who are authorised officers) to be detention officers.
Note: Authorised officers have the same powers as detention officers, as well as other powers, so there is no reason for authorised officers to be appointed as detention officers.
(2) An instrument appointing persons to be detention officers:
4 Detention officers subject to directions
5 Detention officer etc. not liable to certain actions
(1) A detention officer, or a person assisting a detention officer in the exercise of powers under this Schedule or the regulations, is not liable to an action, suit or proceeding for or in respect of anything done in good faith or omitted to be done in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of any power conferred by this Schedule or by regulations made for the purposes of this Schedule.
Note: Section 498A makes similar provision for authorised officers and their assistants.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not affect a contractual liability of a detention officer or person assisting a detention officer.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 4 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
Clause 6
Division 4—Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
6 The Secretary may approve authorised officers and detention officers
7 Persons who are authorised officers for purposes of the Migration Act 1958 are taken to be approved for this Schedule
(1) A person who:
Migration Act 1958 listed in column 2 of an item of the table; is, while he or she meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b), taken to be approved under clause 6 for the purposes of the provision of this Schedule listed in column 3 of the item.
Corresponding provisions of the Migration Act 1958 and this Schedule
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
Item | Provision of the Migration Act | Provision of this Schedule |
1958 |
1 | Subsection 252(4) | Subclause 15(3) |
2 | Paragraph 252(6)(a) | Paragraph 15(5)(a) |
3 | Subparagraph 252(6)(b)(i) | Subparagraph 15(5)(b)(i) |
4 | Subsection 252AA(1) | Subclause 16(1) |
484 | Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 |
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Preliminary Part 1 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers Division 4
Corresponding provisions of the Migration Act 1958 and this Schedule
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
Item | Provision of the Migration Act | Provision of this Schedule |
1958 |
5 Subsection 252A(1) Subclause 17(1) 6 Subsection 252C(1) Subclause 19(1) 7 Subsection 252D(2) Subclause 20(2) 8 Subsection 252G(3) Subclause 22(3) 9 Section 261AA Clause 28
10 Subsection 261AE(1) Subclause 32(1) 11 Subsection 261AE(3) Subclause 32(3) 12 Section 261AG Clause 34
13 Section 261AJ Clause 37
14 Subsection 261AK(1) (except Subclause 38(1) (except paragraph (a)) paragraph (a))
15 Subsection 261AK(3) Subclause 38(3)
Limits on approval
(2) However, the person is not taken to be approved to carry out an identification test in relation to which section 5D of the Migration Act 1958 provides that the person is not an authorised officer (for the purposes of that Act).
Note: This is relevant to items 9 to 15 of the table in subclause (1).
Persons specified by Secretary not approved
(3) The Secretary may, by instrument, specify that the person is not taken to be approved:
The instrument has effect according to its terms, despite subclause (1).
(4) An instrument under subclause (3) may specify one or more persons by reference to their being members of a specified class at or after a time specified in the instrument.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 1 Preliminary Division 4 Approval of authorised officers and detention officers
Clause 7
(5) An instrument made under subclause (3) is not a legislative instrument.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Initial detention by an authorised officer Division 1
Part 2—Detaining suspected foreign offenders
Division 1—Initial detention by an authorised officer
8 Power to detain
9 Relationship with Part IC of the Crimes Act 1914
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 2 Continued detention by a detention officer
Clause 10
Division 2—Continued detention by a detention officer
10 Detention officer may detain person already detained by authorised officer
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer Division 3
Division 3—Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer
11 Detention on behalf of an authorised officer or detention officer
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 4 Moving detainees
Clause 12
Division 4—Moving detainees
12 Power to move detainees
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Part 2 End of detention Division 5
Division 5—End of detention
13 End of detention
A detainee must be released from detention:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 2 Detaining suspected foreign offenders Division 6 Offence of escaping from detention
Clause 14
Division 6—Offence of escaping from detention
14 Escape from detention
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Searches of detainees Division 1
Part 3—Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors
Division 1—Searches of detainees
15 Searches of detainees
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 1 Searches of detainees
Clause 15
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252 of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Screening of detainees Division 2
Division 2—Screening of detainees
16 Power to conduct a screening procedure
conducting a screening procedure, in relation to a detainee, means:
screening equipment means a metal detector or similar device for detecting objects or particular substances.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252AA of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 17
Division 3—Strip searches of detainees
17 Power to conduct a strip search
(1) A strip search of a detainee, other than a detainee to whom clause 23 applies, may be conducted by an approved officer, without warrant, to find out whether there is hidden on the detainee, in his or her clothing or in a thing in his or her possession a weapon, or other thing, capable of being used:
Note: Clause 18 sets out rules for conducting a strip search under this clause.
(i) if the detainee is at least 18—the Secretary, the Director, the Chairperson of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority or an SES Band 3 employee in the Department (who is not the authorised officer referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) nor the approved officer conducting the strip search), authorises the strip
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Strip searches of detainees Division 3
search because he or she is satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for those suspicions;
(ii) if the detainee is at least 10 but under 18—a magistrate orders the strip search because he or she is satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for those suspicions.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 18
SES Band 3 employee means an SES employee with a classification of Senior Executive Band 3, and includes an SES employee who has been temporarily assigned duties that have been allocated a classification of Senior Executive Band 3.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252A of the Migration Act 1958.
18 Rules for conducting a strip search
(1) A strip search of a detainee under clause 17:
(i) the detainee’s parent or guardian if that person is in detention with the detainee and is readily available at the same place; or
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Strip searches of detainees Division 3
(ii) if that is not acceptable to the detainee or subparagraph (i) does not apply—another person (other than an approved officer) who is capable of representing the detainee’s interests and who, as far as is practicable in the circumstances, is acceptable to the detainee; and
prevents a strip search being conducted.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 3 Strip searches of detainees
Clause 18
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252B of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees Division 4
Division 4—Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees
19 Possession and retention of certain things obtained during a screening procedure or strip search
Note: See sections 450 and 451 of this Act, which deal with court-ordered forfeiture and how forfeited items are to be dealt with.
(a) in a paragraph (4)(b) case:
(i) proceedings in respect of which the thing might provide evidence have been instituted before the end of the 60
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 4 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees
Clause 20
day period and have not been completed (including an appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings); or
(ii) the approved officer may retain the thing because of an order under clause 21; or
(b) in any case—the approved officer is otherwise authorised (by a law, or an order of a court or a tribunal, of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory) to retain, destroy or dispose of the thing.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252C of the Migration Act 1958.
20 Approved officer may apply for a thing to be retained for a further period
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252D of the Migration Act 1958.
21 Magistrate may order that thing be retained
(1) The magistrate may order that the approved officer who made an application under clause 20 may retain the thing if the magistrate is satisfied that it is necessary for the approved officer to do so:
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Keeping of things found by screening or strip search of detainees Division 4
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252E of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 5 Screening detainees’ visitors
Clause 22
Division 5—Screening detainees’ visitors
22 Powers concerning entry to premises where detainee is detained
the person has such a thing. A request may be made whether or not a request is also made to the person under subclause (1).
(4) An approved officer may request that the person do one or more of the following:
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Part 3 Screening detainees’ visitors Division 5
(e) leave a thing in the person’s possession, or some or all of its contents, in a place specified by the approved officer if he or she suspects on reasonable grounds that the thing or its contents are capable of concealing something that might:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252G of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 3 Searching and screening detainees and screening their visitors Division 6 Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc.
Clause 23
Division 6—Law applying to detainee in State or Territory prison etc.
23 Detainees held in State or Territory prisons or remand centres
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 252F of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc. Part 4
Clause 24
Part 4—Detainees’ rights to facilities for obtaining legal advice etc.
24 Detainee may have access to certain advice, facilities etc.
The person responsible for detention of a detainee must afford to him or her all reasonable facilities for obtaining legal advice or taking legal proceedings in relation to his or her detention.
Note: This clause corresponds to section 256 of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 1 Preliminary
Clause 25
Part 5—Identifying detainees
Division 1—Preliminary
25 Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
identification test means a test carried out in order to obtain a personal identifier.
incapable person means a person who is incapable of understanding the general nature and effect of, and purposes of, a requirement to provide a personal identifier.
independent person means a person (other than an authorised officer, detention officer or approved officer) who:
minor means a person who is less than 18 years old.
non-citizen means a person who is not an Australian citizen.
personal identifier has the meaning given by clause 26.
Note: The definitions of expressions in this clause correspond closely to definitions of those expressions in section 5 of the Migration Act 1958.
26 Meaning of personal identifier
(1) In this Part:
personal identifier means any of the following (including any of the following in digital form):
(a) fingerprints or handprints of a person (including those taken using paper and ink or digital livescanning technologies);
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Preliminary Division 1
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 1 Preliminary
Clause 27
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 5A of the Migration Act 1958.
27 Limiting the types of identification tests that approved officers may carry out
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 5D of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
Division 2—Identification of detainees
Subdivision A—Provision of personal identifiers
28 Detainees must provide personal identifiers
(1) A non-citizen in detention must (other than in the prescribed circumstances) provide to an approved officer one or more personal identifiers.
Note: A person who is an Australian citizen, or is a non-citizen but an Australian resident, may be in detention but must be released as soon as an authorised officer or detention officer knows or reasonably believes the person is an Australian citizen or resident. See clause 13.
(2) An approved officer must not require, for the purposes of subclause (1), a detainee to provide a personal identifier other than any of the following (including any of the following in digital form):
Note: Division 3 sets out further restrictions on the personal identifiers that minors and incapable persons can be required to provide.
(3) The one or more personal identifiers are to be provided by way of one or more identification tests carried out by the approved officer in accordance with this Division.
Note 1: Subject to certain restrictions, clause 32 allows reasonable force to be used to carry out identification tests under this Division.
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AA of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 29
29 Approved officers must require and carry out identification tests
Note: Subclauses (1) and (2) correspond closely to section 261AB of the Migration Act 1958.
(3) If:
paragraph (2)(a) of this clause has effect as if the specified types (except any specified under subclause 7(3) in relation to the authorised Migration Act officer) had been specified under clause 27.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
30 Information to be provided before carrying out identification tests
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AC of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision B—How identification tests are carried out
31 General rules for carrying out identification tests
An identification test under this Division:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 32
identification test or is not required or permitted by another provision of this Schedule; and
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AD of the Migration Act 1958.
32 Use of force in carrying out identification tests
When use of force is permitted
(1) Subject to subclause (2) and clause 33, an approved officer, or a person authorised under clause 34 to help the approved officer, may use reasonable force:
However, this clause does not authorise the use of force against a minor or an incapable person, or if the personal identifier in question is a person’s signature.
(2) The approved officer or person must not use force unless:
Applications for authorisation to use force
(3) An approved officer may apply to a senior authorising officer (who is not an approved officer referred to in subclause (1)) for an authorisation to use force in carrying out the identification test.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
Authorisation to use force
Definition
(9) In this clause:
senior authorising officer means an authorised officer, or detention officer, whom the Secretary has authorised, or who is included in a class of authorised officers or detention officers whom the Secretary has authorised, to perform the functions of a senior authorising officer under this clause.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AE of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 33
33 Identification tests not to be carried out in cruel, inhuman or
degrading manner etc.
For the purposes of this Schedule, the carrying out of the identification test is not of itself taken:
respect for human dignity. However, nothing in this Schedule authorises the carrying out of the identification test in a cruel, inhuman or degrading manner, or in a manner that fails to treat a person with humanity and with respect for human dignity.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AF of the Migration Act 1958.
34 Approved officer may get help to carry out identification tests
An approved officer may ask another approved officer or an authorised officer or detention officer to help him or her to carry out the identification test, and the other person may give that help.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AG of the Migration Act 1958.
35 Identification tests to be carried out by approved officer of same sex as non-citizen
If the non-citizen requests that the identification test be carried out by an approved officer of the same sex as the non-citizen, the test must only be carried out by an approved officer of the same sex as the non-citizen.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AH of the Migration Act 1958.
36 Independent person to be present
The identification test must be carried out in the presence of an independent person if:
(i) the non-citizen requests that an independent person be present while the identification test is being carried out;
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(ii) an independent person is readily available at the same place as the non-citizen and is willing to attend the test within a reasonable time.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AI of the Migration Act 1958.
37 Recording of identification tests
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AJ of the Migration Act 1958.
38 Retesting
When retesting is permitted
(1) If:
the approved officer who carried out the earlier test or another approved officer may require the non-citizen to provide the personal identifier again, and may carry out the test again in accordance with this Division, if:
(2) If the non-citizen is required under subclause (1) to provide the personal identifier again, the non-citizen is taken, for the purposes
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 38
of this Division, not to have provided the personal identifier as a result of the earlier test being carried out.
Applications for authorisation to retest
(3) An approved officer may apply for an authorisation to carry out the test again. The application is to be made to:
Authorisation to retest
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(8) The power to give an authorisation under subclause (4) cannot be delegated to any other person.
Use of force
(9) An authorisation under subclause (4) does not authorise the use of force in carrying out an identification test.
Note: See clause 32 on the use of force in carrying out identification tests.
Effect of refusing to authorise retesting
(10) If an application for an authorisation to carry out an identification test again on a non-citizen is refused, the non-citizen is taken, for the purposes of this Schedule, to have complied with any requirement under this Schedule to provide the personal identifier in question.
Definitions
(11) In this clause:
senior authorising officer means an authorised officer, or detention officer, who:
SES Band 3 employee means an SES employee with a classification of Senior Executive Band 3, and includes an SES employee who has been temporarily assigned duties that have been allocated a classification of Senior Executive Band 3.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AK of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 39
Subdivision C—Obligations relating to video recordings of identification tests
39 Definitions
In this Subdivision, unless the contrary intention appears:
permitted provision, of a video recording, has the meaning given by subclause 42(2).
provide, in relation to a video recording, includes provide access to the recording.
related document means a document that contains information, derived from a video recording made under clause 37 or from a copy of such a recording, from which the identity of the individual on whom the identification test in question was carried out is apparent or can reasonably be ascertained.
video recording means a video recording made under clause 37 or a copy of such a recording, and includes a related document.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKA of the Migration Act 1958.
40 Accessing video recordings
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) This clause does not apply if the access is through the provision of a video recording that is a permitted provision.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKB of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
41 Authorising access to video recordings
if the identifying information in question relates to a personal identifier of a prescribed type.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKC of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 42
42 Providing video recordings
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(a) it constitutes a disclosure of identifying information relating to a personal identifier of a prescribed type; and
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of detainees Division 2
(b) it is for the purpose of:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKD of the Migration Act 1958.
43 Unauthorised modification of video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
44 Unauthorised impairment of video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
45 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc.
(1) In this Subdivision:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 2 Identification of detainees
Clause 46
(d) impairment of the operation of a system by which a video
recording is stored; by a person is unauthorised if the person is not entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; the person is entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 261AKG of the Migration Act 1958.
46 Destroying video recordings
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Identification of minors and incapable persons Division 3
Division 3—Identification of minors and incapable persons
47 Minors
Minors less than 15 years old
(1) A non-citizen who is less than 15 years old must not be required under this Schedule to provide a personal identifier other than a personal identifier consisting of:
Persons present while identification test is carried out
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 261AL(1), (5) and (6) of the Migration Act 1958.
48 Incapable persons
Incapable persons
(1) A non-citizen who is an incapable person must not be required under this Schedule to provide a personal identifier other than a personal identifier consisting of:
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 3 Identification of minors and incapable persons
Clause 48
Persons present while identification test is carried out
(2) If a non-citizen who is an incapable person provides a personal identifier, in accordance with a requirement under this Schedule, by way of an identification test carried out by an approved officer, the test must be carried out in the presence of:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 261AM(1) and (4) of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
Division 4—Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Subdivision A—Preliminary
49 Definitions
In this Division:
disclose, in relation to identifying information that is a personal identifier provided under clause 28, includes provide unauthorised access to the personal identifier.
Note: Clause 52 deals with authorised access to identifying information.
identifying information means the following:
permitted disclosure has the meaning given by subclauses 53(2) and (3).
unauthorised impairment has the meaning given by clause 57.
unauthorised modification has the meaning given by clause 57.
Note: The definitions of expressions in this clause correspond closely to definitions of those expressions in section 336A of the Migration Act 1958.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 50
50 Application
Section 15.4 of the Criminal Code (extended geographical jurisdiction—category D) applies to all offences against this Division.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336B of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision B—Accessing identifying information
51 Accessing identifying information
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(1A) This clause does not apply if the person believes on reasonable grounds that the access is necessary to prevent or lessen a serious and imminent threat to the life or health of the person or of any other person.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (1A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(2) This clause does not apply if the access is through a disclosure that is a permitted disclosure.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: This clause corresponds closely to section 336C of the Migration Act 1958.
52 Authorising access to identifying information
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
(3) However, the Secretary must not specify as a purpose for which access is authorised a purpose that will include or involve the purpose of:
if the identifying information in question relates to a personal identifier of a prescribed type.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336D of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision C—Disclosing identifying information
53 Disclosing identifying information
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 53
(1A) This clause does not apply if the person believes on reasonable grounds that the disclosure is necessary to prevent or lessen a serious and imminent threat to the life or health of the person or of any other person.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subclause (1A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(2) A permitted disclosure is a disclosure that:
(da) is to an agency of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory in order to verify that a person is an Australian citizen or holds a visa of a particular class; or
(e) takes place under an arrangement entered into with an agency of the Commonwealth, or with a State or Territory or an agency of a State or Territory, for the exchange of identifying information; or
(ea) is reasonably necessary for the enforcement of the criminal law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory; or
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
(eb) is required by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory; or
(ha) is a disclosure of an audio or a video recording for the purposes of:
(3) However, a disclosure is not a permitted disclosure if:
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336E of the Migration Act 1958.
54 Authorising disclosure of identifying information to foreign countries etc.
(1) The Secretary may, in writing, authorise a specified authorised officer or detention officer, any authorised officer or detention
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 55
officer included in a specified class of authorised officers or detention officers, or an Agency (as defined in the Public Service Act 1999) prescribed by the regulations, to disclose identifying information of the kind specified in the authorisation to one or more of the following:
(2) The Secretary must specify in the authorisation, as the purpose or purposes for which disclosure is authorised, one or more of the purposes set out in subclause 26(3).
Note: This clause corresponds closely to subsections 336F(1) and (2) of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision D—Modifying and impairing identifying information
55 Unauthorised modification of identifying information
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336G of the Migration Act 1958.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Identifying detainees Part 5 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information Division 4
56 Unauthorised impairment of identifying information
A person commits an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336H of the Migration Act 1958.
57 Meanings of unauthorised modification and unauthorised impairment etc.
(1) In this Division:
information is stored; by a person is unauthorised if the person is not entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
(a) a person causes any modification or impairment of a kind mentioned in that subclause; and
Schedule 1 Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Part 5 Identifying detainees Division 4 Obligations relating to detainees’ identifying information
Clause 58
(b) the person does so under a warrant issued under the law of
the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; the person is entitled to cause that modification or impairment.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to section 336J of the Migration Act 1958.
Subdivision E—Retaining identifying information
58 Identifying information may be indefinitely retained
Identifying information may be indefinitely retained.
Note: This clause corresponds closely to paragraph 336L(1)(a) of the Migration Act 1958, because under this Schedule identifying information will always be about someone who is or has been in detention.
Provisions relating to detention of suspected foreign offenders Schedule 1 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information Part 6
Clause 59
Part 6—Disclosure of detainees’ personal information
59 Disclosure of detainees’ personal information
Act 1958. organisation has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act 1988. personal information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act
1988. removal has the same meaning as in the Migration Act 1958.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 1
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 as shown in this compilation comprises Act No. 91, 1999 amended as indicated in the Tables below.
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Corporations (Repeals, Consequentials and Transitionals) Act 2001, see Act No. 55, 2001.
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006, see Act No. 165, 2006 (as amended by Statute Law Revision Act 2008 (No. 73, 2008)).
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Freedom of Information Amendment (Reform) Act 2010, see Act No. 51, 2010.
For all other relevant information pertaining to application, saving or transitional provisions see Table A.
Table of Acts
Act | Number and year | Date of Assent | Date of commencement | Application, saving or transitional |
provisions | ||||
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 | 91, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | 16 July 2000 | |
Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999 | 92, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | Schedules 8 and 9 (item 1): 16 July 2000 (a) | Sch. 9 (item 1) |
Public Employment (Consequential and Transitional) Amendment Act 1999 | 146, 1999 | 11 Nov 1999 | Schedule 1 (items 422, 423): (b) | — |
Corporations (Repeals, Consequentials and Transitionals) Act 2001 | 55, 2001 | 28 June 2001 | Ss. 4–14 and Schedule 3 (item 172): 15 July 2001 (see Gazette 2001, No. S285) (c) | Ss. 4–14 [see Note 1] |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Environment Protection and | 82, 2001 | 11 July 2001 | Ss. 1–3 and | Sch. 1 |
Biodiversity Conservation | Schedule 1 | (items | ||
Amendment (Wildlife | (items 83–86): | 70–82) | ||
Protection) Act 2001 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 11 Jan | ||||
2002 | ||||
Regional Forest | 30, 2002 | 5 Apr 2002 | Sections 1 and 2: | — |
Agreements Act 2002 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 3 May | ||||
2002 (see Gazette | ||||
2002, No. S133) | ||||
Statute Law Revision Act | 63, 2002 | 3 July 2002 | Schedule 1 | — |
2002 | (items 15, 16, 18): | |||
(d) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 17): (d) | ||||
Crimes Legislation | 41, 2003 | 3 June 2003 | Schedule 3 | Sch. 3 |
Enhancement Act 2003 | (items 31, 32): (e) | (item 42) | ||
Schedule 3 | ||||
(item 42): Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
Australian Heritage Council | 86, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Ss. 1–3: Royal | — |
(Consequential and | Assent | |||
Transitional Provisions) | Remainder: 1 Jan | |||
Act 2003 | 2004 (see s. 2) | |||
Environment and Heritage | 88, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Schedules 1 and 3: | Sch. 1 |
Legislation Amendment | 1 Jan 2004 (see | (items 8, | ||
Act (No. 1) 2003 | Gazette 2003, No. | 24, 25), | ||
GN47) | Sch. 3 | |||
Schedule 2: [see (f) | (item 1) | |||
and Note 2] | and Sch. 4 | |||
Remainder: Royal | (item 1G) | |||
Assent | Sch. 3 | |||
(item 1A) | ||||
(am. by | ||||
165, 2006, | ||||
Sch. 1 | ||||
[items 846, | ||||
847]) | ||||
as amended by | ||||
Environment and | 165, 2006 | 12 Dec 2006 | Schedule 1 | — |
Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006 | (items 846, 847): 19 Feb 2007 (see F2007L00411) | |||
Aboriginal and Torres Strait | 32, 2005 | 22 Mar 2005 | Schedule 4 | — |
Islander Commission | (item 23): 24 Mar | |||
Amendment Act 2005 | 2005 | |||
Administrative Appeals | 38, 2005 | 1 Apr 2005 | Schedule 1 | — |
Tribunal Amendment Act | (item 207): 16 May | |||
2005 | 2005 | |||
Statute Law Revision Act | 9, 2006 | 23 Mar 2006 | Schedule 1 | — |
2006 | (items 13–15): (g) |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Offshore Petroleum | 17, 2006 | 29 Mar 2006 | Schedule 2 | — |
(Repeals and | (item 21): 1 July | |||
Consequential | 2008 (see s. 2(1) | |||
Amendments) Act 2006 | and F2008L02273) | |||
Corporations (Aboriginal | 125, 2006 | 4 Nov 2006 | Schedules 1–3: | — |
and Torres Strait Islander) | 1 July 2007 (see | |||
Consequential, | s. 2(1)) | |||
Transitional and Other | Remainder: Royal | |||
Measures Act 2006 | Assent | |||
Environment and Heritage | 165, 2006 | 12 Dec 2006 | Schedule 1 | Sch. 2 |
Legislation Amendment | (items 1–604, 606, | (am. by 73, | ||
Act (No. 1) 2006 | 608–762, 764–780, | 2008, | ||
783–807, | Sch. 2 | |||
809–835): 19 Feb | [item 15]) | |||
2007 (see | [see | |||
F2007L00411) | Note 1] | |||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 605): 1 Jan | ||||
2007 (see | ||||
F2006L04046) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(items 607, 808): | ||||
[see Note 3] | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 763): 15 Jan | ||||
2007 (see | ||||
F2007L00129) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(items 781, 782): | ||||
[see (h) and Note | ||||
3] | ||||
Schedule 2: Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
as amended by | ||||
Statute Law Revision | 73, 2008 | 3 July 2008 | Schedule 2 | — |
Act 2008 | (item 14): (i) | |||
Schedule 2 | ||||
(item 15): (i) | ||||
Migration Legislation | 63, 2007 | 15 Apr 2007 | Schedule 1 (items | Sch. 1 |
Amendment (Information | 1–15, 60, 61): 1 | (items 60, | ||
and Other Measures) Act | May 2007 (see | 61) | ||
2007 | F2007L01135) | |||
Statute Law Revision Act | 73, 2008 | 3 July 2008 | Schedule 1 | — |
2008 | (items 21–26): (i) | |||
Offshore Petroleum | 117, 2008 | 21 Nov 2008 | Schedule 3 (item | — |
Amendment (Greenhouse | 14): 22 Nov 2008 | |||
Gas Storage) Act 2008 |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Great Barrier Reef Marine | 125, 2008 | 25 Nov 2008 | Schedule 3 | Sch. 4 |
Park and Other | (items 1, 2): | (items | ||
Legislation Amendment | 26 Nov 2008 | 42–44) | ||
Act 2008 | Schedule 4 (items | |||
1–37, 42–44) and | ||||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(items 1–87): | ||||
25 Nov 2009 | ||||
Statute Law Revision Act | 8, 2010 | 1 Mar 2010 | Schedule 1 | — |
2010 | (item 25) and | |||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(item 47): Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
Schedule 5 | ||||
(item 137): (j) | ||||
Freedom of Information | 51, 2010 | 31 May 2010 | Schedule 5 | Sch. 7 [see |
Amendment (Reform) Act | (items 32, 33), | Note 1] | ||
2010 | Schedule 6 | |||
(items 43–48) and | ||||
Schedule 7: (k) | ||||
Trade Practices | 103, 2010 | 13 July 2010 | Schedule 6 | — |
Amendment (Australian | (items 1, 55): 1 Jan | |||
Consumer Law) Act | 2011 | |||
(No. 2) 2010 | ||||
Environment Protection and | 107, 2010 | 14 July 2010 | 15 July 2010 | — |
Biodiversity Conservation | ||||
Amendment (Recreational | ||||
Fishing for Mako and | ||||
Porbeagle Sharks) Act | ||||
2010 | ||||
Territories Law Reform Act | 139, 2010 | 10 Dec 2010 | Schedule 1 (items | — |
2010 | 62–65): 11 Dec | |||
2010 |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(3) If:
then the amending item commences immediately after the commencement of the amended Act.
Items 422 and 423 of Schedule 1 commenced immediately after 16 July 2000.
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Commencement information
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
10. Schedule 1, Immediately after subsection 151(3) of the 16 July 2000
item 15 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
11. Schedule 1, Immediately after paragraph 520(3)(k) of the 16 July 2000
item 16 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
12. Schedule 1, Immediately after item 36 of Schedule 1 to the 11 January 2002
item 17 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act 2001 commenced
13. Schedule 1, Immediately after section 528 of the Environment 16 July 2000
item 18 Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act Notes
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
21. Schedule 3, items 31 and 32 | Immediately after the commencement of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 | 16 July 2000 |
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
3. Schedule 2 | The later of: | [see Note 2] |
(a) immediately after the commencement of the provisions covered by item 2 of this table; and | ||
(b) the time when section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection commences |
Note 2: The Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection is expected to be established by the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act, which may be enacted in 2002 or a later year.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
9. Schedule 1, items 13 to 15 | Immediately after the commencement of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. | 16 July 2000 |
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
Immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island.
The Minister must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island. The notice is not a legislative instrument.
Immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands.
The Minister must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands. The notice is not a legislative instrument.
[see Note 3]
[see Note 3]
(i) Subsection 2(1) (items 13–18, 50 and 51) of the Statute Law Revision Act 2008 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
13. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 368 | 19 February 2007 |
item 21 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
14. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 471 | 19 February 2007 |
item 22 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
15. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 623 | 19 February 2007 |
item 23 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
16. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 691 | 19 February 2007 |
item 24 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
17. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 767 | 19 February 2007 |
item 25 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. | ||
18. Schedule 1, | Immediately after the commencement of item 825 | 19 February 2007 |
item 26 | of Schedule 1 to the Environment and Heritage | |
Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006. |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act Notes
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
50. Schedule 2, item 14 | Immediately after the time specified in the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006 for the commencement of item 453 of Schedule 1 to that Act. | 19 February 2007 |
51. Schedule 2, Immediately after the commencement of item 18 of 12 December 2006
item 15 Schedule 2 to the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006.
(j) Subsection 2(1) (items 31 and 38) of the Statute Law Revision Act 2010 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
31. Schedule 5, | The day this Act receives the Royal Assent. | 1 March 2010 |
items 1 to 51 |
38. Schedule 5, Immediately after the provision(s) covered by table 1 March 2010 Parts 2 and 3 item 31.
(k) Subsection 2(1) (item 7) of the Freedom of Information Amendment (Reform) Act 2010 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.
Provision(s) | Commencement | Date/Details |
---|---|---|
7. Schedules 4 to 7 | Immediately after the commencement of section 3 of the Australian Information Commissioner Act | 1 November 2010 |
2010. | ||
However, if section 3 of the Australian Information Commissioner Act 2010 does not commence, the provision(s) do not commence at all. |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Chapter 1 Part 1
S. 3 ........................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 6............................................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 7............................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Notes 1, 2 to s. 7 ....................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 9 ........................................... am. No. 86, 2003
Chapter 2 Part 2
S. 11 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 12 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 15A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 15A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 1 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
Ss. 15B, 15C ............................ ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note 3 to s. 15C(13).................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 17B ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 17B(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 18A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 18A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 19.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
S. 20A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 20A(3) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 20B ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision E
Note 3 to s. 22A(7) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 24.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 24A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 24A(7) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision FA
Subdiv. FA of Div. 1 of ............. ad. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Ss. 24B, 24C ............................ ad. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 1 of Part 3...... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25A ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision HA
Subdiv. HA of Div. 1 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 3
S. 25AA ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision I
Subdiv. I of Div. 1 of Part 3 ....... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25B ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 25C ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25D ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 25E, 25F ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Note to s. 26(3) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 26(3) ................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 27A ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 3 to s. 27A(5) .................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Note 2 to s. 27A(6) ................... rs. No. 88, 2003 Note 3 to s. 27A(6) ................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 2 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
S. 27B ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 27C ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 28.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 28(1) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 28(1) ................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 2 of ............... ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
S. 28AA .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision D
Subdiv. D of Div. 2 of ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 Part 3
S. 28AB .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Div. 3 of Part 3 .......................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 28A ...................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Part 4 Division 1
S. 29 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note 2 to s. 29(1) ...................... am. No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 30(3) ......................... am. No. 125, 2008
S. 31 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
Heading to Div. 2 of Part 4 ........ rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
S. 32 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Subhead. to s. 33(3).................. am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 33(5).................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 33 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 33(3) ......................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision C
S. 34B ...................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34BA .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 34C–34E ............................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 34F ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
Ss. 35, 36 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 36A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
Div. 3 of Part 4 .......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
S. 37 ......................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 37A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 37B–37H, 37J .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
Ss. 37K, 37L ............................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 4 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 37M ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 4 Subdivision A
S. 38 ......................................... rs. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision B
S. 40 ......................................... am. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision C
S. 42 ......................................... am. No. 30, 2002
Division 5
Heading to s. 43 ........................ am. No. 125, 2008
S. 43 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 6
Div. 6 of Part 4 .......................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 43A, 43B ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 3 Part 5 Division 2 Subdivision A
Subhead. to s. 46(3) ................. am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 46(5) ................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 46 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 46(3) ........................ am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 49 ........................ rs. No. 125, 2008
S. 49 ......................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision B
S. 51 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 51A ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 52–55 .................................. am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 2 of Part 5...... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 56A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3 Subdivision A
Heading to s. 63(1) ................... am. No. 63, 2002
S. 64 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 65 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 65A ...................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Chapter 4 Part 6
S. 66 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Part 7 Division 1
S. 67 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 67A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 68 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 68A ...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 70 ......................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 Ss. 71, 72 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 73A ...................................... ad. No. 125, 2008
S. 74 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 32, 2005; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008; No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 74(1B) ...................... am. No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 74(3) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 74A ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 74AA .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 7 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 74B, 74C ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 74D ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Division 2
S. 75.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 Note to s. 75(1) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 75(2) ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 76 ........................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 76 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 77.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 77A ....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
Heading to Div. 3 of Part 7 ........ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78.......................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006 Notes 1–3 to s. 78(1) ................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78A ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 78B ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 78C ....................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 79 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 8 Division 1
S. 80 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 82 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 Note 3 to s. 83(1) ..................... am. No. 125, 2008
S. 84 ......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 85 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 86 ......................................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 87–89 ................................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 91 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 8 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 92.......................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 93.......................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. Nos. 8 and 51, 2010
Division 4
Div. 4 of Part 8 .......................... rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 94, 95 ................................. rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 95A–95C ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Ss. 96A, 96B ............................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 97 ........................ rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 97 ......................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 98.......................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 99, 100 ............................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Division 6
Ss. 101A, 101B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 102 ...................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 102........................................ am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 103 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 104, 105 ............................. rs. No. 165, 2006
Division 7 Subdivision B
S. 107 ....................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision E
S. 124 ....................................... am. No. 92, 1999
S. 125 ....................................... am. No. 92, 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 9 Division 1 Subdivision A
Ss. 130, 131 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 131AA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
S. 131A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 132 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 132A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 133 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 51, 2010 Note to s. 133(2) ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 134 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 134(3) ............... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 134 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 135A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
Subdivision B
S. 136 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 137........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
S. 137A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 139 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 142 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 142A ..................................... am. No. 9, 2006 Note 3 to s. 142A(4) ................. ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 142B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3
S. 143 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 51, 2010 Note to s. 143(5) ...................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 144, 145 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
S. 145A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 4
S. 145B .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Div. 5 of Part 9 .......................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 145C–145E ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 10 Division 1 Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Div. 1 of Part 10
S. 146 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Note 1 to s. 146(2) ................... am. No. 82, 2001 Note 2 to s. 146(2) ................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 1..................... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 10
S. 146A ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 146B ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 51, 2010
Ss. 146C, 146D......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 1 .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
of Part 10 Ss. 146E–146H ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 146J–146M ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
Ss. 148–150 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001
S. 151 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002
S. 152 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 153 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
Part 11 Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 156A–156E ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 1B
Div. 1B of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 156F ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 11 ...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 158A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Division 4 Subdivision A
Ss. 159–161 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 161A, 161B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 S. 163 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdiv. B of Div. 4..................... rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 11
S. 165 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 168, 169 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 170 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 170 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 5
S. 170A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 170B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170BA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 6
Div. 6 of Part 11 ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170C .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 5
Heading to Chapter 5 ............... rs. No. 88, 2003
Part 11A
Part 11A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 170D .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 12 Division 1
Ss. 172, 173 ............................. rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 175 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 176 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
Part 13 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 179 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 184 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 185 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 186(3) ............... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 186 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 187 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 189 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 189A, 189B ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 191 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 194 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13 Ss. 194A–194H ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 194J, 194K ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 194L...................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 194M..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 194N .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 194P .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subhead. to s. 194Q(7)............. am. No. 73, 2008
S. 194Q .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 194R–194T ........................
Subdivision B
Heading to s. 196 .....................
S. 196 ....................................... Heading to s. 196B ...................
S. 196B ....................................
S. 196D ....................................
S. 197 .......................................
S. 199........................................
S. 200........................................
S. 201........................................
S. 206A ....................................
Subdivision BA
S. 207A ....................................
Subdivision C
S. 208A ....................................
Division 2 Subdivision A
S. 209 .......................................
Subdivision B
Heading to s. 211 .....................
S. 211 ....................................... Heading to s. 211B ...................
S. 211B ....................................
S. 211D ....................................
S. 212 .......................................
S. 214........................................
S. 215........................................
S. 216........................................
S. 221A ....................................
Subdivision C
S. 222A ....................................
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 224 .......................................
am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 107, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 107, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision B
Heading to Subdiv. B ............... rs. No. 165, 2006 of Div. 3 of Part 13
S. 225 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 228A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to s. 229 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 229 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 229B .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 229D .................. rs. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 229D(1) ............ ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 229D .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 230(1) ............... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 230........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
S. 231 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 232........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
Heading to Subdiv. D of ............ rs. No. 82, 2001 Div. 3 of Part 13 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdiv. D of Div. 3 .................... rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13
Ss. 232A, 232B ......................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 233, 234 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Heading to s. 235 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 235 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision E
S. 236........................................ am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 237........................................ am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 237(1) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 238 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 238(3) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 243A ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
Heading to s. 245 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 245 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 4 Subdivision B
Heading to s. 254 ...................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254........................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 254B.................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254B ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 254D ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 255 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 256........................................ am. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 257, 258 .............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 263A ..................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to s. 265 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 265 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Div. 4A of Part 13 ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 266A .................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Division 5
Heading to Div. 5 of Part 13 ...... rs. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 5 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 13
S. 266B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision A
S. 267 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 269AA .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 269A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 269A(2) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 270 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 271 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 273 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 278 ...................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 283A.................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 283A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 299 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 300B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 8
Ss. 303AA, 303AB ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 13A
Part 13A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 1
S. 303BA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303BAA ................................ ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 303BB, 303BC ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Ss. 303CA, 303CB ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision B
Ss. 303CC–303CF .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 303CG, 303CH ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303CI .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303CJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303CK................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision C
Ss. 303CL–303CN .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 303DA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DB .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 303DC .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision B
Ss. 303DD–303DF .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DG .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303DH................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303DI .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303DJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Division 4 Subdivision A
S. 303EA .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EB .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 303EC .................................. ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision B
Ss. 303ED, 303EE .................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EF ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303EG–303EJ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
Ss. 303EK–303EM.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EN................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EO................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303EP ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 303EQ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
Ss. 303ER–303EW ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 5 Subdivision A
Ss. 303FA–303FI ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
S. 303FJ.................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303FK, 303FL ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FLA ................................. ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 303FM–303FO.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FP ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FQ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FR ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FRA ................................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Ss. 303FS, 303FT ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 303FU ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 6
S. 303GA................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303GB................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
Ss. 303GC–303GE ................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303GF–303GI ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303GJ ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 38, 2005; No. 165, 2006
Ss. 303GK–303GY.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Part 14
S. 304 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 305, 306 ............................. am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
S. 306A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 307A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 309 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Part 15 Division 1 Subdivision D
S. 318........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 321........................................ am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision F
S. 323........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 15 ...................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
S. 324A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324B .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 324C .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 324C(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 324D .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 324E–324H ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 324J ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 324JA–324JE...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JF.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 324JG–324JI....................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JJ .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 324JK.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JL .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Ss. 324JM–324JP ..................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324JQ ................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BC
Subdiv. BC of Div. 1A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 324JR, 324JS .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 324K .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 324L ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Note to s. 324L(1) .................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 324M .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 8, 2010
S. 324N .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 324P ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 324Q ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324R .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 324S .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 324T–324V ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324W .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
S. 324X .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision E
S. 324Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 324Z ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324ZA .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision G
S. 324ZB .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 324ZC .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 2 Subdivision D
S. 330........................................ rs. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 15 ...................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
Ss. 341A, 341B ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision B
S. 341C .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 341C(1)..................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 341D .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 341E–341H ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 341J ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 341JA–341JD .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JE.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 341JF–341JH ..................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JI ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 341JJ .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JK.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Ss. 341JL–341JO...................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341JP.................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BC
Subdiv. BC of Div. 3A................ ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
Ss. 341JQ, 341JR .................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 341K .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341L ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Note to s. 341L(2) .................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341M .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 341N .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 341P ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
S. 341Q ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341R .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 341S .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006
S. 341T ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010 Note to s. 341T(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 341U–341W ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341X ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision D
S. 341Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 341Z ..................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 341ZA–341ZC .................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 341ZD .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 341ZE .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdiv. F of Div. 3A .................. rep. No. 165, 2006 of Part 15
S. 341ZF .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
S. 341ZG .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 341ZH .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 4 Subdivision B
S. 346 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Subhead. to s. 347(1) ............... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 347 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 349 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
S. 354 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 354(1) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006 Note to s. 354(2) ...................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 354A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 355 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 355A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 356 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 359B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 360 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision E
S. 367 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
S. 373 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
S. 379 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 379A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 382 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
S. 387 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 5A
Chapter 5A ............................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 15A
Ss. 390K–390N ......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 390P ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 390Q ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
S. 390R ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Chapter 6 Part 16
Heading to Part 16 of ............... rs. No. 88, 2003 Chapter 6
S. 391 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 88, 2003; Nos. 9 and 165, 2006
S. 391A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Part 17 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 393 ....................................... am. No. 146, 1999; No. 139, 2010
S. 394 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 395 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 397........................................ am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 398........................................ am. No. 139, 2010
S. 399 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
S. 399A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 8, 2010
Subdivision BB
Subdiv. BB of Div. 1 .................. ad. No. 125, 2008 of Part 17
S. 399B .................................... ad. No. 125, 2008
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 2
Heading to Div. 2 of Part 17 .....
S. 403 .......................................
S. 404 .......................................
S. 405........................................
S. 406........................................
S. 406A .....................................
S. 406AA ...................................
S. 406B ....................................
Division 3
S. 407 .......................................
S. 407A .....................................
S. 407B ....................................
rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 73, 2008 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
am. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 408, 409 ............................. am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Note to s. 409(1) ...................... Ss. 409A, 409B ........................ S. 410 ....................................... S. 411 .......................................
S. 412 .......................................
S. 412A ....................................
Division 4
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 41, 2003 am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 413, 414 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 416........................................ S. 417........................................ S. 418A .................................... S. 422 ....................................... S. 425 ....................................... S. 427 ....................................... Div. 5 of Part 17 .......................
S. 429 .......................................
Division 6
S. 430 .......................................
S. 431 .......................................
am. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008 am. No. 41, 2003 am. No. 9, 2006 rep. No. 165, 2006 rep. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; Nos. 73 and 125, 2008 am. No. 125, 2008
Ss. 432, 433 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 433A ....................................
Division 6A
Div. 6A of Part 17 .....................
S. 433B ....................................
Division 7
S. 437 .......................................
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
S. 438 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 439 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
S. 442 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006
Division 8A
Div. 8A of Part 17 ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 443A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Division 9
S. 444 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 125, 2008
Division 10 Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 10 of ........... ad. No. 82, 2001 Part 17
S. 444A ..................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444B–444E ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 444F ..................................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444G, 444H ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001 am. No. 165, 2006
Ss. 444J, 444K.......................... ad. No. 82, 2001 rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision AB
Heading to Subdiv. A of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17 rep. No. 125, 2008
Heading to Subdiv. AB of ......... ad. No. 125, 2008 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 445 ....................................... rs. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
Heading to s. 446 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 446 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision AC
Subdiv. AC of Div. 10 of ........... ad. No. 125, 2008 Part 17
S. 447........................................ rep. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 125, 2008
S. 448 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
Heading to Subdiv. B of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 449 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 449A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision BA
Subdiv. BA of Div. 10 ............... ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
S. 449BA ................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 449BB .................................. ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Heading to Subdiv. C of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 450 ..................... rs. No. 165, 2006
S. 450 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
S. 450A .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 450B .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Heading to Subdiv. D of ........... rep. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 451 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Heading to Subdiv. E of ........... rep. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
S. 452 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision F
Heading to Subdiv. F of ............ rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 453 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 453 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 454 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 454 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision G
Heading to Subdiv. G of ........... rs. No. 165, 2006 Div. 10 of Part 17
Heading to s. 455 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 455 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006 Heading to s. 456 ..................... am. No. 165, 2006
S. 456 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006; No. 125, 2008
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 10 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
Ss. 456AA–456AC ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 13 Subdivision C
Ss. 472, 473 ............................. am. No. 165, 2006
Division 14
S. 478 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 14A
Div. 14A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 480A–480C ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 14B
Div. 14B of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision A
Ss. 480D–480H......................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 480J ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision B
S. 480K .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Ss. 480L, 480M ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision D
S. 480N .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 15 Subdivision A
S. 486 ....................................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 15 ................. ad. No. 165, 2006 of Part 17
Ss. 486DA, 486DB ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 15A
Div. 15A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 486E ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 486F ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
S. 486G .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 73, 2008
S. 486H .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 125, 2008
S. 486J ..................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 17
S. 489 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Division 18
S. 495 ....................................... am. No. 88, 2003; No. 165, 2006
Division 18A
Div. 18A of Part 17 ................... ad. No. 165, 2006 Ss. 496A–496D ........................ ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 19
S. 497 ....................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Division 21
S. 498A .................................... am. No. 165, 2006
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Division 22
Div. 22 of Part 17 .....................
S. 498B ....................................
Part 19 Division 1
S. 503 .......................................
Division 5 Subdivision A
S. 514B ....................................
ad. No. 165, 2006 ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 165, 2006
Note to s. 514B(1) .................... rep. No. 165, 2006
Notes 1, 2 to s. 514B(1) ...........
Subdivision C
S. 514M ....................................
Subdivision E
S. 514U ....................................
Part 20
S. 515........................................ Ss. 515AA, 515AB ....................
Part 20A
Heading to Part 20A.................. Part 20A .................................... Heading to s. 515A....................
S. 515A .....................................
Part 21 Division 1
S. 516A ....................................
Chapter 7 Part 22
S. 517 .......................................
S. 517A ....................................
S. 520 .......................................
S. 520A ....................................
S. 522B ....................................
Chapter 8 Part 23 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 523 .......................................
S. 524........................................
S. 524B ....................................
ad. No. 165, 2006
am. No. 92, 1999
am. No. 92, 1999
am. No. 88, 2003 ad. No. 125, 2008
am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 88, 2003 am. No. 8, 2010 ad. No. 88, 2003
am. No. 8, 2010
am. No. 92, 1999; No. 82, 2001
am. No. 82, 2001 ad. No. 165, 2006 am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002 ad. No. 165, 2006 rep. No. 82, 2001
am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002 am. No. 17, 2006; No. 117, 2008; No. 103, 2010 rep. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted Provision affected How affected
Subdivision C
S. 526 ....................................... am. No. 55, 2001
Subdivision E
Subdiv. E of Div. 1 of ................ ad. No. 82, 2001 Part 23
Ss. 527A–527D ........................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision F
Subdiv. F of Div. 1 of ................ ad. No. 165, 2006 Part 23
S. 527E .................................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Division 2
S. 528 ....................................... am. No. 82, 2001; Nos. 30 and 63, 2002; No. 88, 2003; Nos. 125 and 165, 2006; Nos. 73 and 125, 2008; No. 107, 2010
Schedule 1
Schedule 1 ............................... ad. No. 165, 2006
Part 2 Division 1
C. 8 ....................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 2
C. 10 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 3 Division 1
C. 15 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 3
C. 17 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Division 4
C. 19 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Part 5 Division 1
C. 26 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007; No. 125, 2008
Division 2 Subdivision B
C. 38 ..................................... am. No. 125, 2008
Subdivision C
C. 42 ..................................... am. No. 51, 2010
Division 4 Subdivision A
C. 49 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007
Subdivision B
Cc. 51, 52.............................. am. No. 63, 2007
Subdivision C
C. 53 ..................................... am. No. 63, 2007; No. 51, 2010
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 2
Note 2
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
The following amendments commence on the later of Schedule 1 or section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection:
Schedule 2
1 After subsection 324G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
2 After paragraph 324J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 324G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
3 After subsection 341G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
4 After paragraph 341J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 341G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
As at 1 January 2011 the amendments are not incorporated in this compilation.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 3
Note 3
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006
(No. 165, 2006)
The following amendments commence on 19 February 2012:
Schedule 1 607 Section 391A
Repeal the section.
808 Section 528 (note at the end of the definition of environment)
Repeal the note.
The following amendment commences immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Christmas Island:
Schedule 1 781 After subsection 525(2)
Insert:
Freehold land in Christmas Island Territory is not a Commonwealth area
(2A) Despite subparagraph (1)(c)(i), an area of land in the Territory of Christmas Island is not a Commonwealth area merely because of that subparagraph if a person holds a freehold interest in the land.
The following amendment commences immediately after the Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 of Western Australia starts to apply in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands:
Schedule 1 782 Before subsection 525(3)
Insert:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Freehold land in Cocos (Keeling) Islands Territory is not a
Commonwealth area
(2B) Despite subparagraph (1)(c)(i), an area of land in the Territory of Cocos (Keeling) Islands is not a Commonwealth area merely because of that subparagraph if a person holds a freehold interest in the land.
As at 1 January 2011 the amendments are not incorporated in this compilation.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Table A
Application, saving or transitional provisions
Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999 (No. 92, 1999)
Schedule 9
1 Regulation-making power
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act 2001 (No. 82, 2001)
Schedule 1
70 Transitional—applications pending immediately before this item commenced
(1) For the purposes of this item, an application for a permit or authority to export or import a specimen is a pending application if:
(a) the application was made by a person under the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
(other than section 41 or 43A) before the commencement of this item; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(2) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303CE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303CG of that Act authorising the export or import, as the case may be, of the specimen.
(3) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303DE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303DG of that Act authorising the export of the specimen.
(4) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303EL of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303EN of that Act authorising the import of the specimen.
(5) If information was given to the Minister in connection with the pending application, the information is taken to have been given to the Minister in connection with the fresh application.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
grant includes give.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
71 Transitional—permits or authorities in force immediately before this item commenced
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(3) If the old permit or old authority authorised the export of a regulated native specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(4) If the old permit or old authority authorised the import of a regulated live specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(d) any conditions of the old permit or old authority were conditions of the section 303EN permit.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
72 Transitional—section 303EU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
73 Transitional—section 303FN of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
74 Transitional—section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and
(f) the period:
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
75 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
76 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
77 Transitional—section 303FU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
78 Transitional—section 303GS of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) This item applies if an appointment was in force under section 75 of the
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
immediately before the commencement of this item.
(2) The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect, after the commencement of this item, as if:
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of Part 13A of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
79 Transitional—section 303GX of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
80 Transitional—section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
(3) This item does not prevent the Minister, at the end of that 6-month period, from making a fresh appointment or determination under section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 in terms corresponding to the first-mentioned appointment or determination.
81 Transitional—Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
the commencement of this item had been done by or in relation to the Secretary under the corresponding provision of Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
82 Transitional—regulations
Crimes Legislation Enhancement Act 2003 (No. 41, 2003)
Schedule 3 42 Saving provision
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
Schedule 1 8 Application
(1) This item is about the application of:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note: So far as those Subdivisions have effect in relation to places and actions outside the Australian jurisdiction, those Subdivisions apply only to persons with a jurisdictional connection with Australia or the external Territories. See subsection 5(3) of that Act.
(2) Neither Subdivision applies to a particular action if, before the commencement of this Schedule, the Minister has decided under section 75 of that Act whether the action is a controlled action (whether the decision was that the action is a controlled action or that the action is not a controlled action).
24 Saving of agreements
The amendment of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 by this Schedule does not affect the validity of a conservation agreement made before the commencement of this Schedule.
25 Saving of matters prescribed by the regulations
Matters prescribed for the purposes of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 immediately before the commencement of this Schedule are taken to be, immediately after the commencement of this Schedule, matters prescribed for the purposes of that section as amended by this Schedule.
Schedule 3
1A Including World Heritage properties in National Heritage List
(1) This item applies to a place consisting of a property that, at any time within 6 months after this item commences, is included in the World Heritage List after being submitted by the Commonwealth to the World Heritage Committee under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention. It does not matter whether the property was first included in the List before, on or after the commencement of this item.
Place may be included in National Heritage List
(2) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, include in the National Heritage List the place and the National Heritage values it has because of subitem (3). To avoid doubt:
(a) all those values must be included in the List if the Minister includes the place in the List under this item; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(b) this item does not prevent the Minister from including in the List at any time under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999:
World heritage values taken to cause place to meet National
Heritage criteria
(3) For the purposes of this item and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, each world heritage value that the World Heritage Committee has identified the property as having is taken to cause the place to meet a National Heritage criterion.
Note: This has the effect that, under subsection 324D(1) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, the place has a National Heritage value corresponding to that world heritage value. Under that subsection, the place will also have another National Heritage value if the place has a heritage value that causes the place to meet one of the National Heritage criteria apart from this item.
1 Places may be taken to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List
(a) the place:
(ia) is, or is part of, a place to which item 1A (about World Heritage properties) applies; or
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Schedule 4
1G Application
The amendment of paragraph 78(1)(b) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 made by this Schedule applies in relation to notices given under section 77 of that Act after the commencement of that amendment.
Migration Legislation Amendment (Information and Other Measures) Act 2007
(No. 63, 2007)
Schedule 1
60 Transitional—Authorisations
(1) This item applies to an authorisation that:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(2) The authorisation has effect on and after that commencement as if it were an authorisation in force under that clause that specified that access to identifying information is authorised for the purposes of that Act.
61 Application
The amendments made by items 1 to 59 of this Schedule apply to access to, or disclosure of, identifying information that occurs after those items commence.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2008
(No. 125, 2008)
Schedule 4
42 Application of amendments
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
if taken without a permission having been granted under regulations made under that Act.
43 Actions that are the subject of an active referral
For the purposes of subitem 42(5), an action is, at any particular time, the subject of an active referral if, at that time:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
44 Actions that are the subject of an active application
For the purposes of subitem 42(6), an action is, at any particular time, the subject of an active application if, at that time: